Chap 6 - Flying Circus of Physics

Optics 1Chapter 6Splashing colors everywhere, like a rainbow(optics)Here are the references and web links for the stories in the book. Recently added references arehighlighted. For updates to those stories and for all the new stories, go tohttp://www.flyingcircusofphysics.com/News/NewsDetail.aspx?NewsID=42June 20126.1 RainbowsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.Photos and discussionshttp://www.atoptics.co.uk/ Many photos and explanations of atmospheric opticshttp://atmospherical.blogspot.com/search?updated-min=2006-01-01T00%3A00%3A00Z&updatedmax=2007-01-01T00%3A00%3A00Z&max-results=50Blog devoted to photos of atmospheric phenomenahttp://atmospherical.blogspot.com Way cool blog site with lots of photos and descriptions. Go through thearchived blogs by clicking on the button at the bottom of the page. The blog started in April 2006.Videos:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=z3iOjTqFGWY&mode=related&search= Double rainbows pluslightninghttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZmVuO-qQOn8 Primary rainbow plus faint secondary bowhttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cylV9Lp9fuM&mode=related&search= Double rainbowReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Neuberger, N., "A rainbow in a cirrus sky in winter," Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society, 26,211 (1945) Boyer, C. B., "Kepler's explanation of the rainbow," American Journal of Physics, 18, 360-366 (1950) Walker, D., "A rainbow and supernumeraries with graduated separations," Weather, 5, 324-325 (1950) Kangieser, P. C., "Refraction phenomena affecting ceilometer observations," Monthly Weather Review,78, 211-216 (1950) Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 174-190 Malkus, W. V. R., "Rainbows and cloudbows," Weather, 10, 331-335 (1955) Neuberger, H., Introduction to Physical Meteorology, Pennsylvania State University, College of MineralIndustries, Pennsylvania, 1957, page 177 Van de Hulst, H. C., Light Scattering by Small Particles, Wiley, 1957, Chapter 13 Boyer, C. B., The Rainbow from Myth to Mathematics, Thomas Yoseloff, New York, 1959 McDonald, J. E., "Caustic of the primary rainbow," American Journal of Physics, 31, 282-284 (1963) Humphreys, W. J., Physics of the Air, Dover, 1964, Chapter 4 Querfeld, C. W., "Mie atmospheric optics," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 55, 105-106(1965) Rosch, S., "Der Regenbogen in Wissenschaft und Kunst," Applied Optics, 7, 233-239 (1968)

Optics 2 Nussenzveig, H. N., "High-frequency scattering by a transparent sphere. II. Theory of the rainbow andthe glory," Journal of Mathematical Physics, 10, 125-176 (1969) Dave, J. V., "Scattering of visible light by large water spheres," Applied Optics, 8, 155-164 (1969) Tricker, R. A. R., Introduction to Meteorological Optics, American Elsevier, 1970, chapters 3 and 6 Liou, K., and J. E. Hansen, "Intensity and polarization for single scattering by polydisperse spheres: acomparison of ray optics and Mie theory," Journal of the Atmospheric Sciences, 28, 995-1004 (1971) Larmore, L., and F. F. Hall Jr., "Optics for the airborne observer," The Journal of the Society of Photo-Optical Instrumentation Engineers, 9, 87-94 (February/March 1971) Mason, E. A., R. J. Munn, and F. J. Smith, "Rainbows and glories in molecular scattering," Endeavor, 30,91-96 (1971) Fraser, A. B., "Inhomogeneities in the color and intensity of the rainbow," Journal of the AtmosphericSciences, 29, 211-212 (1972) Patitsas, A. J., "Rainbows, glories, and the scalar field approach," Canadian Journal of Physics, 50,3172-3183 (1972) Khare, V., and H. M. Nussenzveig, "Theory of the rainbow," Physical Review Letters, 33, 976-980(1974) Whitaker, R. J., "Physics of the rainbow," The Physics Teacher, 12, 283-286 (1974) Graham, G. R., "Polarization of rainbows," Physics Education, 10, 50-51 (1975) White, R., (letter) "Remarkable rainbow at Woodford Green," Journal of Meteorology, 1, 69 (1975/76) Walker, J., "Multiple rainbows from single drops of water and other liquids," American Journal ofPhysics, 44, 421-433 (1976), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders:Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America,ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Brockman Jr., C. L., and N. G. Alexopoulos, "Geometrical optics of inhomogeneous particles: glory rayand the rainbow revisited," Applied Optics, 16, 166-174 (1977) Nussenzveig, H. M., "The theory of the rainbow," Scientific American, 236, 116-127 + 148 (April 1977) Walker, J., "How to create and observe a dozen rainbows in a single drop of water" in "The AmateurScientist," Scientific American, 237, 138-144 + 154 (July 1977) Walker, J., "The Amateur Scientist," Scientific American, 239, 179-187 (October 1978); see pp 185-187 Konnen, G. P., and J. H. de Boer, "Polarized rainbow," Applied Optics, 18, 1961-1965 (1979), containedon Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Nussenzveig, H. M., "Complex angular momentum theory of the rainbow and the glory," Journal of theOptical Society of America, 69, 1068-1079 + Plates 107 and 108 (1979), contained on Classic Reprints onCD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L.Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Mobbs, S. D., "Theory of the rainbow," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 69, 1089-1092(1979), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the“Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Greenler, R., Rainbows, Halos, and Glories, Cambridge University Press, 1980/1989, Chapter 1 Walker, J., "Mysteries of rainbows, notably their rare supernumerary arcs" in "The Amateur Scientist,"Scientific American, 242, 174-184 + 186 (June 1980) Marston, P. L., "Rainbow phenomena and the detection of nonsphericity in drops," Applied Optics, 19,680-685 (1980) Gedzelman, S. D., "Visibility of halos and rainbows," Applied Optics, 19, 3068-3074 (1980), containedon Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Schaefer, V. J., and J. A. Day, A Field Guide to the Atmosphere, Houghton Mifflin, 1981, pages 162-164

Optics 3 White, R., "Visibility of halos and rainbows: comment," Applied Optics, 20, 1730 (1981) Bishop, R. L., "Rainbow over Woolsthorpe Manor," Notes and Records of the Royal Society of London,36, 3-11 (August 1981) Gedzelman, S. D., "Rainbow brightness," Applied Optics, 21, 3032-3037 (1982), contained on ClassicReprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Greenslade Jr., T. B., "The rainbow," The Physics Teacher, 20, 463 (1982) Schaaf, F., Wonders of the Sky: Observing Rainbows, Comets, Eclipses, the Stars, and Other Phenomena,Dover, 1983, Chapter 1 Fraser, A. B., "Chasing rainbows," Weatherwise, 36, 280-287 (1983) Schlatter, T., "What causes a double rainbow?" Weatherwise, 36, 140-142 (1983) Fraser, A. B., "Why can the supernumerary bows be seen in a rain shower?" Journal of the Optical Societyof America, 73, 1626-1628 + plate I (1983), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, OnMinnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Corliss, W. R., Rare Halos, Mirages, Anomalous Rainbows and Related Electromagnetic Phenomena,Sourcebook Project, 1984 (PO Box 107, Glen Arm, MD 21057), pages 6-39 Pedgley, D. E., (letter) "A tertiary rainbow," Weather, 41, 401 (1986) Konnen, G. P., "Appearance of supernumeraries of the secondary rainbow in rain showers," Journal ofthe Optical Society of America A, 4, 810-816 (1987), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, OnMinnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Bohren, C. F., Clouds in a Glass of Beer: Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics, Wiley, 1987, pages171-185; now available from Dover Publications, ISBN 0486417387 Gedzelman, S. D., "Rainbows in strong vertical atmospheric electric fields," Journal of the OpticalSociety of America A, 5, 1717-1721 (1988) Austin, J. D., and F. B. Dunning, "Mathematics of the rainbow," The Mathematics Teacher, 81, 484-488(1988) Lock, J. A., "Observability of atmospheric glories and supernumerary rainbows," Journal of the OpticalSociety of America A, 6, 1924-1930 (1989) Beard, K. V., H. T. Ochs III, and R. J. Kubesh, "Natural oscillations of small raindrops," Nature, 342, 408-410 (1989) Wilk, S. R., (letter) Science News, 137, 302 (1990) Tan, A., and T. King, "Solar zenith and local time from a rainbow," The Physics Teacher, 28, 224-225(1990) Olson, D., C. Brozovich, J. Carr, H. Hatton, G. Miles Jr., and G. Zwicke, "Monte Carlo computersimulation of a rainbow," The Physics Teacher, 28, 226-227 (1990) Lee, R., and A. Fraser, "The light at the end of the rainbow," New Scientist, 127, 40-44 (1 September1990) Peterson, I., “Shaking raindrops was out rainbows,” Science News, 137, 4 (6 January 1990) Schaller, A., (letter) “Rainbow phenomena” Science News, 137, 179 (24 March 1990) Floor, C., "The rainbow in the class-room of the primary school," Weather, 46, 281-284 (1991) Wang, R. T., and H. C. van de Hulst, "Rainbows: Mie computations and the Airy approximation,"Applied Optics, 30, 106-117 (1991) Lee Jr., R. L., "What are 'all the colors of the rainbow'?" Applied Optics, 30, 3401-3407 (1991), containedon Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4

Optics 4 Lynch, D. K., and P. Schwartz, "Rainbows and fogbows," Applied Optics, 30, 3415-3420 (20 August1991), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the“Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Simpson, H. J., and P. L. Marston, "Scattering of white light from levitated oblate water drops nearrainbows and other diffraction catastrophes," Applied Optics, 30, 3468-3473 (1991) Clark, T. A., (letter) "Unusual rainbow display in Alberta," Weather, 47, 406-407 (1992) DeFuria, J. C., photo, Weatherwise, 45, 39 (August/September 1992) Kubesh, R. J., "Computer display of chromaticity coordinates with the rainbow as an example,"American Journal of Physics, 60, 919-923 (1992), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, OnMinnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, OpticalSociety of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Hovenac, E. A., and J. A. Lock, “Assessing the contributions of surface waves and complex rays to farfieldMie scattering by use of the Debye series,” Journal of the Optical Society of America A, 9, No. 5, 781-795 (May 1992) Nye, J. F., “Rainbows from ellipsoidal water drops,” Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A:Mathematical and Physical Sciences, 438, 397-417 (1992) Gedzelman, S. D., "Weaving rainbows I: the rainbow beam" in "Using Your Computer," Weatherwise,46, 36-40 (April/May 1993) Gedzelman, S. D., "Weaving rainbows II: dotting the bow" in "Using Your Computer," Weatherwise, 46,34-37 (June/July 1993) Berry, M., and C. Howls, "Infinity interpreted," Physics World, 6, 35-39 (June 1993) Gedzelman, S. D., “Simulating rainbows and halos in color,” Applied Optics, 33, No. 21, 4607-4613 +Plates 30-36 (20 July 1994); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders:Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America,ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Bigg, G. R., “Back to basics: light in the atmosphere: part 2 --- The effects of water and ice,” Weather, 52,No. 8, 258-261 (1997) Lee Jr., R. L., “Mie theory, Airy theory and the natural rainbow,” Applied Optics, 37, No. 9, 1506-1519(1998), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the“Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Lock, J. A., “Developments in our understanding of the atmospheric rainbow and rainbow phenomena inlight scattering: 1959-1999,” contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders:Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical ociety of America,ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Sawicki, M., and P. Sawicki, “Supernumerary Rainbows,” Physics Teacher, 38, 19 (January 2000) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 109-121 Adam, J. A., “The mathematical physics of rainbows and glories,” Physics Reports, 356, 229-365 (2002) Berry, M. V., “Exuberant interference: rainbows, tides, edges, (de)coherence…,” PhilosophicalTransactions of the Royal Society of London A, 360, 1023-1037 (2002) Barta, A., G. Horvath, B. Bernath, and V. B. Meyer-Rochow, “Imaging polarimetry of the rainbow,”Applied Optics, 42, No. 3, 399-405 (20 January 2003) Laven, P., “Simulation of rainbows, coronas, and glories by use of Mie theory,” Applied Optics, 42, No. 3,436-444 (20 January 2003) Saccocio, E. B., (letter) Physics Today, 56, No. 11, 10 (November 2003) and Adler, C., Sawick, M., andSaccocio, E. B. (letters) Physics Today, 57, No. 3, 15-17 (2004) Fantz, U., “Optical phenomena in the open air,” Contemporary Physics, 45, No. 2, 93-108 (March-April2004)

Optics 5 Speaks, Bill, “Capturing rainbows,” Weatherwise, 57, No. 2, 14-21 (March/April 2004) Crease, R. P., “The thing about rainbows,” Physics World, 17, No. 2, 16 (February 2004) Hardwick, J., “The subtlety of rainbows,” Physics World, 17, No. 2, 29-33 (February 2004) Laven, P., “Simulation of rainbows, coronas and glories using Mie theory and the Debye series,” Journalof Quantitative Spectroscopy & Radiative Transfer, 89, 257-269 (2004) Buchwald, J. Z., “Descartes’s experimental journey past the prism and through the invisible world to therainbow,” Annals of Science, 65, No. 1, 1-46 (January 2008) Amundsen, D. S., C. N. Kirkemo, A. Nakkerud, J. Tromborg, and A. I. Vistnes, “The rainbow as astudent project involving numerical calculations,” American Journal of Physics, 77, No. 9, 795-798(September 2009)Related references Gedzelman, S. D., “Atmospheric optics in art,” Applied Optics, 30, No. 24, 3514-3522 + Plates 23-34 (20August 1991), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Yearsof the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Sassen, K., "Rainbows in the Indian rock art of desert western America," Applied Optics, 30, 3523-3537(1991), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the“Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-46.2 Strange rainbowsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.atoptics.co.uk/ Many photos and explanations of atmospheric opticshttp://atmospherical.blogspot.com/search?updated-min=2006-01-01T00%3A00%3A00Z&updatedmax=2007-01-01T00%3A00%3A00Z&max-results=50Blog devoted to photos of atmospheric phenomenahttp://atmospherical.blogspot.com Way cool blog site with lots of photos and descriptions. Go through thearchived blogs by clicking on the button at the bottom of the page. The blog started in April 2006. Find theentry for March 8, 2007 for a photograph of a reflected rainbow.Moonbow photos and descriptions:http://uweb.txstate.edu/~do01/ Don Olson sitehttp://thruthefinder.com/picture.php?gallery=naturescapes&index=51 Jia Liu photohttp://thruthefinder.com/picture.php?gallery=naturescapes&index=42 Another Jia Liu photohttp://epod.usra.edu/archive/epodviewer.php3?oid=236096http://www.artfromthesoul.com/MoonbowEnlarged.htmlhttp://www.space.com/amazingimages/cte.php?guid=42a4cbf00b3357.80262580&cat=shttp://www.livescience.com/amazingimages/cte.php?guid=4327d8849febc7.44778899&cat=lhttp://grreed.home.texas.net/FamilyStuff/ERNR/Page3.htmhttp://starmatt.com/gallery/astro/moonbow.htmlhttp://content.answers.com/main/content/wp/en/thumb/f/f6/300px-LunarRainbowVicFalls_small.jpghttp://www.bekkoame.ne.jp/i/lummox/OtherPhenomenon/Pics/moonbow-name-m.JPGhttp://www.flickr.com/photos/redlantern/263950357/ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficulty

Optics 6Journal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Humphreys, W. J., "Why we seldom see a lunar rainbow," Science, 88, 496-498 (1938) Wentworth, C. K., "Frequency of lunar rainbows," Science, 88, 498 (1938 Palmer, F., "Unusual rainbows," American Journal of Physics, 13, 203-204 (1945) Monteith, J. L., "Refraction and the spider," Weather, 9, 140-141 (1954) Saunders, P. M., "Infra-red rainbow," Weather, 13, 348 + 352-353 (1958) Bull, G. A., "Reflection rainbow," Weather, 16, 267 (1961) McDonald, J. E., "A gigantic horizontal cloudbow," Weather, 17, 243-245 (1962) McIntosh, D. H., editor, Meteorological Glossary, Her Majesty's Stationary Office, London, 1963, plate 24 Pearson, M. G., "Lunar rainbow," Weather, 22, 94 (1967) Minnaert, M., "Unusual or neglected optical phenomena in the landscape," Journal of the Optical Societyof America, 58, 297-303 (1968), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’sShoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Societyof America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Roberts, D., "Vertical bow," Weather, 23, 292 (1968) Greenler, R. G., "Infrared rainbow," Science, 173, 1231-1232 (1971) Mattsson, J. O., S. Nordbeck, and B. Rystedt, "Dewbows and fogbows in divergent light," Lund Studiesin Geography, Series C. General, Mathematical and Regional Geography, no. 11 (1971) Thompson, A. H., "Water bows: white bows and red bows," Weather, 29, 178-184 (1974) Sager, W., (letter) Sky & Telescope, 59, 177 (1980) Botley, C. M., (letter) "A persistent lunar mist bow," Journal of Meteorology, 5, 160 (1980) Garratt, J. R., "An anomalous rainbow," Weather, 35, 12-15 (1980) Bignell, K. J., "An anomalous rainbow," Weather, 35, 199-200 (1980) Livingston, W. C., “Marcel Minnaert and optics in nature,” Applied Optics, 19, No. 5, 648-649 (1 March1980) White, R., "Anomalous rainbow," Weather, 36, 63 (1981) Slingo, A., "Fogbows and glories," Weather, 36, 232-234 (1981) Lynch, D. K., "A California fogbow," Weather, 36, 234-235 (1981) Livingston, W., "Landscape as viewed in the 320-nm ultraviolet," Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica, 73, 1653-1657 + Plate IX (1983), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, OnMinnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 White, R., (letter) "Cloudbow in cirrostratus," Weather, 38, 122-123 (1983) Tape, W., "Fogbow from car headlight," Weather, 42, 321 (1987) Goyder, G. "Reflected-light rainbow," Weather, 43, 368-369 (1988) Kilty, K. T., (letter) "Rainbows at night," Weatherwise, 42, 301 (1989) Moran, J. M., photograph, "Fog bow," Weather, 45, 95 (1990) Pilsbury, R. K., "Double white rainbow," Weather, 46, 53-54 (1991) Bohren, C. F., and A. B. Fraser, “Newton’s zero-order rainbow: unobservable or nonexistent?” AmericanJournal of Physics, 59, No. 4, 325-326 (April 1991) Kersten, R. (letter) “Night display,” Weatherwise, 44, 6 (August/September 1991) Lynch, D. K., and P. Schwartz, "Rainbows and fogbows," Applied Optics, 30, 3415-3420 (1991),contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Lightand Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Schlatter, T., “Weather Queries,” Weatherwise, 44, No. 2, 42-43 (April 1991) Lynch, D. K., and S. N. Futterman, "Ulloa's observations of the glory, fogbow, and an unidentifiedphenomenon," Applied Optics, 30, 3538-3541 (1991), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1,

Optics 7On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Shapiro, A. E., “Comment on ‘Newton’s zero-order rainbow: Unobservable or nonexistent?’ by C. F.Bohren and A. B. Fraser,” American Journal of Physics, 60, No. 8, 749-750 (August 1992) Clark, T. A., photograph of fogbow, Weather, 48, 216-217 (1993) Marsh, D., photograph of fogbow, Weatherwise, 46, 19 (August/September 1993) "The magic of fog," Sky & Telescope, 87, No. 5, 110-111 (May 1994) Lock, J. A., and T. A. McCollum, “Further thoughts on Newton’s zero-order rainbow,” AmericanJournal of Physics, 62, No. 12, 1082 (December 1994) Hamilton-Paterson, (letter) “Moonbow,” New Scientist, 146, No. 1975, 56 (29 April 1995) Lock, J. A., “Supernumerary spacing of rainbows produced by an elliptical-cross-section cylinder. I.Theory,” Applied Optics, 39, No. 27, 5040-5051 (20 September 2000) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 122-126 Vaquero, J. M., J. A. Mendez, J. M. Barrigon, R. Vilchez-Gomez, and V. Gomez-Escobar, “Anobservation of a fogbow in the Natural Park of Monfrague, Spain,” Weather, 57, No. 12, 446-448(December 2002) Hardwick, C. J., “Simulation of the Whymer apparition,” Weather, 57, No. 12, 457-463 (2002) Lenke, R., U. Mack, and G. Maret, “Comparison of the ‘glory’ with coherent backscattering of light inturbid media,” Journal of Optics A: Pure and Applied Optics, 4, 309-314 (2002) Gedzelman, S. D., “Simulating glories and cloudbows in color,” Applied Optics, 42, No. 3, 429-435 (20January 2003) Hendry, A. W., “A triple rainbow?” Physics Teacher, 41, 460-463 (November 2003) Fantz, U., “Optical phenomena in the open air,” Contemporary Physics, 45, No. 2, 93-108 (March-April2004) Hardwick, J., “The subtlety of rainbows,” Physics World, 17, No. 2, 29-33 (February 2004) Wilk, S. R., “Antonio de Ulloa’s mystery,” Optics & Photonics, 15, No. 4, 16-19 (April 2004) Kral, L., photograph of a normal rainbow and a reflection rainbow, “Weatherwise, 59, Nuimber 5, 20-21(September/October 2006); repeated, with discussion by T. Schlatter in “Weather Queries,” Weatherwise,60, No. 2, 77 (March/April 2007) Olson, D. W., R. L. Boescher, and the Mitte Honors Students, “Moonbows over Yosemite,” Sky &Telescope, 113, No. 5, 24-29 (May 2007) Lock, J. A., C. L. Adler, and R. W. Fleet, “Rainbows in the grass. I. External-reflection rainbows frompendant droplets,” Applied Optics, 47, No. 34, H203-H213 (1 December 2008) Adler, C. L., J. A. Lock, and R. W. Fleet, “Rainbows in the grass. II.Arbitrary diagonal incidence,”Applied Optics, 47, No. 34, H214-H219 (1 December 2008) Gedzelman, S. D., and J. Hernandez-Andres, “Fountain rainbows” Applied Optics, 47, No. 34, H220-H224(1 December 2008) O’Meara, S. J., “Moonbows: architecture of light,” Astronomy, 37, No. 8, 62-63 (August 2009)Also see references for preceding item.6.3 Artificial rainbowsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.

Optics 8http://atmospherical.blogspot.com Way cool blog site with lots of photos and descriptions. Go through thearchived blogs by clicking on the button at the bottom of the page. The blog started in April 2006. There is aglass bead bow photo and description under Sunday, May 14, 2006ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Miller, W. H., "On spurious rainbows," Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, 7, 277-286(1842) Harsch, J., and J. D. Walker, "Double rainbow and dark band in searchlight beam," American Journal ofPhysics, 43, 453-455 (1975)http://scitation.aip.org/getpdf/servlet/GetPDFServlet?filetype=pdf&id=AJPIAS000043000005000453000001&idtype=cvips&prog=normal Scott, G. D., "The swimmer's twin rainbow," American Journal of Physics, 43, 460 (1975) Walker, J., "Multiple rainbows from single drops of water and other liquids," American Journal ofPhysics, 44, 421-433 (1976), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders:Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, Optical Society of America, ISBN1-55752-621-4 Walker, J., "How to create and observe a dozen rainbows in a single drop of water" in "The AmateurScientist," Scientific American, 237, 138-144 + 154 (July 1977) Sassen, K., "Angular scattering and rainbow formation in pendant drops," Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica, 69, 1083-1089 (1979), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’sShoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Societyof America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Walker, J., "Mysteries of rainbows, notably their rare supernumerary arcs" in "The Amateur Scientist,"Scientific American, 242, 174-184 + 186 (June 1980) Floor, C., "Rainbows and haloes in lighthouse beam," Weather, 35, 203-208 (1980) Meaden, G. T., "Road-spray rainbows," Weather, 36, 343-344 (1981) Robinett, R. W., "Homemade rainbows: a backyard experiment," The Physics Teacher, 21, 388-390(1983) Marston, P. L., and E. H. Trinh, "Hyperbolic umbilic diffraction catastrophe and rainbow scattering fromspheroidal drops," Nature, 312, 529-531 (1984) Nye, J. F., "Rainbow scattering from spheroidal drops --- an explanation of the hyperbolic umbilic foci,"Nature, 312, 531-532 (1984) Bohren, C. F., "Indoor rainbows," in "Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics," Weatherwise, 37, 95-98 (1984); contained in C. F. Bohren, Clouds in a Glass of Beer: Simple Experiments in AtmosphericPhysics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; now available from Dover Publications, ISBN 0486417387, 1987,Chapter 21 Skartveit, A., and F. Cleveland, (letters) "Indoor rainbows," Weatherwise, 38, 238 + 285 (1985) Marston, P. L., "Cusp diffraction catastrophe from spheroids: generalized rainbows and inversescattering," Optics Letters, 10, 588-590 (1985), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, OnMinnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Lock, J. A., "Theory of the observations made of high-order rainbows from a single water droplet,"Applied Optics, 26, 5291-5298 (1987) Crawford, F. S., "Rainbow dust," American Journal of Physics, 56, 1006-1009 (1988), contained onClassic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4

Optics 9 Lock, J. A., "Cooperative effects among partial waves in Mie scattering," Journal of the Optical Societyof America A, 5, 2032-2044 (1988) Russell, R. D., "A rainbow for the classroom," The Physics Teacher, 27, 262-263 (1989) Eliason Jr., J. C., "Dispersion in spherical water drops," The Physics Teacher, 27, 264-266 (1989) Daw, H. A., "A 360 rainbow demonstration," American Journal of Physics, 58, 593-595 (1990) Langley, D. S., M. J. Morrell, “Rainbow-enhanced forward and backward glory scattering,” AppliedOptics, 30, No. 24, 3459-3467 (1991); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’sShoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Societyof America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Simpson, H. J., and P. L. Marston, "Scattering of white light from levitated oblate water drops nearrainbows and other diffraction catastrophes," Applied Optics, 30, 3468-3473 + 3547 (1991), contained onClassic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Hovenac, E. A., “Calculation of far-field scattering from nonspherical particles using a geometricaloptics approach,” Applied Optics, 30, No. 33, 4739-4746 (20 November 1991) van de Hulst, H. C., and R. T. Wang, "Glare points," Applied Optics, 30, 4755-4763 (1991); contained onClassic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Roth, N., K. Anders, and A. Frohn, “Refractive-index measurements for the correction of particle sizingmethods,” Applied Optics, 30, No. 33, 4960-4965 (20 November 1991) Schaub, S. A., D. R. Alexander, and J. P. Barton, "Glare spot image calculations for a spherical particleilluminated by a tightly focused beam," Journal of the Optical Society of America A, 9, 316-330 (1992) Cartwright, C. M., "Rainbows," Physics Education, 27, 155-158 (1992) Lock, J. A., "Contribution of high-order rainbows to the scattering of a Gaussian laser beam by aspherical particle," Journal of the Optical Society of America A, 10, 693-706 (1993) D’Amico, J. J., M. D. Knudson, and D. S. Langley, “Rainbow-enhanced forward glory from fused-silicaspheres,” Applied Optics, 33, No. 21, 4672-4676 (1994); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1,On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Lock, J. A., J. M. Jamison, and C. Lin, “Rainbow scattering by a coated sphere,” Applied Optics, 33,No. 21, 4677-4690 + 4960 (20 July 1994), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, OnMinnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Kaduchak, G., P. L. Marston, and H. J. Simpson, “E 6 diffraction catastrophe of the primary rainbow ofoblate water drops: observations with white-light and laser illumination,” Applied Optics, 33, No. 21, 4691-4696 + 4961 (20 July 1994) Kaduchak, G., and P. L. Marston, “Hyperbolic umbillic and E 6 diffraction catastrophes associated with thesecondary rainbow of oblate water drops: observations with laser illumination,” Applied Optics, 33, No. 21,4697-4701 (20 July 1994) Marston, P. L., and G. Kaduchak, “Generalized rainbows and unfolded glories of oblate drops:organization for multiple internal reflections and extension of cusps into Alexander’s dark band,” AppliedOptics, 33, No. 21, 4702-4713 (20 July 1994), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, OnMinnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Chan, C. W., and W. K. Lee, “Measurement of a liquid refractive index by using high-order rainbows,”Journal of the Optical Society of America B, 13, No. 3, 532-535 (March 1996) Lock, J. A., and C. L. Adler, “Debye-series analysis of the first-order rainbow produced in scattering of adiagonally incident plane wave by a circular cylinder,” Journal of the Optical Society of America A, 14, No.6, 1316-1328 (1997), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty

Optics 10Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Adler, C. L., J. A. Lock, B. R. Stone, and C. J. Garcia, “Higher-order interior caustics produced inscattering of a diagonally incident plane wave by a circular cylinder,” Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica A, 14, No. 6, 1305-1315 (June 1997); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, OnMinnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Ng, P. H., M. Y. Tse, and W. K. Lee, “Observation of high-order rainbows formed by a pendant drop,”Journal of the Optical Society of America B, 15, No. 11, 2782-2787 (November 1998) Langley, D. S., and P. L. Marston, “Generalized tertiary rainbow of slightly oblate drops: observationswith laser illumination,” Applied Optics, 37, No. 9, 1520-1526 (20 March 1998), contained on ClassicReprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Lock, J. A., C. L. Adler, B. R. Stone, and P. D. Zajak, “Amplification of high-order rainbows of acylinder with an elliptical cross section,” Applied Optics, 37, No. 9, 1527-1533 (20 March 1998), containedon Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Adler, C. L., J. A. Lock, and B. R. Stone, “Rainbow scattering by a cylinder with a nearly elliptical crosssection,” Applied Optics, 37, No. 9, 1540-1550 (20 March 1998), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler,editor, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Hattori, H., H. Katui, H. Kurniawan, and K. Kagawa, “Liquid refractometry by the rainbow method,”Applied Optics, 37, No. 7, 4123-4129 (1998), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, OnMinnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Vollmer, M., and R. Tammer, “Laboratory experiments in atmospheric optics,” Applied Optics, 37, No. 9,1557-1568 (March 1998), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders:Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America,ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Lohner, H., P. Lehmann, and K. Bauckhage, “Detection based on rainbow refractometry of dropletsphericity in liquid-liquid systems,” Applied Optics, 38, No. 7, 1127-1132 (1 March 1999) Marston, P. L., “Catastrophe optics of spheroidal drops and generalized rainbows,” Journal ofQuantitative Spectroscopy & Radiative Transfer, 63, 341-351 (1999) Adler, C. L, D. Phipps, K. W. Saunders, J. K. Nash, and J. A. Lock, “Supernumerary spacing ofrainbows produced by an elliptical-cross-section cylinder. II. Experiment,” Applied Optics, 40, No. 15,2535-2545 (20 May 2001) Ng, P-h., P-y. So, C-w. Chan, and W-k. Lee, “Interference of the eleventh-and higher-order rainbowsformed by a pendant water drop,” Journal of the Optical Society of America B, 20, No. 11, 2395-2399(November 2003) Adler, C. L., J. A. Lock, J. Mulholland, B. Keating, and D. Ekelman, “Experimental observation oftotal-internal-reflection rainbows,” Applied Optics, 42, No. 3, 406-411 (20 January 2003) Adler, C. L., J. A. Lock, I. P. Rafferty, and W. Hickok, “Twin-rainbow metrology. I. Measurement ofthe thickness of a thin liquid film draining under gravity,” Applied Optics, 42, No. 33, 6584-6594 (20November 2003) Adam, J. A., and P. Laven, “Rainbows from inhomogeneous transparent spheres: a ray-theoreticapproach,” Applied Optics, 46, No. 6, 922-929 (20 February 2007) Ng, K-S., and W-K. Lee, “Interference of the n th - and the higher-order rainbows formed by a water drop, “Journal of the Optical Society of America B, 24, No. 12, 3072-3076 (December 2007) Adam, J. A., “Geometric optics and rainbows: generalization of a result by Huygens,” Applied Optics,47, No. 34, H11-H13 (1 December 2008)

Optics 11 Sassen, K., and J. Zhu, “The rainbow as interactive art: modeling the Elaisson Beauty installation atSFMOMA,” Applied Optics, 47, No. 34, H171-H175 (1 December 2008) Gedzelman, S. D., “Simulating rainbows in their atmospheric environment,” Applied Optics, 47, No. 34,H176-H181 (1 December 2008) Buchwald, J. Z., “Descartes’s experimental journey past the prism and through the invisible world to therainbow,” Annals of Science, 65, No. 1, 1-46 (January 2008) Saengkaew, S, T. Charinpanikul, C. Laurent, Y. Biscos, G. Lavergne, G. Gousebet, and G. Grehan,“Processing of individual rainbow signals,” Experiments in Fluids, 48, 111-119 (2010)Also see references for the preceding two items.Related reference Marston, P. L., “Descartes glare points in scattering by icicles: color photographs and a tilted dielectriccylinder model of caustic and glare-point evolution,” Applied Optics, 37, 1551-1556 (1998), contained onClassic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-46.4 The daytime sky is not darkThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Panofsky, W. K. H., and M. Phillips, Classical Electricity and Magnetism, Addison-Wesley, 1962,pages 414-416 Lorentz, H. A., Problems of Modern Physics, Dover, 1967, pages 52 ff Loudon, R., The Quantum Theory of Light, 2nd edition, Clarendon Press, 1983, pages 292-295 Houghton, H., Physical Meteorology, MIT Press, 1985, pages 38-396.5 Colors of the skyThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.atoptics.co.uk/ Many photos and explanations of atmospheric opticsReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages La Mer, V. K., and M. Kerker, "Light scattered by particles," Scientific American, 188, 69-76 + 112(February 1953)

Optics 12 Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, Chapter 11 Neuberger, H., Introduction to Physical Meteorology, Pennsylvania State University, College of MineralIndustries, Pennsylvania, 1957, pages 184 ff Ives, R. L., "Apparent relation of 'stepped' sunset red to inversions," Bulletin of the AmericanMeteorological Society, 40, 311 (1959) Reif, F., Statistical Physics, Berkeley Physics Course, vol. 5, McGraw-Hill, 1964, page 33 Humphreys, W. J., Physics of the Air, Dover, 1964, Chapter 4 Rozenberg, G. V., Twilight: A Study in Atmospheric Optics, Plenum Press, 1966, page 10 Lorentz, H. A., Problems of Modern Physics, Dover, 1967, pages 52 ff Dave, J. V., and C. L. Mateer, "The effect of stratospheric dust on the color of the twilight sky," Journalof Geophysical Research, 73, 6897-6913 (1968) Crawford Jr., F. S., Waves (Berkeley Physics Course, vol. 3), McGraw-Hill, 1968, pages 559-562 Rayleigh, Lord, "The blue sky and the optical properties of air" in The Royal Institution Library ofScience: Physical Sciences, W. L. Bragg and G. Porter, editors, Elsevier, 1970, vol. 8, pages 309-317 Henderson, S. T., Daylight and Its Spectrum, American Elsevier, 1970, pages 35 ff Tricker, R. A. R., Introduction to Meteorological Optics, American Elsevier, 1970, Chapter 9 Larmore, L., and F. F. Hall Jr., "Optics for the airborne observer," The Journal of the Society of Photo-Optical Instrumentation Engineers, 9, 87-94 (February-March 1971) Kerker, M., "Blue skies and the Tyndall effect" in "Chemical Principles Exemplified," R. C. Plumb,editor, Journal of Chemical Education, 48, 389 (1971) Moore, M. H., "Blue sky and red sunsets," The Physics Teacher, 11, 436-437 (1973) Kruglak, H., "A simplified sunset demonstration," The Physics Teacher, 11, 559 (1973) Adams, C. N., G. N. Plass, and G. W. Kattawar, "The Influence of ozone and aerosols on the brightnessand color of the twilight sky," Journal of the Atmospheric Sciences, 31, 1662-1674 (1974) Coffeen, D. L., "Polarization and scattering characteristics in the atmospheres of Earth, Venus, andJupiter," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 69, 1051-1064 (1979) Greenler, R., Rainbows, Halos, and Glories, Cambridge University Press, 1980/1989, Chapter 5 Young, A. T., "Rayleigh scattering," Applied Optics, 20, 533-535 (1981) Volz, F. E., “Zenith polarization and color ratio during twilight,” Applied Optics, 20, No. 24, 4172-4174(December 1981), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: TwentyYears of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Young, A. T., "Rayleigh scattering," Physics Today, 35, 42-48 (1982) Meinel, A., and M. Meinel, Sunsets, Twilights, and Evening Skies, Cambridge University Press, 1983,Chapter 4 Schaaf, F., Wonders of the Sky: Observing Rainbows, Comets, Eclipses, the Stars, and Other Phenomena,Dover, 1983, pages 42-53 Corliss, W. R., Rare Halos, Mirages, Anomalous Rainbows and Related Electromagnetic Phenomena,Sourcebook Project, 1984 (PO Box 107, Glen Arm, MD 21057), page 113 Bohren, C. F., and A. B. Fraser, "Colors of the sky," The Physics Teacher, 23, 267-272 (1985) Eaton, B. G., and J. B. Johnston, "More about light scattering demonstrations," American Journal ofPhysics, 53, 184-185 (1985) Bohren, C. F., Clouds in a Glass of Beer: Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics, Wiley, 1987, pages162-163; now available from Dover Publications, ISBN 0486417387 Bohren, C. F., "Multiple scattering of light and some of its observable consequences," American Journalof Physics, 55, 524-533 (1987) Bohren, C. F., "Understanding colors in nature," Pigment Cell Research, 1, 214-222 (1988) Young, J. R. C., (letter) "Red scattering at the top of the atmosphere," Weather, 43, 212 (1988)

Optics 13 Cordaro, J. F., "Optical ceramics: demonstrations of material dispersion, internal reflection, and Rayleighscattering," American Journal of Physics, 56, 948-950 (1988) Walker, J., "The colors of the sky offer lessons in optical scattering" in "The Amateur Scientist," ScientificAmerican, 260, 102-105 (January 1989) Andringa, J., "Sky colours in Botswana," Weather, 44, 236 (1989) Dissanaike, G., "Painting the sky red," New Scientist, 132, 31-33 (19 October 1991)Kerker, M., "Founding fathers of light scattering and surface-enhanced Raman scattering," Applied Optics,30, 4699-4705 (1991) Gedzelman, S. D., “Atmospheric optics in art,” Applied Optics, 30, No. 24, 3514-3522 + Plates 23-34 (20August 1991), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Yearsof the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Schlatter, T., "Sky colors, lows, Pacific hurricanes, and significant tornadoes" in "Weather Queries,"Weatherwise, 45, 50-51 (August/September 1992) Judd, S. C., “An interesting sunset---27 October 1992,” Weather, 48, 160-161 (1993) Lee Jr., R. L., “Twilight and daytime colors of the clear sky,” Applied Optics, 33, No. 21, 4629-4638 +Plate 37-43 (July 1994), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders:Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America,ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Zhu, E-Q., and S-Y. Mak, “Demonstrating colors of sky and sunset,” Physics Teacher, 32, No. 7, 420-421(October 1994) Bigg, G. R., “Back to the basics: light in the atmosphere: part 1 --- why the sky is blue,” Weather, 52, No.3, 72-77 (1997) Holstein, B. R., “Blue skies and effective interactions,” American Journal of Physics, 67, No. 5, 422-427(May 1999) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 21-23 Hernandez-Andres, J., R. L. Lee, and J. Romero, “Color and luminance asymmetries in the clear sky,”Applied Optics, 42, No. 3, 458-464 (20 January 2003) Fantz, U., “Optical phenomena in the open air,” Contemporary Physics, 45, No. 2, 93-108 (March-April2004) Lilienfeld, P., “A blue sky history,” Optics & Photonics, 15, No. 6, 32-39 (June 2004) Smith, G. S., “Human color vision and the unsaturated blue color of the daytime sky,” American Journalof Physics, 73, No. 7, 590-597 (July 2005) Lee, Jr., R. L., “Measuring overcase colors with all-sky imaging,” Applied Optics, 47, No. 34, H106-H115(1 December 2008) Gedzelman, S. D., M. A. Lopez-Alvarez, J. Hernandez-Andres, and R. Greenles, “Quantifying the ‘milkysky’ experiment” Applied Optics, 47, No. 34, H128-H132 (1 December 2008) Smith, G. S., “Summing the molecular contributions to skylight,” American Journal of Physics, 76, No.9, 816-825 (September 2008)6.6 Blue mountains, white mountains, and red cloudsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.References

Optics 14Dots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Middleton, W. E. K., "The colours of snowfields in sunlight," Transactions of the Royal Society ofCanada, Section III, 37, 39-43 (1943) Coffeen, D. L., "Polarization and scattering characteristics in the atmospheres of Earth, Venus, andJupiter," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 69, 1051-1064 (1979) Greenler, R., Rainbows, Halos, and Glories, Cambridge University Press, 1980/1989, pages 129, 135 Gorraiz, J., H. Horvath and G. Raimann, "Influence of small color differences on the contrast threshold:its application to atmospheric visibility," Applied Optics, 25, 2537-2545 (1986) Bohren, C. F., "Multiple scattering of light and some of its observable consequences," American Journalof Physics, 55, 524-533 (1987) Bohren, C. F., "Understanding colors in nature," Pigment Cell Research, 1, 214-222 (1988) Lynch, D. K., and S. Mazuk, “On the colors of distant objects,” Applied Optics, 44, No. 27, 5737-5745(20 September 2005)Related reference Lynch, D. K., "Step brightness changes of distant mountain ridges and their perception," Applied Optics,30, 3508-3513 (1991)6.7 Sailor's warningThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Sonnier, I. L., "Alpine glow: a rare sunset," Journal of Geological Education, 26, 118 (1978)6.8 Sunsets and volcanoesThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Meinel, A. B., and M. P. Meinel, "Height of the glow stratum from the eruption of Agung on Bali,"Nature, 201, 657-658 (1964) Meinel, A. B., and M. P. Meinel, "Volcanic sunset-glow stratum: origin," Science, 155, 189 (1967) Dave, J. V., and C. L. Mateer, "The effect of stratospheric dust on the color of the twilight sky," Journalof Geophysical Research, 73, 6897-6913 (1968) Volz, F. E., "Stratospheric dust striations," Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society, 50, 16 (1969)

Optics 15 Volz, F. E., "Twilights and stratospheric dust before and after the Agung eruption," Applied Optics, 8,2505-2517 (1969) Hall Jr., F. F., "Twilight sky colors: observations and the status of modeling," Journal of the OpticalSociety of America, 69, 1179-1180 + 1197 (1979) Austin, J., "Krakatoa sunsets," Weather, 38, 226-231 (1983) Peterson, R. E., "Striking southern sunsets," Weatherwise, 36, 242-243 (1983) Simkin, T., and R. S. Fiske, "Krakatau 1883," Weatherwise, 36, 245-254 (1983) Bignell, K. J., "Spectacular sunsets over London," 38, 292-293 (1983) Meinel, A., and M. Meinel, Sunsets, Twilights, and Evening Skies, Cambridge University Press, 1983,Chapters 5-7 Schaaf, F., Wonders of the Sky: Observing Rainbows, Comets, Eclipses, the Stars, and Other Phenomena,Dover, 1983, pages 61-67 Corliss, W. R., Rare Halos, Mirages, Anomalous Rainbows and Related Electromagnetic Phenomena,Sourcebook Project, 1984 (PO Box 107, Glen Arm, MD 21057), pages 120-124, 135-136 Ashok, N. M., H. C. Bhatt, T. Chandrasekhar, J. N. Desai, and D. B. Vaidya, "Twilight optical studies ofthe El Chichon volcanic dust over Ahmedabad, India," Journal of Atmospheric and Terrestrial Physics, 46,411-418 (1984) Peterson, R. E., "Twilight phenomena due to El Chichon," Weather, 39, 47 (1984) Burtt, G., C. M. Botley, and E. L. Deacon, (letters) "Krakatoa sunsets," Weather, 39, 158-159 (1984) Verschure, P. P. H., "Optical effects of El Chichon's volcanic aerosol," Weather, 39, 243-246 (1984) Volz, F. E., "Volcanic turbidity, skylight scattering functions, sky polarization, and twilights in NewEngland during 1983," Applied Optics, 23, 2589-2593 (1984) Walker, J., "The colors of the sky offer lessons in optical scattering" in "The Amateur Scientist," ScientificAmerican, 260, 102-105 (January 1989) Ackerman, T., "Pinatubo paints the sky," Physics World, 5, 25 (March 1992) Peterson, R. E., "Atmospheric effects caused by Mount Pinatubo eruptions observed in Texas," Weather,47, 165-166 (1992) Burt, S., (letter) "Pinatubo sunsets," Weather, 47, 492-493 (1992) Torrance, J. D., (letter) "Mount Pinatubo atmospheric effects," Weather, 48, 94 (1993) Stothers, R. B., “Major optical depth perturbations to the stratosphere from volcanic eruptions:pyrheliometric period, 1881-1960,” Journal of Geophysical Research, 101, No. D2, 3901-3920 (20 February1996) Olson D. W., R. L. Doescher, and M. S. Olson, “When the sky ran red. The story behind The Scream,” Sky& Telescope, 107, 29-35 (February 2004)Also see the references to the next item.Related references Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 270-280 Deacon, E. L., "The second purple light," Nature, 178, 688 (1956) Rozenberg, G. V., Twilight: A Study in Atmospheric Optics, Plenum Press, 1966 Coffeen, D. L., "Polarization and scattering characteristics in the atmospheres of Earth, Venus, andJupiter," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 69, 1051-1064 (1979)Lee Jr., R. L., and J. Hernandez-Andres, “Measuring and modeling twilight’s purple light,” Applied Optics,42, No. 3, 445-457 (20 January 2003) Dan, N. G., “Visual dysfunction in artists,” Journal of Clinical Neuroscience, 10, No. 2, 168-170 (2003)

Optics 166.9 Bishop's ringThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://atmospherical.blogspot.com/search?updated-min=2006-01-01T00%3A00%3A00Z&updatedmax=2007-01-01T00%3A00%3A00Z&max-results=50Blog devoted to photos of atmospheric phenomenahttp://atmospherical.blogspot.com Way cool blog site with lots of photos and descriptions. Go through thearchived blogs by clicking on the button at the bottom of the page. The blog started in April 2006.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, page 282 Deacon, E. L., "The second purple light," Nature, 178, 688 (1956) Neuberger, H., Introduction to Physical Meteorology, Pennsylvania State University, College of MineralIndustries, Pennsylvania, 1957, pages 178, 191 Meinel, M. P., and A. B. Meinel, "Late twilight glow of the ash stratum from the eruption of Agungvolcano," Science, 142, 582-583 (1963) Burdecki, F., "Meteorological phenomena after volcanic eruptions," Weather, 19, 113-114 (1964) Humphreys, W. J., Physics of the Air, Dover, 1964, page 555 Green, H. L., W. R. Lane, and H. Hartley, Particulate Clouds: Dusts, Smokes and Mists, 2nd edition,Van Nostrand, 1964, page 130 Volz, F. E., "Twilight phenomena caused by the eruption of Agung volcano," Science, 144, 1121-1122(1964) Volz, F. E., "Twilights and stratospheric dust before and after the Agung eruption," Applied Optics, 8,2505-2517 (1969) Shah, G. M., "Enhanced twilight glow caused by the volcanic eruption on Bali Island in March andSeptember 1963," Tellus, 21, 636-640 (1969) Lamb, H. H., "Volcanic dust in the atmosphere; with a chronology and assessment of its meteorologicalsignificance," Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London A, 266, 425-533 (1970); see pages430-434, 441 Tricker, R. A. R., Introduction to Meteorological Optics, American Elsevier, 1970, pages 167, 243 Greenler, R., Rainbows, Halos, and Glories, Cambridge University Press, 1980/1989, pages 142-143 Meinel, A., and M. Meinel, Sunsets, Twilights, and Evening Skies, Cambridge University Press, 1983,Chapter 8 Austin, J., "Krakatoa sunsets," Weather, 38, 226-231 (1983) Schaaf, F., Wonders of the Sky: Observing Rainbows, Comets, Eclipses, the Stars, and Other Phenomena,Dover, 1983, pages 66-67 Simkin, T., and R. S. Fiske, "Karakatau 1883," Weatherwise, 36, 245-254 (1983) Corliss, W. R., Rare Halos, Mirages, Anomalous Rainbows and Related Electromagnetic Phenomena,Sourcebook Project, 1984 (PO Box 107, Glen Arm, MD 21057), pages 61-67 Verschure, P. P. H., "Optical effects of El Chichon's volcanic aerosol," Weather, 39, 243-246 (1984) Volz, F. E., "Volcanic turbidity, skylight scattering functions, sky polarization, and twilights in NewEngland during 1983," Applied Optics, 23, 2589-2593 (1984) Bortle, J. E., (letter) "Bishop's ring," Weatherwise, 37, 5-6 (1984) Sassen, K., T. Peter, B. P. Luo, and P. J. Crutzen, “Volcanic Bishop’s ring: evidence for a sulfuric acidtetrahydrate particle aureole,” Applied Optics, 33, No. 21, 4602-4606 (20 July 1994)

Optics 17 Stothers, R. B., “Major optical depth perturbations to the stratosphere from volcanic eruptions:pyrheliometric period, 1881-1960,” Journal of Geophysical Research, 101, No. D2, 3901-3920 (20 February1996) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, page 336.10 Cloud-contrast bowThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Livingston, W. C., "The cloud contrast bow as seen from high flying aircraft," Weather, 34, 16-17 (1979) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, page 1276.11 Sky colors during a solar eclipseThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Stewart, J. W. "Atmospheric phenomena at a sunrise total solar eclipse," Weatherwise, 13, 115-117 (1960) Velasquez, D. A., "Zenith sky brightness and color change during the total solar eclipse of 12 November1966 at Santa Ines, Peru," Applied Optics, 10, 1211-1214 (1971) Lloyd, J. W. F., and S. M. Silverman, "Measurements of the zenith sky intensity and spectral distributionduring the solar eclipse of 12 November 1966 at Bage, Brazil, and on an aircraft," Applied Optics, 10, 1215-1219 (1971) Hall, W. N., "Spectral changes in the zenith skylight during total solar eclipses," Applied Optics, 10, 1225-1231 (1971) Shaw, G. E., "Sky brightness and polarization during the 1973 African eclipse," Applied Optics, 14, 388-394 (1975) Gedzelman, S. D., "Sky color near the horizon during a total solar eclipse," Applied Optics, 14, 2831-2837 (1975) Coffeen, D. L., "Polarization and scattering characteristics in the atmospheres of Earth, Venus, andJupiter," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 69, 1051-1064 (1979) Meinel, A., and M. Meinel, Sunsets, Twilights, and Evening Skies, Cambridge University Press, 1983,page 31 Vollmer, M., and S. D. Gedzelman, “Simulating irradiance during lunar eclipses: the sphericallysymmetric case,” Applied Optics, 47, No. 34, H52-H61 (1 December 2008)

Optics 18Related references Konnen, G. P., “Skylight polarization during a total solar eclipse: a quantitative model,” Journal of theOptical Society of America A, 4, No. 3, 601-608 (March 1987), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROMVol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor,1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Geyer, E. H., M. Hoffmann, and H. Volland, “Influence of a solar eclipse on twilight,” Applied Optics,33, No. 21, 4614-4619 (July 1994), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’sShoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Societyof America, ISBN 1-55752-621-46.12 When the sky turns green, head for the cellarThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.Photoshttp://www.stormeyes.org/tornado/SkyPix/tuliacg.htmhttp://ww2010.atmos.uiuc.edu/guides/crclm/prjct/strm93/gifs/strt2.gifReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Coffeen, D. L., "Polarization and scattering characteristics in the atmospheres of Earth, Venus, andJupiter," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 69, 1051-1064 (1979) Bohren, C. F., and A. B. Fraser, “Green thunderstorms,” Bulletin of the American MeteorologicalSociety, 74, 2185-2193 (1993) Gallagher III, F. W., W. H. Beasley, and C. F. Bohren, “Green thunderstorms observed,” Bulletin of theAmerican Meteorological Society, 77, 2889-2897 (1996) Gallagher III, F. W., “Distant green thunderstorm---Fraser’s theory revisited,” Journal of AppliedMeteorology, 39, 1754-1761 (October 2000) Gallagher III, F. W., “Ground reflections and green thunderstorms,” Journal of Applied Meteorology,40, 776-782 (April 2001) Palmer, R. J., and F. W. Gallagher III, (letters) “Green skies,” Weatherwise, 55, 6 (January/February 2002) Wang, P. K., “The Kansas green thunderstorm of 4 October 1998,” American Meteorological Society, 83,No. 3, 355- (March 2002) Gallagher III, F. W., and W. H. Beasley, “Evaluation of a one-dimensional cloud model for yellow andgreen thunderstorms,” 42, No. 3, 505-510 (20 January 2003)6.13 Enhancement of overhead blueThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.

Optics 19ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Rozenberg, G. V., Twilight: A Study in Atmospheric Optics, Plenum Press, 1966, Chapter 4 Dave, J. V., and C. L. Mateer, "The effect of stratospheric dust on the color of the twilight sky," Journalof Geophysical Research, 73, 6897-6913 (1968) Henderson, S. T., Daylight and Its Spectrum, American Elsevier, 1970, pages 207-208 Adams, C. N., G. N. Plass and G. W. Kattawar, "The influence of ozone and aerosols on the brightnessand color of the twilight sky," Journal of the Atmospheric Sciences, 31, 1662-1674 (1974) Coffeen, D. L., "Polarization and scattering characteristics in the atmospheres of Earth, Venus, andJupiter," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 69, 1051-1064 (1979) Hall Jr., F. F., "Twilight sky colors: observations and the status of modeling," Journal of the OpticalSociety of America, 69, 1179-1180 (1979) Walker, J., "The colors of the sky offer lessons in optical scattering" in "The Amateur Scientist," ScientificAmerican, 260, 102-105 (January 1989) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 33-406.14 Dark patch and rosy border during sunsetThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 268 ff Neuberger, H., Introduction to Physical Meteorology, Pennsylvania State University, College of MineralIndustries, Pennsylvania, 1957, pages 184 ff Humphreys, W. J., Physics of the Air, Dover, 1964, page 566 Rozenberg, G. V., Twilight: A Study in Atmospheric Optics, Plenum Press, 1966 Dave, J. V., and C. L. Mateer, "The effect of stratospheric dust on the color of the twilight sky," Journalof Geophysical Research, 73, 6897-6913 (1968) Coffeen, D. L., "Polarization and scattering characteristics in the atmospheres of Earth, Venus, andJupiter," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 69, 1051-1064 (1979) Hall Jr., F. F., "Twilight sky colors: observations and the status of modeling," Journal of the OpticalSociety of America, 69, 1179-1180 (1979) Meinel, A., and M. Meinel, Sunsets, Twilights, and Evening Skies, Cambridge University Press, 1983,Chapter 4 Schaaf, F., Wonders of the Sky: Observing Rainbows, Comets, Eclipses, the Stars, and Other Phenomena,Dover, 1983, page 62 Walker, J., "The colors of the sky offer lessons in optical scattering" in "The Amateur Scientist," ScientificAmerican, 260, 102-105 (January 1989) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 33-40

Optics 206.15 Bright and dark shafts across the skyThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.atoptics.co.uk/ Many photos and explanations of atmospheric opticshttp://atmospherical.blogspot.com Way cool blog site with lots of photos and descriptions. Go through thearchived blogs by clicking on the button at the bottom of the page. The blog started in April 2006.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 275-277 Neuberger, H., Introduction to Physical Meteorology, Pennsylvania State University, College of MineralIndustries, Pennsylvania, 1957, page 185 Humphreys, W. J., Physics of the Air, Dover, 1964, pages 452, 567 "Anticrepuscular rays," Weather, 22, 18 (1967) Gouin, P., "Unusual twilight phenomena over Ethiopia," Weather, 23, 70-71 (1968) Young, J. R. C., and P. Gouin, (letters) "Unusual twilight phenomena over Ethiopia," Weather, 23, 340-341 (1968) Pittwell, L. R., (letter) "Addis Ababa twilight," Weather, 24, 121-122 (1969) photo, Science, 176, No. 4038, front cover (2 June 1972) Greenler, R., Rainbows, Halos, and Glories, Cambridge University Press, 1980/1989, pages 129-131 Corliss, W. R., Rare Halos, Mirages, Anomalous Rainbows and Related Electromagnetic Phenomena,Sourcebook Project, 1984 (PO Box 107, Glen Arm, MD 21057), pages 104-107 Schlatter, T., "Strange sights at sunset" in "Weather Queries," Weatherwise, 39, 333-335 (1986) Montieth, J. L., "Crepuscular rays formed by the Western Ghats," Weather, 41, 292-299 (1986) Lynch, D. K., "Optics of sunbeams," Journal of the Optical Society of America A, 4, 609-611 (1987),contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Lightand Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Monteith, J. L., "Crepuscular rays: reversibility and rarity," Weather, 45, 187-188 (1990) Kallberg, P., (letter) "Reversed crepuscular rays," Weather, 46, 61 (1991) Gedzelman, S. D., “Atmospheric optics in art,” Applied Optics, 30, No. 24, 3514-3522 + Plates 23-34 (20August 1991), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Yearsof the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Bohren, C. F., and M. L. Sowers, "Crepuscular rays" in "Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics,"Weatherwise, 45, 34-38 (April/May 1992)6.16 Blue haze, red haze, brown hazeThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.

Optics 21ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Went, F. W., "Air pollution," Scientific American, 192, 62-72 + 128 (May 1955) Went, F. W., "Blue hazes in the atmosphere," Nature, 187, 641-643 (1960) Charlson, R. J., and N. C. Ahlquist, "Brown haze; NO 2 or aerosol?" Atmospheric Environment, 3, 653-656(1969) Horvath, H., "On the brown colour of atmospheric haze," Atmospheric Environment, 5, 333-344 (1971) Waggoner, A. P., R. J. Charlson, and N. C. Ahlquist, "Discussion: On the brown colour of atmospherichaze," Atmospheric Environment, 6, 143-144 (1972); Horvath, H., "Author's reply," 6, 144-148 (1972) Fish, B. R., "Electrical generation of natural aerosols from vegetation," Science, 175, 1239-1240 (1972) Coffeen, D. L., "Polarization and scattering characteristics in the atmospheres of Earth, Venus, andJupiter," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 69, 1051-1064 (1979) Nassau, K., The Physics and chemistry of Color. The Fifteen Causes of Color, John Wiley & Sons, 2001,page 2356.17 Lights of a distant cityThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Went, F. W., "Air pollution," Scientific American, 192, 62-72 + 128 (May 1955) Middleton, W. E. K., Vision through the Atmosphere, University of Toronto Press, 1968, pages 172-173 Shaw, G. E., "Sky brightness and polarization during the 1973 African eclipse," Applied Optics, 14, 388-394 (1975)6.18 How far is the horizon?This item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages French, A. P., "How far away is the horizon?" American Journal of Physics, 50, 795-799 (1982) Bohren, C., "On a clear day you can't see forever" in "Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics,"Weatherwise, 39, 104-109 (1986); contained in C. F. Bohren, Clouds in a Glass of Beer: SimpleExperiments in Atmospheric Physics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; now available from Dover Publications,ISBN 0486417387, 1987, Chapter 16

Optics 22 Bohren, C. F., and A. B. Fraser, "At what altitude does the horizon cease to be visible?" AmericanJournal of Physics, 54, 222-227 (1986) Bohren, C. F., Clouds in a Glass of Beer: Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics, Wiley, 1987,chapter 16; now available from Dover Publications, ISBN 0486417387 Silverman, M. P., “How deep is the ocean/how high is the sky? Some thoughts on imaging by parallelplates and gravitationally stratified media,” European Journal of Physics, 11, 366-371 (1990) Lynch, D. K., “Visually discerning the curvature of the Earth,” Applied Optics, 47, No. 34, H39-H43 (1December 2008)6.19 Color of overcast skyThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Middleton, W. E. K., "The color of the overcast sky," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 44,793-798 (1954) Greenler, R., Rainbows, Halos, and Glories, Cambridge University Press, 1980/1989, pages 136-1386.20 Maps in the skyThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.athropolis.com/arctic-facts/fact-ice-blink.htm Photos of ice blink (or water sky). They are notclear but that is the nature of the effect.http://www-evasion.imag.fr/Membres/Fabrice.Neyret/NaturalScenes/clouds-sky-sun/sky-radiossun/iceblink_large.jpgPhotoReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Scoresby, W. A., An Account of the Arctic Regions, vol. 1, Archibald Constable & Co., Edinburgh, 1820,pages 299-300 Stefansson, V., The Friendly Arctic, Macmillan, 1944, page 220 Moller, F., "On the backscattering of global radiation by the sky," Tellus, 17, 350-355 (1965) Rozenberg, G. V., Twilight: A Study in Atmospheric Optics, Plenum Press, 1966, page 8 Catchpole, A. J. W., and D. W. Moodie, "Multiple reflection in arctic regions," Weather, 26, 157-163(1971) Greenler, R., Rainbows, Halos, and Glories, Cambridge University Press, 1980/1989, pages 136-138 Wendler, G., F. D. Eaton and T. Ohtake, "Multiple reflection effects on irradiance in the presence ofarctic stratus clouds," Journal of Geophysical Research, 86, 2049-2057 (1981)

Optics 23 Schlatter, T., "Weather Queries," Weatherwise, 35, 36-38 (1982) Hegedus, R., S. Akesson, and G. Horvath, “Polarization of ‘water-skies’ above arctic open waters: howpolynyas in the ice-cover can be visually detected from a distance,” Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica A, 24, No. 1, 132- (January 2007)6.21 Brighter when it snowsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Middleton, W. E. K., and A. G. Mungall, "The luminous directional reflectance of snow," Journal of theOptical Society of America, 42, 572-579 (1952) Choudhury, B. J., and A. T. C. Chang, “On the angular variation of solar reflectance of snow,” Journal ofGeophysical Research, 86, No. C1, 465-472 (20 January 1981) Schlatter, T., "Weather Queries," Weatherwise, 35, 36-38 (1982) Koenderink, J. J., and W. A. Richards, “Why is snow so bright?” Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica A, 9, No. 5, 643-648 (May 1992)6.22 The end of a searchlight beamThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.star.le.ac.uk/~dbl/cfdsdisk/cfdsdisk/Skybeams/ Photos. See the third and fourth images for theUniversity of Kent CanterburyReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Hulburt, E. O., "Optics of searchlight illumination," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 36, 483-491 (1946) Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 262-2636.23 Short story: Newgrange winter-solstice sunbeamThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.Videos

Optics 24http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ywLrT8b6tY4 Light from the rising sun at the winter solstice penetratesthe passage to the central chamber.http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DbKkwCx5zyM&mode=related&search= Video montagePhotoshttp://www.travelsinireland.com/ireland/newgrang.htm Photos and information of Newgrangehttp://www.global-vision.org/ireland/stones/index.html Photos, including the beam inside Newgrangehttp://ca.geocities.com/merlino2k/ More photoshttp://web.mit.edu/planning/www/mithenge.html Photos and discussion of the sunbeam stream along the“infinite corridor” of MIThttp://futureboy.us/mithenge/ Discussion and calculation results for the MIT observationshttp://www.boston.com/news/local/massachusetts/articles/2007/02/04/yow_its_a_geeky_eureka_as_miters_see_the_light/ Boston Globe account of the MIT observationshttp://docbug.com/blog/archives/268/mithenge-yourst.jpg Photo of MIT observationhttp://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/en/thumb/9/94/MIThenge.jpg/180px-MIThenge.jpg Another photohttp://www-tech.mit.edu/V124/N53/12mithengebriand.53p.html Nice photo of the MIT observationReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Patrick, J., “Midwinter sunrise at Newgrange,” Nature, 249, 517-519 (7 June 1974) Ray, T. P., “The winter solstice phenomenon at Newgrange, Ireland: accident or design?” Nature, 337,343-345 (26 January 1989) Fagan, B., “Neolithic Newgrange,” Archaeology, 47, No. 5, 16-17 (September-October 1994) MacKie, E. W., “Maeshowe and the winter solstice: ceremonial aspects of the Orkney Grooved Wareculture,” Antiquity, 71, 272, 338-359 (1997) Goldman, S. J., “Sun worship in Cambridge. Architectural researchers at MIT found a solar alignment thathas enjoyed decades of popularity,” Sky & Telescope, 106, No. 5, 62-64 (November 2003)6.24 The green flashThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://zapatopi.net/kelvin/papers/blue_ray_of_sunrise.html Lord Kelvin’s observation of the blue flashhttp://www.intersoft.it/galaxlux/GreenFlashGallery.htm Many photos of flashes of various colors, also ofsun distortionshttp://www.atoptics.co.uk/ Many photos and explanations of atmospheric opticshttp://mintaka.sdsu.edu/GF/pictures.html Contains many links to photos of the green flashhttp://atmospherical.blogspot.com Way cool blog site with lots of photos and descriptions. Go through thearchived blogs by clicking on the button at the bottom of the page. The blog started in April 2006.http://www.exo.net/~pauld/physics/atmospheric_optics/green_flash.htmlhttp://virtual.finland.fi/netcomm/news/showarticle.asp?intNWSAID=26137http://atmospherical.blogspot.com/search?updated-min=2006-01-01T00%3A00%3A00Z&updatedmax=2007-01-01T00%3A00%3A00Z&max-results=50Blog devoted to photos of atmospheric phenomena

Optics 25ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Ashmore, S. E., "A note on the green ray," Quarterly Journal of the Royal Meteorological Society, 71,383-384 (1945) Hulburt, E. E., "The green segment seen from an airplane," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 39,409 (1949) Jacobsen, T. S., "The green flash at sunset and at sunrise," Sky & Telescope, 12, 233-236 (1953) Kirkpatrick, P., "Green flash," American Journal of Physics, 24, 532-533 (1956) Lovell, D. J., "Green flash at sunset," American Journal of Physics, 25, 206 (1957) Ellis, J. W., "Green flash from a looming setting Sun," American Journal of Physics, 25, 387 (1957) Gorton, H. C., "Method to facilitate observation of the green flash," American Journal of Physics, 25, 586(1957) Neuberger, H., Introduction to Physical Meteorology, Pennsylvania State University, College of MineralIndustries, Pennsylvania, 1957, page 160 O'Connell, D. J. K., The Green Flash and Other Low Sun Phenomena, North Holland Publishing Co.,Amsterdam, 1958 O'Connell, D. J. K., "The green flash," Scientific American, 202, 112-122 + 189-190 (January 1960) O'Connell, D. J. K., "The green flash and kindred phenomena," Endeavor, 20, 131-137 (1961) Feibelman, W. A., "An amateur makes spectra of the aurora and photographs the Sun’s green flash" in"The Amateur Scientist," C. L. Stong, editor, Scientific American, 204, 177-188 (January 1961) Seebold, R. E., "Green flash," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 51, 237 (1961) Feibelman, W. A., "Low Sun phenomena," Applied Optics, 2, 199 (1963) Humphreys, W. J., Physics of the Air, Dover, 1964, pages 466-467 Thackeray, A. D., "An unusual view of the green flash," Monthly Notes of the Astronomical Society ofSouth Africa, 27, 131 (1968) Taylor, J. H., and B. T. Matthias, "Green flash from high altitude," Nature, 222, 157 + facing page ofphotographs (1969) Koblents, Ya. P., "Conditions attending a green flash in the Antarctic," Soviet Antarctic ExpeditionInformation Bulletin (translated from Russian), No. 73, 313-315 (1969) Wilson Jr., R. H., (letter) Sky & Telescope, 42, 327 + 351 (1971) Scorer, R., Clouds of the World, Stackpole Books, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, 1972, pages 152-153 Slatterey, D. P., M. Seager, and A. B. Fraser, letters, "The green ray," Weather, 27, 90-91 (1972) Shaw, G. E., "Observations and theoretical reconstruction of the green flash," Pure and AppliedGeophysics, 102, 223-235 (1973) "Observations of the green flash," Sky & Telescope, 48, 61-63 (1974) Fraser, A. B., "The green flash and clear air turbulence," Atmosphere, 13, 1-10 (1975) White, R., "A red flash," Journal of Meteorology, 1, 101-102 (1975/76) Bartholomew, J. C., "Double green flash over Western Isles," Weather, 31, 30 (1976) Stocking, F. H., "The green flash: a sporting event for astronomers," Optical Spectra, pages 82-84(September 1978) White, R., "A new theory of the green flash," Journal of Meteorology, 4, 270-277 (1979) Menat, M., "Atmospheric phenomena before and during sunset," Applied Optics, 19, No. 20, 3458-3468(15 October 1980) Greenler, R., Rainbows, Halos, and Glories, Cambridge University Press, 1980/1989, pages 172-177 Schaefer, V. J., and J. A. Day, A Field Guide to the Atmosphere, Houghton Mifflin, 1981, page 167

Optics 26 Gerharz, R., “Observations of the green flash and slant range ‘seeing’,” Pure and Applied Geophysics,119, No. 5, 998-1002 (1981) Bohren, C. G., "The green flash" in "Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics," Weatherwise, 35, 271-275 (1982); contained in C. F. Bohren, Clouds in a Glass of Beer: Simple Experiments in AtmosphericPhysics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; now available from Dover Publications, ISBN 0486417387, 1987,Chapter 13 Floor, C., "The setting Sun," Physics Education, 17, 174-178 (1982) Schaaf, F., Wonders of the Sky: Observing Rainbows, Comets, Eclipses, the Stars, and Other Phenomena,Dover, 1983, pages 54-57 Meinel, A., and M. Meinel, Sunsets, Twilights, and Evening Skies, Cambridge University Press, 1983,Chapter 3 Di Cicco, D., "Observer's Page," Sky & Telescope, 65, 191 (1983) Corliss, W. R., Rare Halos, Mirages, Anomalous Rainbows and Related Electromagnetic Phenomena,Sourcebook Project, 1984 (PO Box 107, Glen Arm, MD 21057), pages 92-103 Zapffe, C. A., “’Stopping the Sun’ and its green flash,” Speculations in Science and Technology, 7, No.2, 115-119 (1984) Bohren, C. F., Clouds in a Glass of Beer: Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics, Wiley, 1987,chapter 13; now available from Dover Publications, ISBN 0486417387 “Bidding the day adieu,” Sky & Telescope, 74, 680 (December 1987) Allen, J. F., "Flash photography," Physics World, 7, No. 2, 20 (February 1994) Coco, M. J., "Stalking the Green Flash," Weather, 49, 31-34 (December 1996/Jan 1997) Thomas, M. E., and R. I. Joseph, “Astronomical refraction,” Johns Hopkins APL Technical Digest, 17,No. 3, 279-284 (1996) Candy, P., “The green flash,” Weather, 52, No. 3, 77-79 (1997) Smith, B. A., “Prolonging the green flash,” Sky & Telescope, 93, No. 5, 111-112 (May 1997) Young, A. T., “Green flashes and mirages,” Optics & Photonics News, 10, No. 3, 31-36 (1999), containedon Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Young, A. T., “Sunset science. III. Visual adaptation and green flashes,” Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica, 17, No. 12, 2129-2139 (2000) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 49-52 Flanders, T., “Unusual observations,” Sky & Telescope, 108, No. 5, 80 (November 2004) Danielsen, A., (photograph) “A flash of green,” Sky & Telescope, 108, No. 5, 137 (November 2004) O’Meara, S. J., “The emerald tiara,” Sky & Telescope, 109, 82-83 (February 2005)6.25 Distortions of the low sunThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.intersoft.it/galaxlux/GreenFlashGallery.htmhttp://www.atoptics.co.uk/ Many photos and explanations of atmospheric opticshttp://mintaka.sdsu.edu/GF/explain/simulations/inf-mir/Kaplan_photos.html Photos of solar mirageReferencesDots through indicate level of difficulty

Optics 27Journal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 39-40 Fleagle, R. G., and J. A. Businger, An Introduction to Atmospheric Physics, Academic Press, 1963, pages297-298 Cameron, W. S., J. H. Glenn, M. S. Carpenter, and J. A. O'Keefe, "Effect of refraction on the setting Sunas seen from space in theory and observation," The Astronomical Journal, 68, 348-351 (1963) Humphreys, W. J., Physics of the Air, Dover, 1964, page 470 photographs, National Geographic, 128, 682-683 (1965); 135, 370-371 (1969) Irwin, J. B., "The case of the setting Sun," Sky & Telescope, 54, 167-170 (1977) Greenler, R., Rainbows, Halos, and Glories, Cambridge University Press, 1980/1989, pages 151-154 Menat, M., "Atmospheric phenomena before and during sunset," Applied Optics, 19, No. 20, 3458-3468(15 October 1980) Floor, C., "The shape of the low Sun," Weather, 36, 78-81 (1981) Floor, C., "The setting Sun," Physics Education, 17, 174-178 (1982) Floor, C., "The effect of waves on the image of the low Sun and on a reflection in water," Weather, 37,148-151 (1982) Jaquin, F., K. Steele and D. Hafemeister, "The apparent ellipticity of the setting Sun," The PhysicsTeacher, 20, 404-405 (1982) Corliss, W. R., Rare Halos, Mirages, Anomalous Rainbows and Related Electromagnetic Phenomena,Sourcebook Project, 1984 (PO Box 107, Glen Arm, MD 21057), pages 115-120 Berry, M. V., "Disruption of images: the caustic-touching theorem," Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica A, 4, 561-569 (1987) Coombs, L., and P. Parvianinen, photographs, Sky & Telescope, 69, 680 (1987) Campbell, S., "A solar mirage," Journal of Meteorology, 13, 130 (1988) Botley, C., M., "Solar mirage," Journal of Meteorology, 13, 334 (1988) Cui, J., "A demonstration of the apparent ellipticity of the rising or setting Sun," The Physics Teacher, 29,566 (1991) Pascuzzi, E., photographs, Sky & Telescope, 86, 115 (1993) Gyori, L., “Determination of atmospheric refraction from the distortion of the Sun’s disc,” Astronomyand Astrophysics, 278, No. 2, 659-664 (1993) Pascuzzi, E., “Capturing the anti-sun,” Physics Teacher, 35, 553-554 (December 1997) Young, A. T., and G. W. Kattawar, “Sunset science. II. A useful diagram,” Applied Optics, 37, No. 18,3785-3792 (20 June 1998) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 46-49 + 54 Sampson, R. D., E. P. Lozowski, and A. E. Peterson, “Comparison of modeled and observed astronomicalrefraction of the setting Sun,” Applied Optics, 42, No. 3, 342-353 (20 January 2003) Sampson, R. D., E. P. Lozowski, A. E. Peterson, and D. P. Hube, “Variability in the astronomicalrefraction of the rising and setting Sun,” Publications of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific, 115, 1256-1261 (2003) Neda, Z., and S. Volkan-Kacso, “Flatness of the setting Sun,” American Journal of Physics, 71, No. 4,379-385 (April 2003) Lehn, W. H., and S. van der Werf, “Atmospheric refraction: a history,” Applied Optics, 44, No. 27, 5624-5636 (20 September 2005) Sampson, R. D., E. P. Lozowski, and A. Fathi-Nejad, “Variability in low altitude astronomical refractionas a function of altitude,” Applied Optics, 47, No. 34, H91-H94 (1 December 2008) Lehn, W. H., “Isaac Newton and the astronomical refraction,” Applied Optics, 47, No. 34, H95-H105 (1December 2008)

Optics 286.26 Red Moon during lunar eclipseThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.mreclipse.com/LEphoto/LEgallery1/LEgallery2.htmltotality.Scroll down to the red moon duringReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 295-296 Tricker, R. A. R., Introduction to Meteorological Optics, American Elsevier, 1970, pages 21-22 Schaaf, F., Wonders of the Sky: Observing Rainbows, Comets, Eclipses, the Stars, and Other Phenomena,Dover, 1983, pages 110-111 Schaefer, B. E., "Lunar visibility and the crucifixion," The Quarterly Journal of the Royal AstronomicalSociety, 31, 53-67 (1990) Schaefer, B. E., "Glare and celestial visibility," Publications of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific,103, 645-660 (1991) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 214-2156.27 Crown flashThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Schonland, B., The Flight of Thunderbolts, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1964, pages 50-51 Vonnegut, B., "Orientation of ice crystals in the electric field of a thunderstorm," Weather, 20, 310-312(1965) Gall, J. C., and M. E. Graves, "Possible newly recognized meteorological phenomenon called crownflash," Nature, 229, 184-185 (1971) Graves, M. E., J. C. Gall, and B. Vonnegut, "Meteorological phenomenon called crown flash," Nature,231, 258 (1971) Corliss, W. R., Lightning, Auroras, Nocturnal Lights, and Related Luminous Phenomena, SourcebookProject, 1982 (PO Box 107, Glen Arm, MD 21057), pages 142-143 Weinheimer, A. J., and A. A. Few, "The electric field alignment of ice particles in thunderstorms,"Journal of Geophysical Research, 92, 14,833-14,844 (1987)

Optics 29 Caylor, I. J., and V. Chandrasekar, “Time-varying ice crystal orientation in thunderstorms observed withmultiparameter radar,” IEEE Transactions on Geoscience and Remote Sensing, 34, No. 4, 847-858 (July1996) Saunders, C. P. R., and J. S. Rimmer, “The electric field alignment of ice crystals in thunderstorms,”Atmospehric Research, 51, Nos. 3-4, 337-343 (July 1999) Foster, T. C., and J. Hallett, “The alignment of ice crystals in changing electric fields,” AtmosphericResearch, 62, Nos. 1-2, 149-169 (May 2002)Related reference Sorrentino, M., and S. G. Mason, “Rheo- and electro-optical behavior of platelets,” Journal of Colloid andInterface Science, 41, No. 1, 178-181 (October 1972)6.28 Oasis mirageThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Sg3rLpWaFDU&feature=related Watch the horizonhttp://virtual.finland.fi/netcomm/news/showarticle.asp?intNWSAID=25722http://atmospherical.blogspot.com/search?updated-min=2006-01-01T00%3A00%3A00Z&updatedmax=2007-01-01T00%3A00%3A00Z&max-results=50Blog devoted to photos of atmospheric phenomenahttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gaGO-we-Fag&mode=related&search= Video of the supersonic carThrust SSC. Note the mirage due to the light coming across the desert ground.http://ctein.com/STS1_in_Desert.jpg Mirage of space shuttle on desert floorhttp://www.phys.ufl.edu/~avery/course/3400/atmosphere/mirage_inf_lynch.jpg Car on a hot streethttp://cgg-journal.com/2004-2/05/figure002.jpg Oasis mirage on a hot streethttp://www.weatherscapes.com/photo.php?cat=optics&id=w-415-32 Oasis mirage on a hot roadhttp://mintaka.sdsu.edu/GF/explain/simulations/inf-mir/Kaplan_photos.html Photos of solar mirageReferencesKosa, T., and P. Palffy-Muhoray, “Mirage mirror on the wall,” American Journal of Physics, 68, No. 12,1120-1122 (December 2000). Available athttp://scitation.aip.org/getpdf/servlet/GetPDFServlet?filetype=pdf&id=AJPIAS000068000012001120000001&idtype=cvips&prog=normal Includes photoSee the references for item 6.30.6.29 Wall mirageThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://greatestplaces.org/mirage/reports/tim.htm Description and a sketch of a wall mirage.References

Optics 30Kosa, T., and P. Palffy-Muhoray, “Mirage mirror on the wall,” American Journal of Physics, 68, No. 12,1120-1122 (December 2000). Available athttp://scitation.aip.org/getpdf/servlet/GetPDFServlet?filetype=pdf&id=AJPIAS000068000012001120000001&idtype=cvips&prog=normal Includes photoSee many more references, see those for the next item.6.30 Water monsters, mermen, and large-scale mirageThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://tpemiragesg3.free.fr/fata.htm Fata Morgana, really goodhttp://virtual.finland.fi/netcomm/news/showarticle.asp?intNWSAID=25722http://atmospherical.blogspot.com/search?updated-min=2006-01-01T00%3A00%3A00Z&updatedmax=2007-01-01T00%3A00%3A00Z&max-results=50Blog devoted to photos of atmospheric phenomenahttp://atmospherical.blogspot.com Way cool blog site with lots of photos and descriptions. Go through thearchived blogs by clicking on the button at the bottom of the page. The blog started in April 2006.http://www.crystalinks.com/mirage.html Good photos, especially of the large-scale miragehttp://ctein.com/STS1_in_Desert.jpg Mirage of space shuttle on desert floorhttp://www.phys.ufl.edu/~avery/course/3400/gallery/gallery_atmosphere.html Photoshttp://epod.usra.edu/archive/epodviewer.php3?oid=38560 Mirage over waterhttp://mintaka.sdsu.edu/GF/explain/simulations/inf-mir/Kaplan_photos.html Photos of solar miragehttp://www.bbqfilm.com/public_html/images/marfa_lights.jpg Marfa lights photohttp://www.envasion.net/2003/marfa.html Marfa lights plus discussionhttp://www.texasescapes.com/TOWNS/Marfa_Texas/MarfaLightsMarfaTexasMysteryLightsFestival.htmMarfa lights photohttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OA58r0uGCt4 How to set up Marfa-like effects at homehttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pfCJvh6kwcQ&feature=related Marfa lights videohttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hWgxY5yJqVk&feature=related Many photos of Marfa lightsReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Botley, C. M., "Meteorology and monsters," Quarterly Journal of the Royal Meteorological Society, 60,395 (1934) Vollprecht, R., "The 'cold mirage' in Western Australia," Weather, 2, 174-178 (1947) Ives, R. L., "Meteorological conditions accompanying mirages in the Salt Lake desert," Journal of theFranklin Institute, 245, 457-473 (1948) Paton, J., "The optical properties of the atmosphere," Weather, 3, 243-249 (1948) Ives, R. L., "Recurrent mirages at Puerto Penasco, Sonora," Journal of the Franklin Institute, 252, 285-295(1951) Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, Chapter 4 Ashmore, S. E., "A North Wales road-mirage," Weather, 10, 336-342 (1955) Neuberger, H., Introduction to Physical Meteorology, Pennsylvania State University, College of MineralIndustries, Pennsylvania, 1957, pages 164-166 Bragg, W., The Universe of Light, Dover, 1959, pages 75-76

Optics 31 Glenn, C. L., “The Chinook,” Weatherwise, 14, 175-182 (October 1961), see pages 181-182 Fleagle, R. G., and J. A. Businger, An Introduction to Atmospheric Physics, Academic Press, 1963, pages295-296 Humphreys, W. J., Physics of the Air, Dover, 1964, pages 469-475 Botley, C. M., "Folk-lore in meteorology," Weather, 21, 263 (1966) Ives, R. L., "The mirages of La Encantada," Weather, 23, 55-60 (1968) Crawford Jr., F. S., Waves (Berkeley Physics Course, vol. 3), McGraw-Hill, 1968, pages 391-392 Tricker, R. A. R., Introduction to Meteorological Optics, American Elsevier, 1970, pages 19, 21 Bush, R. T., and R. S. Robinson, "A note on explaining the mirage," American Journal of Physics, 42, 774-775 (1974) Fraser, A. B., "Theological optics," Applied Optics, 14, No. 4, A92-A93 (April 1975) Meaden, G. T., "A meteorological explanation for some of the mysterious sightings on Loch Ness andother lakes and rivers," Journal of Meteorology, 1, 118-124 (1975/76) Fraser, A. B., and W. H. Mach, "Mirages," Scientific American, 234, 102-111 + 136 (January 1976) Sawatzky, H. L., and W. H. Lehn, "The arctic mirage and the early North Atlantic," Science, 192, 1300-1305 (1976) Scott, P. Sir, and G. T. Meaden, "Devils and the Loch Ness monster," Journal of Meteorology, 2, 19-21(1976/77) Meaden, G. T., note, Journal of Meteorology, 2, 262-263 (1976/77) Khular, E., K. Thyagarajan, and A. K. Ghatak, "A note on mirage formation," American Journal ofPhysics, 45, 90-92 (1977) Dyson, P. L., "Comment on explaining the mirage," American Journal of Physics, 45, 879-880 (1977) Lehn, W. H., and M. B. El-Arini, "Computer-graphics analysis of atmospheric refraction," AppliedOptics, 17, 3146-3151 (1978) Lehn, W., H. L. Sawatzky, and I. Schroeder, "Lore, logic and the arctic mirage," Scandinavian Review, 66,no. 2, 36-41 (June 1978) Sastry, G. P., "Teaching mirages," American Journal of Physics, 46, 765 (1978) White, R., "More examples of magnifying mirages," Journal of Meteorology, 3, 76-77 (1978) "Mirages in the Humber Estuary, May 1978," Journal of Meteorology, 4, 17 (1979) Latham, W., "Remarkable mirage at Hastings July 1797," Journal of Meteorology, 4, 18-20 (1979) Lehn, W. H., "Atmospheric refraction and lake monsters," Science, 205, 183-185 (1979) Lehn, W. H., and I. I. Schroeder, "Polar mirages as aids to Norse navigation," Polarforschung, 49, 173-187(1979) Lehn, W. H., "The Novaya Zemlya effect: an arctic mirage," Journal of the Optical Society of America,69, 776-781 (1979), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: TwentyYears of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Fraser, A. B., "Simple solution for obtaining a temperature profile from the inferior mirage," AppliedOptics, 18, 1724-1731 (1979), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders:Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America,ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Lehn, W. H., "On the sighting of distant unidentified objects," Journal of Atmospheric and TerrestrialPhysics, 42, 471-475 (1980) "Two meteorologists views of lake monster sightings," and "Unidentified lake phenomenon," Journal ofMeteorology, 5, 23-25 (1980) Botley, C. M., "Unidentified lake phenomena," Journal of Meteorology, 5, 156 (1980) Scoresby, W., A Voyage to the Whale Fishery, Caedmon Reprints, 1980, pages 144 ff Greenler, R., Rainbows, Halos, and Glories, Cambridge University Press, 1980/1989, Chapter 7 Lubkin, G. B., "New light on Novaya Zemlya polar mirage," Physics Today, 34, 21-22 (1981)

Optics 32 Lehn, W. H., and B. A. German, "Novaya Zemlya effect: analysis of an observation," Applied Optics, 20,2043-2047 (1981) Lehn, W. H., and I. Schroeder, "The Norse merman as an optical phenomenon," Nature, 289, 362-366(1981) Thompson, A. H., "The College Station, Texas, superior mirage of 3 October 1980," Monthly WeatherReview, 109, 2243-2244 (1981) Fabri, E., and G. Fiorio, "Mirage in the laboratory," American Journal of Physics, 50, 517-520 (1982) Floor, C., "Investigating mirages with an astronomical telescope," Physics Education, 18, 80-82 (1983) Shilton, P., "The Min Min light," Journal of Meteorology, 8, 248-250 (1983) Tennakone, K., "A mirage from a laser," American Journal of Physics, 51, 270-271 (1983) Lehn, W. H., "Inversion of superior mirage data to compute temperature profiles," Journal of the OpticalSociety of America, 73, 1622-1625 (1983), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, OnMinnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Mulholland, D., "What are those lights?" Science 84, 5, 32 (March 1984) Corliss, W. R., Rare Halos, Mirages, Anomalous Rainbows and Related Electromagnetic Phenomena,Sourcebook Project, 1984 (PO Box 107, Glen Arm, MD 21057), pages 137-157 Tape, W., "The topology of mirages," Scientific American, 252, 120-129 + 136 (June 1985) Lehn, W. H., and J. S. Morrish, "A three-parameter inferior mirage model for optical sensing of surfacelayer temperature profiles," IEEE Transactions on Geoscience and Remote Sensing, GE-24, 940-946 (1986) Matthias, A. D., and N. Ferguson, “Superior-mirage photographs: evidence of complex air temperatureprofiles in Sonoran Desert valleys,” Bulletin of the American Meteorolgical Society, 67, No. 10, 1266-1271(October 1986) Lown, K. R., and K. Bignell, letters, "Mirage over Thames Estuary," Weather, 42, 393 (1987) Greenler, R. G., "Laboratory simulation of inferior and superior mirages," Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica A, 4, 589-590 + plates V-XIII (1987), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, OnMinnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Campbell, S., "Mirage of a mountain?" Journal of Meteorology, 12, 157-159 (1987) Rowe, M. W., "Whirlwinds, sea-serpents and the Loch Ness monster," Journal of Meteorology, 12, 269-271 (1987) Thomas, F. G., "Mirages," Journal of Meteorology, 12, 286 (1987) Campbell, S., "Mirage over Edinburgh," Journal of Meteorology, 12, 308-313 (1987) Campbell, S., "A solar mirage," Journal of Meteorology, 13, 130 (1988) Botley, C. M., "Solar mirage," Journal of Meteorology, 13, 334 (1988) Barker, P. R., P. R. M. Crofts and M. Gal, "A superior 'superior' mirage," American Journal of Physics,57, 953-954 (October 1989) Bohren, C., "Highway mirages" in "Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics," Weatherwise, 42, 224-227 (1989) White, R., "Mirage: multiple images," Applied Optics, 29, 3204-3206 (1990) Rees, W. G., "Mirages with linear image diagrams," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 7, 1351-1354 (1990) Berger, M., T. Trout, and N. Levit, "Ray tracing mirages," IEEE Computer Graphics and Applications, 10,36-41 (May 1990) Davis, J. F., and T. B. Greenslade Jr., "Computer modeling of mirage formation," The Physics Teacher,29, 47-48 (1991) Wallingford, J., "More on mirage formation," The Physics Teacher, 29, 485 (1991)Bohren, C. F., What Light through Yonder Window Breaks?, Wiley, 1991, pages 61-70 Lehn, W. H., and W. Friesen, "Simulation of mirages," Applied Optics, 31, 1267-1273 (1992)

Optics 33 Lindee, H., "Ghost lights of Texas," The Skeptical Inquirer, 16, 400-406 (summer 1992) Mak, S-y., "Showing the light path of a mirage," The Physics Teacher, 31, 476-477 (1993) Singh, R. N., S. S. Negi, A. K. Sahay, A. Singh, K. O. G. Varughese, and A. K. Walia, "Mirage formationin the thermal region," Applied Optics, 33, 3279-3280 (1994) Lehn, W. H., W. K. Silvester, and D. M. Fraser, "Mirages with atmospheric gravity waves," AppliedOptics, 33, 4639-4643 (1994), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders:Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America,ISBN 1-55752-621-4; http://www.osa.org Sozou, P. D., and G. Loizou, “Moving through a mirage,” Applied Optics, 33, No. 21, 4644-4651 (20July 1994), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years ofthe “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4; http://www.osa.org Bigg, G. R., “Back to the basics: light in the atmosphere: part 1 --- why the sky is blue,” Weather, 52, No.3, 72-77 (1997) Horvath, G., J. Gal, and R. Wehner, “Why are water-seeking insects not attracted by mirages? Thepolarization pattern of mirages,” Naturwissenschaften, 84, 300-303 (1997) Young, A. T., G. W. Kattawar, and P. Parviainen, “Sunset science. I. The mock mirage,” Applied Optics,36, No. 12, 2689-2700 (April 1997), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’sShoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Societyof America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Lehn, W. H., “Analysis of an infrared mirage sequence,” Applied Optics, 36, No. 21, 5217-5223 (20 July1997) Lehn, W. H., and T. L. Legal, “Long-range superior mirages,” Applied Optics, 37, 1489-1494 (1998),contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Lightand Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Trankle, E., “Simulation of inferior mirages observed at the Halligen Sea,” Applied Optics, 37, 1495-1505 (1998), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years ofthe “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Vollmer, M., and R. Tammer, “Laboratory experiments in atmospheric optics,” Applied Optics, 37, No. 9,1557-1568 (March 1998), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders:Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America,ISBN 1-55752-621-4 van der Werf, S. Y., “Astronomical observations during Willem Barents’s third voyage to the North (1596-97), Arctic, 51, No. 2, 142-154 (June 1998) Young, A. T., and G. W. Kattawar, “Sunset science. II. A useful diagram,” Applied Optics, 37, No. 18,3785-3792 (20 June 1998) Trankle, E., “Simulation of inferior mirages observed at the Halligen Sea,” Optics Express, 5, No. 4,1495-1505 (16 August 1999) Young, A. T., “Green flashes and mirages,” Optics and Photonics News, 10, No. 3, 31-36 (1999),contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Lightand Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Lee, R. L., “Looking at and through clear to cloudy skies: mirages, glories, coronas, sky color and more,1970-1999, contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years ofthe “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Kosa, T., and P. Palffy-Muhoray, “Mirage mirror on the wall,” American Journal of Physics, 68, No. 12,1120-1122 (December 2000) Lehn, W. H., “Skerrylike mirages and the discovery of Greenland,” Applied Optics, 39, No. 21, 3612-3619(20 July 2000)

Optics 34 Lehn, W. H., “Exact temperature profile for the hillingar mirage,” American Journal of Physics, 69, No.5, 598-600 (May 2001) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 55-62 van der Werf, S. Y., G. P. Konnen, and W. H. Lehn, “Novaya Zemlya effect and sunsets,” AppliedOptics, 42, No. 3, 367-378 (20 January 2003) van der Werf, S. Y., G. P. Konnen, W. H. Lehn, F. Steenhuisen, and W. P. S. Davidson, “Gerrit deVeer’s true and perfect description of the Novaya Zemlya effect, 24-27 January 1597,” Applied Optics, 42,No. 3, 379-389 (20 January 2003) Vollmer, M., and R. Greenler, “Halo and mirage demonstrations in atmospheric optics,” Applied Optics,42, No. 3, 394-398 (20 January 2003) Lehn, W. H., “Bright superior mirages,” Applied Optics, 42, No. 3, 390-393 (20 January 2003) Sampson, R. D., E. P. Lozowski, A. E. Peterson, and D. P. Hube, “Variability in the astronomicalrefraction of the rising and setting Sun,” Publications of the Astronomical Society of the Pacific, 115, 1256-1261 (2003) Pettigrew, J. P., “The Min Min light and the Fata Morgana. An optical account of a mysterious Australianphenomenon,” Clinical and Experimental Optometry 86, No. 2, 109-120 (March 2003) Moravec, M., “Strange illuminations: ‘Min Min lights’ --- Australian ‘ghost light’ stories,” Fabula (Journalof Folklore Studies), 44, No. 1-2, 1-24 (2003) Fox, D., “The shining,” New Scientist, 181, 70-71 (3 January 2004) Richey, L., B. Stewart, and J. Peatross, “Creating and analyzing a mirage,” Physics Teacher, 44, 460-464(October 2006) Zhao, Y., Y. Han, Z. Fan, F. Qiu, Y-C. Kuo, A. E. Kaufman, and K. Mueller, “Visual simulation of heatshimmering and mirage,” IEEE Transactions on Visualization and Computer Graphics, 13, No. 1, 179-189(January/February 2007) Darack, Ed., “Unlocking the atmospheric secrets of the Marfa mystery lights,” Weatherwise, 61, No. 3, 36-43 (May/June 2008) Vollmer, M., “Mirrors in the air: mirages in nature and in the laboratory,” Physics Education, 44, No. 2,165-174 (March 2009) Lopez-Arias, T., G. Calza, L. M. Gratton, and S. Oss, “Mirages in a bottle,” Physics Education, 44, No.6, 582-588 (November 2009) Branca, M., “Simulation of the Inferior Mirage,” The Physics Teacher, 48, 372-373 (September 2010)Related reference Blake, A., and H. Bulthoff, “Does the brain know the physics of specular reflection?” Nature, 343, 165-168 (11 January 1990)6.31 A ghost among the flowersThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Botley, C. M., "Mirages -- what's in a name?" Weather, 20, 22-24 (1965)

Optics 356.32 Shimmy and twinkling starsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Mikesell, A. H., A. A. Hoag, and J. S. Hall, "The scintillation of starlight," Journal of the Optical Societyof America, 41, 689-695 (1951) Gifford, F., and A. H. Mikesell, "Atmospheric turbulence and the scintillation of starlight," Weather, 8,195-197 (1953)Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 63-71 Neuberger, H., Introduction to Physical Meteorology, Pennsylvania State University, College of MineralIndustries, Pennsylvania, 1957, pages 166-169 Humphreys, W. J., Physics of the Air, Dover, 1964, pages 462-466Middleton, W. E. K., Vision through the Atmosphere, University of Toronto Press, 1968, pages 80-81 Burke, J. J., "Observations of the wavelength dependence of stellar scintillation," Journal of the OpticalSociety of America, 60, 1262-1264 (1970) Young, A., "Saturation of scintillation," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 60, 1495-1500 (1970) Tricker, R. A. R., Introduction to Meteorological Optics, American Elsevier, 1970, pages 17-19 Barocas, V., “Atmospheric seeing,” Journal of the British Astronomical Association, 82, No. 4, 279-281(1972) Lawrence, E. N., “Large air-temperature lapse-rates near the ground,” Weather, 27, 27-30 (1972) Wesely, M. L., and Z. I. Derzko, "Atmospheric turbulence parameters from visual resolution," AppliedOptics, 14, 847-853 (1975) Peters, W. N., "Phenomenological model of scintillation," Applied Optics, 15, 2511-2519 (1976) Jakeman, E., G. Parry, E. R. Pike and P. N. Pusey, "The twinkling of stars," Contemporary Physics, 19,127-145 (1978) Greenler, R., Rainbows, Halos, and Glories, Cambridge University Press, 1980/1989, p. 170-171 Schaaf, F., Wonders of the Sky: Observing Rainbows, Comets, Eclipses, the Stars, and Other Phenomena,Dover, 1983, pages 146-147 Schlatter, T., "Phantom cold fronts and scintillating shadows" in "Weather Queries," Weatherwise, 45, 42-43 (April/May 1992) Huebner, J. S., and T. L. Smith, “Why magnification works,” Physics Teacher, 32, 102-103 (February1994) Huebner, J. S., and T. L. Smith, (letter) "More on twinkling," The Physics Teacher, 32, 263 (1994) Navarro, R., and M. A. Losada, “Shape of stars and optical quality of the human eye,” Journal of theOptical Society of America A, 14, No. 2, 353-359 (February 1997) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, page 536.33 Shadow bands

Optics 36This item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.strickling.net/shadowbands.htmhttp://www.science-frontiers.com/sf123/sf123p04.htmhttp://www.liv.ac.uk/~ggastro/ES.obs.htmlhttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y0EhEKetT0I Video, I cannot see the bands but I can see the pinholeimagesReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Ives, R. L., "Sunset shadow bands," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 35, 736 (1945) Paulton, E. M., "Observing and reporting shadow bands," Sky & Telescope, 18, 627-628 (1959) Paulton, E. M., "Eclipse shadow band motion -- an illusion?" Sky & Telescope, 25, 328-329 (1963) Hults, M., letter, Sky & Telescope, 33, 147-148 (1967) Burgess, R. D., and M. E. Hults, "A shadow-band experiment," Sky & Telescope, 38, 95 (1969) Young, A. T., letter, Sky & Telescope, 38, 309 (1969) Paulton, E. M., "Recording shadow bands at the March eclipse," Sky & Telescope, 39, 132-133 (1970) Hults, M. E., R. D. Burgess, D. A. Mitchell, and D. W. Warn, "Visual, photographic and photoelectricdetection of shadow bands at the March 7, 1970, solar eclipse," Nature, 231, 255-258 (1971) Susel, F. M., "Recording the eclipse shadow bands on magnetic tape," Journal of the Royal AstronomicalSociety of Canada, 65, 273-276 (1971) Quann, J. J., and C. J. Daly, "The shadow band phenomenon," Journal of Atmospheric and TerrestrialPhysics, 34, 577-583 (1972) Kerr, D. E., G. G. Sivjee, W. McKinney, P. Takacs, and W. G. Fastie, "Brightness of forbidden OI linesand properties of shadow bands during the eclipse of 7 March 1970," Journal of Atmospheric and TerrestrialPhysics, 34, 585-592 (1972) Young, A. T., "The problem of shadow band observations," Sky & Telescope, 43, 291-292 (1972) Stanford Jr., A. L., "On shadow bands accompanying total solar eclipses," American Journal of Physics,41, 731-733 (1973) Feldman, R. L., "On shadow bands accompanying total solar eclipses," American Journal of Physics, 42,1024-1026 (1974) Seykora, E. J., "Observations of eclipse shadow bands and related phenomena," Applied Optics, 18, 3538-3539 (1979) Marschall, L. A., R. Mahon and R. C. Henry, "Observations of shadow bands at the total solar eclipse of16 February 1980," Applied Optics, 23, 4390-4393 (1984) Marschall, L. A., "Shadow bands --- solar eclipse phantoms," Sky & Telescope, 67, 116-118 (1984) Corliss, W. R., Rare Halos, Mirages, Anomalous Rainbows and Related Electromagnetic Phenomena,Sourcebook Project, 1984 (PO Box 107, Glen Arm, MD 21057), pages 133-135, 189-195 Codona, J. L., “The scintillation theory of eclipse shadow bands,” Astronomy and Astrophysics, 164,415-427 (1986) Codona, J. L., “The enigma of shadow bands,” Sky and Telescope, 81, 482-487 (1991) Jones, B. W., and C. A. L. Jones, “Shadow bands during the total solar eclipse of 11 July 1991,” Journalof Atmosphereic and Terrestrial Physics, 56, No. 12, 1535-1543 (1994) Jones, B. W., “Shadow bands during the total solar eclipse of 26 February 1998,” Journal of Atmosphericand Solar-Terrestrial Physics, 61, 965-974 (1999)

Optics 37 Jones, B. W., “Shadow bands during the total solar eclipse of 3 November 1994,” Journal of Atmosphericand Terrestrial Physics, 58, No. 12, 1309-1316 (1996) Schlatter, T., “Phantom cold fronts and scintillating shadows,” in “Weather Queries,” Weatherwise, 45,42-43 (April/May 1992) Marchant, J., and B. Fox, “A piece of the action,” New Scientist, 163, 24 (7 August 1999) O’Meara, S. J., “Searching for shadow bands,” Astronomy, 37, No. 4, 18-19 (April 2009) Reynolds, M., (photo), shadow bands on clouds, Astronomy, 38, No. 12, 70 (December 2010)6.34 The 22 halo and sun dogsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kvI6YuvpSWY&feature=related Halos appear as clouds move throughthe appropriate region of the skyhttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o8h9AXFVIKg&feature=related sun dogs, as clouds move through thecorrect regionhttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NGkNLkryKDc&feature=relatedhttp://www.atoptics.co.uk/ Many photos and explanations of atmospheric opticshttp://hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/atmos/atmoscon.html#c1http://ww2010.atmos.uiuc.edu/(Gh)/guides/mtr/opt/ice/sd.rxml Photo and diagram of how the light rayspass through the falling ice crystalshttp://explorenorth.com/library/weekly/aa112699.htmhttp://www.phys.ufl.edu/~avery/course/3400/gallery/gallery_atmosphere.htmlReferencesSee the references for the following item.6.35 A sky full of halos, arcs, and spotsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.Videoshttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RxKlNa4gDOw&NR=1 very nice animation showing the various arcsthat appear, as a function of the sun’s elevationhttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qrh_fxKwBlM&feature=related I cannot explain this displayhttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=y1mGWLxwrgchttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dWZfYEhVwQohttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gkG7AZdFrXohttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BSG8KXjvyQMhttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E7ERoddsTJw&NR=1http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=t4GZCOd0mqo

Optics 38Photoshttp://www.atoptics.co.uk/ Many photos and explanations of atmospheric opticshttp://ww2010.atmos.uiuc.edu/(Gh)/guides/mtr/opt/ice/sd.rxml Photo and diagram of how the light rayspass through the falling ice crystalshttp://hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/atmos/atmoscon.html#c1http://www.phys.ufl.edu/~avery/course/3400/gallery/gallery_atmosphere.htmlReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Neuberger, H., "Forcasting significance of halos in proverb and statistics," Bulletin of the AmericanMeteorological Society, 22, 105-108 (1941) Botley, C. M., "Halos and coronae," Weather, 1, 85-88 + plate III (1946) Stevens, G. C., and S. Fritz, "Two halo displays over eastern U. S. in December 1948," Bulletin of theAmerican Meteorological Society, 31, 318-321 (1950) Squire, C. F., "Note on reflection and diffraction from ice crystals in the sky," Journal of the OpticalSociety of America, 42, 782 (1952) Jacquinot, P., and C. Squire, "Note on reflection and diffraction from ice crystals in the sky," Journal of theOptical Society of America, 43, 318 (1953) Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 190ff Lacy, R. E., "The halo display of 2 March 1954," Weather, 9, 206-215 (1954) Botley, C. M. "Parry of the Parry arc," Weather, 10, 343-345 (1955) Neuberger, H., Introduction to Physical Meteorology, Pennsylvania State University, College of MineralIndustries, Pennsylvania, 1957, pages 169ff Singleton, F., M. J. Kerley, and D. J. Smith, "Recent observations from aircraft of some rare halophenomena," Weather, 15, 98-102 (1960) Rey, C. R., "Sun pillar and arc of contact," Weather, 15, 406-407 (1960) Georgi, J., "A 22 halo represented by the photographic sky-mirror," Weather, 18, 135-138 + 145 (1963) Scorer, R. S., "Rare halo in 'arctic smoke'," Weather, 18, 319 (1963) Scorer, R. S., “A white horizontal arc through the antisolar point,” Quarterly Journal of the RoyalMeteorological Society, 89, 151 (1963) Fleagle, R. G., and J. A. Businger, An Introduction to Atmospheric Physics, Academic Press, 1963, pages298-299 Humphreys, W. J., Physics of the Air, Dover, 1964, Chapters 4 and 5 Jones, G. A., and K. J. Wiggins, "Halo phenomena at Odiham," Weather, 19, 289-290 (1964) Goldie, E. C. W., (letter) "Observation of a rare halo," Weather, 19, 328 (1964) Mattsson, J. O., "Experimental optical phenomena," Weather, 21, 14-15 + 19 (1966) Davies, P. W., "Upper tangent arc to the 22 solar halo," Weather, 21, 138-139 (1966) Minnaert, M., "An exceptional phenomenon of atmospheric optics: a one-sided mocksun at 3 30',"Weather, 21, 250-251 (1966) Minnaert, M., (letter) “Mock-sun close to the Sun,” Weather, 22, 37 (1967) Botley, C. M., (letter) "Mock-suns close to the Sun and lateral mirage," Weather, 22, 260 (1967) Botley, C. M., "The Hereford halo complex," Weather, 22, 386 (1967) Scorer, R., and H. Wexler, Cloud Studies in Colour, Pergamon Press, 1967, pages 24ff Wood, E., Science for the Airplane Passenger, Houghton Mifflin Co., 1968, pages 78-79 Minnaert, M., "Unusual or neglected optical phenomena in the landscape," Journal of the Optical Societyof America, 58, 297-303 (1968), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s

Optics 39Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Societyof America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Goldie, E. C. W., and J. M. Heighes, "The Berkshire halo display of 11 May 1965," Weather, 23, 61-69(1968) Scutt, R., (letter) "Arcs of Lowitz," Weather, 23, 525 (1968) Deirmendjian, D., "Sun's image on airborne ice crystals?" Applied Optics, 7, 556 (1968) Barmore, F. E., "Comments on Sun’s image on airborne ice crystals," Applied Optics, 7, 1654 (1968) Neuberger, H., "When a rare halo is photographed, a jet contrail is not important," Bulletin of theAmerican Meteorological Society, 49, 1060 (1968) Fraser, A. B., and Houghton, J. T., (letter) "Specular reflection in cloud," Weather, 24, 160-162 (1969) Goldie, E. C. W., (letter) “Halo of 22 May 1969,” Weather, 24, 378 (1969) Booth, B. J., (letter) “Unusual lunar arc,” Weather, 25, 135 (1970) Tricker, R. A. R., Introduction to Meteorological Optics, American Elsevier, 1970, Chapter 4 Winstanley, D., "Halo phenomena over Oxford on 12 June 1969," Weather, 25, 131 (1970) Tricker, R. A. R., "A note on the Lowitz and associated arc," Weather, 25, 503 (1970) Larmore, L., and F. F. Hall Jr., "Optics for the airborne observer," The Journal of the Society of Photo-Optical Instrumentation Engineers, 9, 87-94 (February/March 1971) Jacobowitz, H., "A method for computing the transfer of solar radiation through clouds of hexagonal icecrystals," Journal of Quantative Spectroscopy and Radiative Transfer, 11, 691-695 (1971) Ripley, E. A., and B. Saugier, "Photometeors at Saskatoon on 3 December 1970," Weather, 26, 150-157 +Figs. 2 and 3 (1971), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: TwentyYears of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Goldie, E. C. W., "A graphical guide to haloes," Weather, 26, 391-393 (1971) Verschure, P. P. H., "Rare halo displays in Amsterdam," Weather, 26, 532-536 (1971) Scorer, R., Clouds of the World, Stackpole Books, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, 1972, pages 140ff Tricker, R. A. R., "Observations on certain features to be seen in a photograph of haloes taken by Dr.Emil Schulthess in Antarctia," Quarterly Journal of the Royal Meteorological Society, 98, 542-562 (1972) Jayaweera, K. O. L. F., and G. Wendler, "Lower Parry arc of the Sun," Weather, 27, 50-53 (1972) Evans, W. F. J., and R. A. R. Tricker, "Unusual arcs in the Saskatoon halo display," Weather, 27, 234-238(1972), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the“Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 photographs, Weather, 27, 240 (1972) Ohtake, T., and K. O. L. F. Jayaweers, "Ice crystal displays from power plants," Weather, 27, 271-277(1972) Brain, J. P., "Halo phenomena -- an investigation," Weather, 27, 409-410 (1972) Greenler, R. G., and A. J. Mallmann, "Circumscribed halos," Science, 176, 128-131 (1972) Greenler, R. G., M. Drinkwine, A. J. Mallmann, and G. Blumenthal, "The origin of sun pillars," AmericanScientist, 60, 292-302 + cover (1972) Tricker, R. A. R., "A simple theory of certain heliacal and anthelic halo arcs. The long hexagonal ice prismas a kaleidoscope," Quarterly Journal of the Royal Meteorological Society, 99, 649-656 (1973), contained onClassic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Rott, H., "Sub-sun and sub-parhelion," Weather, 28, 65 (1973) Mattsson, J. O., "'Sub-sun' and light-pillars of street lamps," Weather, 28, 66-68 (1973) Tricker, R. A. R., "A note on J. R. Blake's 'Circumscribed halo'," Weather, 28, 159-160 (1973) Robertson, G. W., "Unusual halo phenomenon at Swift Current," Weather, 29, 113-115 (1974) Mattsson, J. O., "Experiments on horizontal halos in divergent light," Weather, 29, 148-150 (1974)

Optics 40 Tricker, R. A. R., (letter) "Double tangent arc," Weather, 29, 276-277 (1974) Peterson, R. E., "Halo display in Indiana 10 January 1973," Weather, 29, 277 (1974) Tricker, R. A. R., "Note on a circumscribed halo," Weather, 29, 345 (1974) Lenggenhager, V. K., "Zur Vereinheitlichung der Haloformen nach Scheiner, Greshow und Parry,"Zeitschrift fur Meteorologie, 24, 262-266 (1974) Turner, F. M., and L. F. Radke, "A rare observation of the 8 halo," Weather, 30, 150-156 (1975) Tricker, R. A. R., "Unusual halo phenomenon at Swift Current," Weather, 30, 162-165 (1975) Konnen, G. P., and B. Zwart, "The subsun on satellite pictures," Weather, 30, 372-373 (1975) White, R., "Some recent research on haloes," Journal of Meteorology, 1, 158-159 (1975/76); correction,page 234 White, R., "Some hints on recording the development of haloes," Journal of Meteorology, 1, 194-196(1975/76) White, R., "Two observations of the Parry arc, and other haloes," Journal of Meteorology, 1, 216-219(1975/76) White, R., "Some comments on G. T. Meaden's letter 'Sun pillar in the virga of altocumulus floccus',"Journal of Meteorology, 1, 321-323 (1975/76) White, R., "An analytic theory of certain halo arcs," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 66, 768-772 (1976) Goldie, E. C., G. T. Meaden and R. White, "The concentric halo display of 14 April 1974," Weather, 31,304-312 (1976) Cooley, J. R., "Red pillar at sunset," Weather, 31, 270 (1976) Greenler, R. G., A. J. Mallmann, J. R. Mueller and R. Romito, "Form and origin of the Parry arcs,"Science, 195, 360-367 (1977) Cardon, B. L., "An unusual lunar halo," American Journal of Physics, 45, 331-335 (1977) White, R., "Intensity plots of the parhelia," Quarterly Journal of the Royal Meteorological Society, 103,169-175 (1977) Verploegh, G., "Observation of the lower tangential arc to the halo of 22," Weather, 32, 355 (1977) Ripley, E. A., "Meteorological conditions during halo displays," Weather, 32, 463-467 (1977) Konnen, G. P., "Polarisation of haloes and double refraction," Weather, 32, 467-468 (1977) "Solar halo complexes," Sky & Telescope, 54, 185-187 (1977) Lynch, D. K., "Atmospheric halos," Scientific American, 238, 144-152 + 164 (April 1978) Jehn, K. H., and K. Zimmermann, "Spectacular circumhorizontal arc over Austin, Tex.," Bulletin of theAmerican Meteorological Society, 59, 170-171 (1978) Jehn, K. H., "Another circumhorizontal arc in Central Texas!" Bulletin of the American MeteorologicalSociety, 59, 816 (1978) Wadsworth, D. J., (letter) "Solar halo of 15 degrees - 30 April 1977," Weather, 33, 113-114 (1978) White, R., (letter) "Red pillar at sunset," Weather, 33, 158 (1978) Chung, Y.-S., "A brilliant display of parhelia (sun dogs)," Weather, 33, 167-172 (1978) Mattsson, J. O., “Experiments on the horizontal circle in divergent light,” Zeitschrift fur Meteorologie, 28,123-125 (1978) Kenworthy, A. T., (letter) "Solar haloes," Weather, 33, 325 (1978) Ripley, A. E., "Halo display of 9 December 1976 at Saskatoon," Weather, 34, 18-19 (1979) Meaden, G. T., "Proposed explanation for the origin of a solitary 19 degree halo," Journal of Meteorology,4, 250-252 (1979) Lynch, D. K., and P. Schwartz, "Origin of the anthelion," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 69,383-386 (1979) Tricker, R. A. R., “Arcs associated with halos of unusual radii,” Journal of Optical Society of America,69, No. 8, 1093-1100 + Plate 100 (August 1979); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On

Optics 41Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Lynch, D. K., "Polarization models of halo phenomena. 1. The parhelic circle," Journal of the OpticalSociety of America, 69, 1100-1103 (1979); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, OnMinnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Mueller, J. R., R. G. Greenler and A. J. Mallmann, "Arcs of Lowitz," Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica, 69, 1103-1106 (1979); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’sShoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Societyof America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Mallmann, A. J., and R. G. Greenler, "Origins of anthelic arcs, the anthelic pillar, and the anthelion,"Journal of the Optical Society of America, 69, 1107-1112 + Plate 101-103 (1979); contained on ClassicReprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Fraser, A. B., "What size of ice crystals causes the halos?" Journal of the Optical Society of America,69, 1112-1118 (1979); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: TwentyYears of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 McDowell, R. S., "Frequency analysis of the circumzenithal arc: evidence for the oscillation of ice-crystalplates in the upper atmosphere," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 69, 1119-1122 (1979); containedon Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Tape, W., "Geometry of halo formation," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 69, 1122-1132 +Plate 109-110 (1979); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: TwentyYears of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Harris Jr., F. S., "Unusual solar halo complex," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 69, 1178 (1979) Mallmann, J., "Halos, rings, and arcs in the sky," Astronomy, 7, 42-46 (April 1979) Greenler, R. G., J. R. Mueller, W. Hahn, and A. J. Mallmann, "The 46 halo and its arcs," Science, 206,643-649 (1979) Meaden, G. T., "Solar halo display in falling ice-fog crystals," Weather, 34, 329-330 (1979) White, R., "Parry arc observations," Weather, 34, 330-331 (1979) Greenler, R., Rainbows, Halos, and Glories, Cambridge University Press, 1980/1989, Chapters 2 – 4 Mallmann, A. J., and R. G. Greenler, "Comments on the appearance of anthelic arcs," Journal of theOptical Society of America, 70, 1029 (1980) Fraser, A. B., and G. J. Thompson, "Analytic sun pillar model," Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica, 70, 1145-1148 (1980) Tape, W., "Analytic foundations of halo theory," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 70, 1175-1192 (1980) Bengtson, H., "Halo round Venus," Weather, 35, 59 (1980) Greenler, R. G., A. J. Mallmann, and J. R. Mueller, "Complex ice-crystal halo phenomena: skyarchaeology," Weather, 35, 346-353 (1980) Holland-Jones, H. M., "Solar halo complex, 29 September 1979," Journal of Meteorology, 5, 120-121(1980) White, R., "Halos of unusual radii," Journal of Meteorology, 5, 187-188 (1980) Gedzelman, S. D., “Visibility of halos and rainbows,” Applied Optics 19, 3068-3074 (1980), containedon Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Whalley, E., "Scheiner's halo: evidence for ice Ic in the atmosphere," Science, 211, 389-390 (1981)

Optics 42 White, R., "Visibility of halos and rainbows: comment," Applied Optics, 20, 1730 (1981) White, R., (letter) "Lateral tangential halo arc of 46 degrees," Journal of Meteorology, 6, 60-61 (1981) White, R., "On the halos in the Handbook of Unusual Natural Phenomena," Journal of Meteorology, 6,133-140 (1981) White, R., "Further note on an observation of halos on 15 October 1975," Journal of Meteorology, 6, 197-198 (1981) White, R., "Lateral tangential halo arcs of 46 degrees: reply to comment," Journal of Meteorology, 6, 293-294 (1981) Verschure, P. P. H., "A cloudbow in cirrostratus," Weather, 37, 16-19 (1982) Tape, W., "Folds, pleats, and halos," American Scientist, 70, 467-474 (1982) Konnen, G. P., "Polarization and intensity distributions of refraction halos," Journal of the OpticalSociety of America, 73, 1629-1640 + Plate II (1983); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, OnMinnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Tape, W., "Some ice crystals that made halos," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 73, 1641-1645 +Plates III-VI (1983); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: TwentyYears of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 White, R., "The formation of halos in the atmosphere by pyramidal ice crystals," Journal of Meteorology,8, 20-25 (1983) Woolner, P. L., "Lunar halo display of 7 February 1982," Journal of Meteorology, 9, 178 (1984) White, R., "Comments on Mr. Woolner's halo observation of 7 February 1982," Journal of Meteorology, 9,179-183 (1984) Pattloch, F., and E. Trankle, "Monte Carlo simulation and analysis of halo phenomena," Journal of theOptical Society of America A, 1, 520-526 (1984) Whalley, E., and G. E. McLaurin, "Refraction halos in the solar system. I. Halos from cubic crystals thatmay occur in atmospheres in the solar system," Journal of the Optical Society of America A, 1, 1166-1174(1984) Greenler, R. G., and E. Trankle, "Anthelic arcs from airborne ice crystals," Nature, 311, 339-343 (1984) Nyberg, A., "An old painting of a halo phenomenon in Stockholm cathedral," Weather, 39, 84-87 (1984) Corliss, W. R., Rare Halos, Mirages, Anomalous Rainbows and Related Electromagnetic Phenomena,Sourcebook Project, 1984 (PO Box 107, Glen Arm, MD 21057), pages 40-81 Lynch, D. K., and P. Schwartz, "Intensity profile of the 22 halo," Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica A, 2, 584-589 (1985) Verschure, P. P. H., "A complex solar halo," Weather, 41, 328-335 (1986) Weinheimer, A. J., "What size of ice crystals causes the halos?: Comment," Journal of the Optical Societyof America A, 3, 376-377 (1986) Sassen, K. "Polarization and Brewster angle properties of light pillars," Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica A, 4, 570-580 (1987); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’sShoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Societyof America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Hallett, J., "Faceted snow crystals," Journal of the Optical Society of America A, 4, 581-588 + plates I-IV (1987); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years ofthe “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Trankle, E., and R. G. Greenler, "Multiple-scattering effects in halo phenomena," Journal of the OpticalSociety of America A, 4, 591-599 + Plate XIV (1987); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1,On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4

Optics 43 Pluchino, A., “Scattering photometer for measuring single ice crystals and evaporation and condensationrates of liquid droplets,” Journal of the Optical Society of America A, 4, 614-620 (1987); contained onClassic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Jones, B. O., "Circumhorizontal arc," Weather, 42, 352 + cover (1987) Weinheimer, A. J., and C. A. Knight, “Scheiner’s halo: cubic ice or polycrystalline hexagonal ice?”Journal of the Atmospheric Sciences, 44, No. 21, 3304-3308 (1 November 1987) Weinheimer, A. J., and C. A. Knight, letter, Scientific American, 257, 8 + 13 (October 1987) Verschure, P.-P. H., "An outstanding display of the circumscribed halo," Weather, 43, 370-377 + 367(1988) Muinonen, K., K. Lumme, J. Peltoniemi, and W. M. Irvine, “Light scattering by randomly orientedcrystals,” Applied Optics, 28, No. 5, 3051-3060 (1 August 1989)Takano, Y., and K.-N. Liou, "Solar radiative transfer in cirrus clouds. Part I: Single-scattering and opticalproperties of hexagonal ice crystals," Journal of the Atmospheric Sciences, 46, 3-19 (1989) Hakumaki, J., and M. Pekkola, "Rare vertically elliptical halos," Weather, 44, 466-473 (1989) Neiman, P. J., “The Boulder, Colorado, concentric halo display of 21 July 1986,” Bulletin of theAmerican Meteorological Society, 70, No. 3, 258-264 (1989), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROMVol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor,1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Hattinga-Verschure, P.-P., (letter) "A beautiful spectacle in the sky," Weather, 45, 274-275 (1990) Schlatter, T., "What is it?" in "Weather Queries," Weatherwise, 44, 38-39 (June 1991) Konnen, G. P., and J. Tinbergen, "Polarimetry of a 22 halo," Applied Optics, 30, 3382-3400 (1991) Pekkola, M., "Finnish halo observing network: search for rare halo phenomena," Applied Optics, 30, 3542-3544 (1991) Bohren, C. F., and A. B. Fraser, "Newton's zero-order rainbow: unobservable or nonexistent?" AmericanJournal of Physics, 59, 325-326 (1991) Konnen, G. P., and J. Tinbergen, “Polarimetry of 22 halo,” Applied Optics, 30, No. 24, 3382-3400(1991); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the“Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Pekkola, M., “Finnish halo observing network: search for rare halo phenomena,” Applied Optics, 30, No.24, 3542-3544 + Plates 39 and 40 (1991); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’sShoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Societyof America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Shapiro, A. E., "Comment on 'Newton's zero-order rainbow: unobservable or nonexistent?'" AmericanJournal of Physics, 60, 749-750 (1992) Le Blanco, F. W., “Optical display in Jersey---14 August 1991,” Weather, 47, 436-437 (1992) Goodge, G., "Solar circles," Weatherwise, 45, 8-9 (June/July 1992) Macke, A., "Scattering of light by polyhedral ice crystals," Applied Optics, 32, 2780-2788 (1993) Miles, H., “An unusual solar halo,” Journal of the British Astronomical Association, 103, No. 5, 215(1993) Schaaf, F., "The near sky: circumhorizontal arcs," 88, 75 (July 1994) Riikonen, M., and J. Ruoskanen, “Observations of vertically elliptical halos,” Applied Optics, 33, No. 21,4537-4538 + Plates 1-4 (1994); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’sShoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Societyof America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Berry, M. V., "Supernumerary ice-crystal halos?" Applied Optics, 33, 4563-4568 (1994); contained onClassic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4

Optics 44 Konnen, G. P., S. H. Muller, and J. Tinbergen, “Halo polarization profiles and the interfacial angles ofice crystals,” Applied Optics, 33, 4569-4579 + Plates 20-25 (1994); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler,editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Lynch, D. K., S. D. Gedzelman, and A. B. Fraser, “Subsuns, Bottlinger’s rings, and elliptical halos,”Applied Optics 33, No. 21, 4580-4589 + Plates 26-28 (1994); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROMVol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor,1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Sassen, K., N. C. Knight, Y. Takano, and A. J. Heymsfield, “Effects of ice-crystal structure on haloformation: cirrus cloud experimental and ray-tracing modeling studies,” Applied Optics, 33, No. 21, 4590-4601 (1994); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years ofthe “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Sassen, K., T. Peter, B. P. Luc, and P. J. Crutzen, “Volcanic Bishop’s ring: evidence for a sulfuric acidtetrahydrate particle aureole,” Applied Optics, 33, No. 21, 4602-4606 + Plate 29 (1994); contained onClassic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Gedzelman, S. D., “Simulating rainbows and halos in color,” Applied Optics, 33, No. 21, 4607-4613 +Plates 30-36 (1994); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: TwentyYears of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Sassen, K., “Possible halo depictions in the prehistoric rock art of Utah,” Applied Optics, 33, No. 21,4756-4760 + Plate 62 (20 July 1994), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’sShoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Societyof America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Tape, W., Atmospheric Halos, Volume 64 of the Antarctic Research Series, American Geophysical Union,1994, ISBN 0-87590-834-9 Gedzelman, S. D., “Halo heaven,” Weatherwise, 48, 34-40 (August/September 1995) Trankle, E., and M. Riikonen, “Elliptical halos, Bottlinger’s rings, and the ice-plate snow-star transition,”Applied Optics, 35, No. 24, 4871-4878 (20 August 1996), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol.1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Denny, M., “Calculation of the 22 halo,” European Journal of Physics, 18, 432-435 (1997) Sussmann, R., “Optical properties of contrail-induced cirrus: discussion of unusual halo phenomena,”Applied Optics, 36, No. 18, 4195-4201 (20 June 1997) Katz, J. I., “Subsuns and low Reynolds number flow,” Journal of the Atmospheric Sciences, 55, 3358-3362 (15 November 1998) Pekkola, M, M. Riikonen, J. Moilanen, and J. Ruoskanen, “Halo arcs from airborne, pyramidal ice crystalsfalling with their c axes in vertical orientation,” Applied Optics, 37, No. 9, 1435-1440 (1998); contained onClassic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Mallman, A. J., J. L. Hock, and R. L. Greenler, “Comparison of Sun pillars with light pillars from nearbylight sources,” Applied Optics, 37, No. 9, 1441-1449 (1998); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROMVol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor,1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Konnen, G. P., “Identification of odd-radius halo arcs and 44/46 parhelia by their inner-edgepolarization,” Applied Optics, 37, No. 9, 1450-1456 (1998); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROMVol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor,1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4

Optics 45 Konnen, G. P., and J. Tingbergen, “Polarization structures in parhelic circles and in 120 parhelia,”Applied Optics, 37, No. 9, 1457-1464 (1998); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, OnMinnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Vollmer, M., and R. Tammer, “Laboratory experiments in atmospheric optics,” Applied Optics, 37, No. 9,1557-1568 (March 1998), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders:Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America,ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Verschure, P. H., “Thirty years of observing and documenting sky optical phenomena,” Applied Optics,37, No. 9, 1585-1588 (1998); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders:Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America,ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Tape, W., and G. P. Konnen, “A general setting for halo theory,” Applied Optics, 38, No. 9, 1552-1625(1998); contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the“Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Tape, W., “Atmospheric halos 1970-2000,” contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, OnMinnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Sassen, K., “Cirrus clouds and halos: a closer look,” Optics & Photonics News, 10, No. 3, 39-42 (1999),contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Lightand Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Tape, W., and G. P. Konnen, “A general setting for halo theory,” Applied Optics, 38, No. 9, 1552-1625(20 March 1999) Mishchenko, M. I., and A. Macke, “How big should hexagonal ice crystals be to produce halos?” AppliedOptics, 38, No. 9, 1626-1629 (20 March 1999) Lynch, D. K., “Cirrus, ice crystals and halos,” Optics & Photonics, 11, No. 1, 32-35 (January 2000) Auriol, F., J.-F. Gayet, G. Febvre, and O. Jourdan, “In situ observation of cirrus scattering phase functionswith 22 and 46 cloud field study on 19 February 1998,” Journal of the Atmospheric Sciences, 58, 3376-3390 (15 November 2001) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 163-191 Barkey, B., M. Bailey, K. Liou, and J. Hallett, “Light-scattering properties of plate and column ice crystalsgenerated in a laboratory cold chamber,” Applied Optics, 41, No. 27, 5792-5796 (20 September 2002) Hardwick, C. J., “Simulation of the Whymer apparition,” Weather, 57, 457-463 (2002) Edge, R., “Sundogs, ice crystals, and Bernoulli,” Physics Teacher, 40, 522 (December 2002) Vollmer, M., and R. Greenler, “Halo and mirage demonstrations in atmospheric optics,” Applied Optics,42, No. 3, 394-398 (20 January 2003) Konnen, G. P., H. R. A. Wessels, and J. Tinbergen, “Halo polarization profiles and sampled ice crystals:observations and interpretation,” Applied Optics, 42, No. 3, 309-317 (20 January 2003) Konnen, G. P., “Symmetry in halo displays and symmetry in halo-making crystals,” Applied Optics, 42,No. 3, 318-331 (20 January 2003) Gislen, L., “Procedure for simulating divergent-light halos,” Applied Optics, 42, No. 33, 6559-6563 (20November 2003) Sassen, K., J. Zhu, and S. Benson, “Midlatitude cirrus cloud climatology from the Facility for AtmosphericRemote Sensing. IV. Optical displays,” Applied Optics, 42, No. 3, 332-341 (20 January 2003) Fantz, U., “Optical phenomena in the open air,” Contemporary Physics, 45, No. 2, 93-108 (March-April2004) Hardwick, J., “The subtlety of rainbows,” Physics World, 17, No. 2, 29-33 (February 2004)

Optics 46 Moussette, P., “Lunar halo,” Sky & Telescope, 108, No. 2, 142 (August 2004) Breon, F.-M., and B. Dubrulle, “Horizontally oriented plates in clouds,” Journal of the AtmosphericSciences, 61, 2888-2898 (2004) Gislen, L., J. O. Mattsson, and B. Soderberg, “Improved algorithm for simultations of divergent-lighthalos,” Applied Optics, 44, No. 18, 3638-3645 (20 June 2005) Vollmer, M., “Effects of absorbing particles on coronas and glories,” Applied Optics, 44, No. 27, 5658-5666 (20 September 2005) Sassen, K., “Halos in cirrus clouds: why are classic displays so rare?” Applied Optics, 44, No. 27, 5684-5687 (20 September 2005) Ulanowski, Z., “Ice analog halos,” Applied Optics, 44, No. 27, 5754-5758(20 September 2005) Ulanowski, Z., E. Hesse, P. H. Kaye, and A. J. Baran, “Light scattering by complex ice-analogue crystals,”Journal of Quantitative Spectroscopy & Radiative Transfer, 100, 382-392 (2006) Gislen, L., and J. O Mattsson, “Tabletop divergent-light halos,” Physics Education, 42, No. 6, 579-584(November 2007) Kokhanovsky, A., “The contrast and brightness of halos in crystalline clouds,” Atmospheric Research,89, 110-112 (2008) Lavigne, C., A. Roblin, and P. Chervet, “Solar glint from oriented crystals in cirrus clouds,” AppliedOptics, 47, No. 33, 6266-6276 (20 November 2008) Konnen, G. P., and C. Hinz, “Visibility of stars, halos, and rainbows during solar eclipses,” AppliedOptics, 47, No. 34, H14-H24 (1 December 2008) Tape, W., “Maximum deviation of light in a transparent wedge,” Applied Optics, 47, No. 34, H44-H51(1 December 2008) Tape, W., E. Seidenfaden, and G. P. Konnen, “The legendary Rome halo displays,” Applied Optics, 47,No. 34, H72-H84 (1 December 2008) Tape, W., “When Huygens and Mariotte agree,” Applied Optics, 47, No. 34, H85-H90 (1 December 2008) Gedzelman, S. D., “Simulating halos and coronas in their atmospheric environment,” Applied Optics,47, No. 34, H157-H166 (1 December 2008) Konnen, G. P., M. Bodo, and A. Kiricsi, “Antisolar halospot,” Applied Optics, 47, No. 34, H167-H170(1 December 2008) Luomanen, J., “Rare display of eight concentric halos in Tampere, Finland, on 5 June 2008,” AppliedOptics, 47, No. 34, H199-H202 (1 December 2008)6.36 Mountain shadowsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.atoptics.co.uk/ Many photos and explanations of atmospheric opticshttp://www.exo.net/~pauld/lectures/patternscostarica/patternsnature2004.htm Scroll down to the mountainshadow photo---all mountain shadows are triangularReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pagesReference

Optics 47 Livingston, W., and D. Lynch, "Mountain shadow phenomena," Applied Optics, 18, 265-269 + cover(1979), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the“Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Lynch, D. K., "Mountain shadow phenomena. 2: The spike seen by an off-summit observer," AppliedOptics, 19, 1585-1589 (1980), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders:Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America,ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Corliss, W. R., Rare Halos, Mirages, Anomalous Rainbows and Related Electromagnetic Phenomena,Sourcebook Project, 1984 (PO Box 107, Glen Arm, MD 21057), pages 205-207 Leuenberger, V. (photos), S. D. Gedzelman (diagram), “Spectacular Swiss sunrise,” Weatherwise, 54, No.6, 38-40 (November/December 2001)6.37 Disappearing cloud shadowsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pagesReference Plass, G. N., G. W. Kattawar and J. A. Guinn Jr., "Radiance distribution over a ruffled sea: contributionsfrom glitter, sky, and ocean," Applied Optics, 15, 3161-3165 (1976)6.38 Colors of the oceanThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 308-335 Stamm, G. L., and R. A. Langel, "Some spectral irradiance measurements of upwelling natural light off theeast coast of the United States," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 51, 1090-1094 (1961) Duntley, S. Q., "Light in the sea," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 53, 214-233 (1963) Tyler, J. E., "Colour of 'pure water'," Nature, 208, 549-550 (1965) Wood, E., Science for the Airplane Passenger, Houghton Mifflin Co., 1968, pages 17-19 Jerlov, N. G., Optical Oceanography, Elsevier, 1968, Chapter 13 Rayleigh, Lord, "Colours of sea and sky" in The Royal Institution Library of Science: Physical Sciences,vol. 7, W. L. Bragg and G. Porter, eds., Elsevier, 1970, pages 93-99 Henderson, S. T., Daylight and Its Spectrum, American Elsevier, 1970, pages 201-203

Optics 48 Larmore, L., and F. F. Hall Jr., "Optics for the airborne observer," The Journal of the Society of Photo-Optical Instrumentation Engineers, 9, 87-94 (February/March 1971) Plass, G. N., T. J. Humphreys and G. W. Kattawar, "Color of the ocean," Applied Optics, 17, 1432-1446(1978) Smith, R. C., and K. S. Baker, "Optical properties of the clearest natural waters (200 - 800 nm)," AppliedOptics, 20, 177-184 (1981) Bohren, C., "Colors of the sea" in "Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics," Weatherwise, 36, 256-259 (1983); contained in C. F. Bohren, Clouds in a Glass of Beer: Simple Experiments in AtmosphericPhysics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; now available from Dover Publications, ISBN 0486417387, 1987,Chapter 20 Bohren, C., "More about colors of the sea" in "Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics,"Weatherwise, 36, 311-316 (1983) Bohren, C., "Absorption by pure water: new upper bounds between 400 and 580 nm," Applied Optics, 23,2868 (1984) Gordon, H. R., R. W. Austin, D. K. Clark, W. A. Hovis, and C. S. Yentsch, "Ocean color measurements,"Advances in Geophysics, 27, 297-333 (1985) Bohren, C. F., Clouds in a Glass of Beer: Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics, Wiley, 1987,Chapter 20; now available from Dover Publications, ISBN 0486417387 Gordon, H. R., O. B. Brown, R. H. Evans, J. W. Brown, R. C. Smith, K. S. Baker, and D. K. Clark, "Asemianalytic radiance model of ocean color," Journal of Geophysical Research, 93, 10,909-10,924 (1988) Braun, C. L., and S. N. Smirnov, “Why is water blue?” Journal of Chemical Education, 70, No. 8, 612-614(August 1993) Nassau, K., The Physics and Chemistry of Color. The Fifteen Causes of Color, second edition, John Wiley& Sons, 2001, pages 74-78 Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 72-756.39 Reflection glitter of Sun and MoonThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.polarimage.fi/sea/glitter.htm several glitter pathshttp://home.clara.net/rfleet/gbh/gltpath5.html Spider web glitter paths on cropsReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Hulburt, E. O., "The polarization of light at sea," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 24, 35-42(1934) Cox, C., and W. Munk, "Measurement of the roughness of the sea surface from photographs of the Sun'sglitter," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 44, 838-850 (1954) Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 23-27, 138-139 Tricker, R. A. R., Bores, Breakers, Waves and Wakes, American Elsevier, 1965, pages 240-246 Minnaert, M., "Unusual or neglected optical phenomena in the landscape," Journal of the Optical Societyof America, 58, 297-303 (1968), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s

Optics 49Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Societyof America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Goodell, J. B., "On the appearance of the sea reflected sky," Applied Optics, 10, 223-225 (1971) Brandli, H. W., "Moon glint," Monthly Weather Review, 103, 655-656 (1975) Plass, G. N., G. W. Kattawar, and J. A. Guinn Jr., "Isophotes of sunlight glitter on a wind-ruffled sea,"Applied Optics, 16, 643-653 (1977) Guinn Jr., J. A., G. N. Plass, and G. W. Kattawar, "Sunlight glitter on a wind-ruffled sea: further studies,"Applied Optics, 18, 842-849 (1979) Walker, J., "How the Sun’s reflection from water offers a means of calculating the slopes of waves" in"The Amateur Scientist," Scientific American, 251, 130-134 + 136 (June 1985) The calculations here areonly approximations. Shaw, J. A., “Glittering light on water,” Optics & Photonics News, 10, No. 3, 43-45 (1999), contained onClassic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 83-84 Su, W., T. P. Charlock, and K. Rutledge, “Observations of reflectance distribution around sunglint froma coastal ocean platform,” Applied Optics, 41, No. 35, 7369-7383 (10 December 2002)Related reference Munk, W., L. Armi, K. Fischer, and F. Zachariasen,” Spirals on the sea,” Proceedings of the RoyalSociety of London A, 456, 1217-1280 (2000)6.40 Rings of lightThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.Commentshttp://www.taylor-arts.com/images/gallery/SquaredWaterI.jpg Photo of mast. Note the squiggles and ringsand isolated patcheshttp://barbhenry.vox.com/ Scroll down to the water reflection photohttp://www.birddigiscoping.com/blognorthshov.jpg photoReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pagesMinnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, page 21 Gold, T., "Riddle of reflections in the water," Nature, 314, 12 + cover (1985) Dewhirst, D. W., (letter) "Rings of light," Nature, 314, 492 (1985) Lynch, D. K., "Reflections on closed loops," Nature, 316, 216-217 (1985) Walker, J., "Reflections from a water surface display some curious properties" in "The Amateur Scientist,"Scientific American, 256, 120-126 (January 1987)

Optics 50 Berry, M. V., "Disruption of images: the caustic-touching theorem", Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica A, 4, 561-569 (1987), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’sShoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Societyof America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Shaw, J. A., “Glittering light on water,” Optics & Photonics News, 10, No. 3, 43-45 (1999), contained onClassic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Nye, J. F., Natural Focusing and Fine Structure of Light,” Institute of Physics Publishing, 1999,especially Chapters 1 through 4, plus Plate II between pages 40 and 41; ISBN 0 7503 0610 6 Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 89-92, 104, 1076.41 Shadows and colors in waterThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Jacobs, S. F., "Self-centered shadow," American Journal of Physics, 21, 234 (1953) Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 332-334 Crawford, F. S., "Coille effect: a manifestation of the reversibility of light rays," American Journal ofPhysics, 41, 1370-1371 (1973) Corliss, W. R., Rare Halos, Mirages, Anomalous Rainbows and Related Electromagnetic Phenomena,Sourcebook Project, 1984 (PO Box 107, Glen Arm, MD 21057), pages 90-91 Walker, J., "Reflections from a water surface display some curious properties" in "The Amateur Scientist,"Scientific American, 256, 120-126 (January 1987) Bohren, C. F., and M. L. Sowers, "Crepuscular rays" in "Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics,"Weatherwise, 45, 34-38 (April/May 1992) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 1026.42 Color of your shadowThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Corliss, W. R., Rare Halos, Mirages, Anomalous Rainbows and Related Electromagnetic Phenomena,Sourcebook Project, 1984 (PO Box 107, Glen Arm, MD 21057), pages 199

Optics 51 Churma, M. E., “Blue shadows: physical, physiological, and psychological causes,” Applied Optics, 33,No. 21, 4719-4722 + Plate 52 (July 1994), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, OnMinnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Hughes, S. W., “What colour is a shadow?” Physics Education, 44, No. 3, 292-295 (May 2009)6.43 Seeing the dark part of the MoonThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.wizards.de/~frank/astro/11052005/A_earthshine_11052005c_half.jpghttp://www2.jpl.nasa.gov/ambassador/Gallery/Earthshine_Moon.htmhttp://www.pikespeakphoto.com/images/sunmoon/earthshine.jpghttp://www.dl-digital.com/images/Astronomy/Moon/Earthshine-327pct-1-30-06-0907.jpghttp://www.dl-digital.com/astrophoto/Moon-Earthshine.htmReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, page 297 Henderson, S. T., Daylight and Its Spectrum, American Elsevier, 1970, page 199 Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, page 214 Goode, P. R., J. Qiu, V. Yurchyshyn, J. Hickey, M-C. Chu, E. Kolbe, C. T. Brown, and S. E. Koonin,“Earthshine observations of the Earth’s reflectance,” Geophysical Research Letters, 28, No. 9, 1671-1674 (1May 2001) Woolf, N. J., P. S. Smith, W. A. Traub, and K. W. Jucks, “The spectrum of earthshine: a pale blue dotobserved from the ground,” Astrophysical Journal, 574, 430-433 (20 July 2002) Qiu, J., P. R. Goode, E. Palle, V. Yurchyshyn, J. Hickey, P. M. Rodriguez, M.-C. Chu, E. Kolbe, C. T.Brown, and S. E. Koonin, “Earthshine and Earth’s albedo: 1. Earthshine observations and measurements ofthe lunar phase function for accurate measurements of the Earth’s Bond albedo,” Journal of GeophysicalResearch --- Atmospheres, 108, No. D22, article #4709 (22 pages) (2003) Montanes Rodriguez, P., E. Palle, P. R. Goode, J. Hickey, J. Qiu, V. Yurchyshyn, M. C. Chu, E. Kolbe,C. T. Brown, and S. E. Koonin, “The earthshine spectrum,” Advances in Space Research, 34, 293-296(2004) Montanes-Rodriguez, P., E. Palle, and P. R. Goode, “Measurements of the surface brightness of theearthshine with applications to calibrate lunar flashes,” Astronomical Journal, 134, No. 3, 1145-1149(September 2007)6.44 Heiligenschein and opposition brighteningThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.

Optics 52http://www.atoptics.co.uk/ Many photos and explanations of atmospheric opticshttp://home.clara.net/rfleet/gbh/helig1.htmlhttp://www.engl.paraselene.de/html/opposition_effect.html Lots of photos; use the menu. Look at the brightregion around the headhttp://www.engl.paraselene.de/html/sylvanshine.htmlReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Wanta, R. C., "The self-centered shadow," American Journal of Physics, 21, 578-579 (1953). ??why isn'tjacobs listed here and viceversa Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 230-234 Butler, C. P., "Heiligenschein seen from an airplane," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 45, 328(1955) Neuberger, H., Introduction to Physical Meteorology, Pennsylvania State University, College of MineralIndustries, Pennsylvania, 1957, page 180 Humphreys, W. J., Physics of the Air, Dover, 1964, page 556 Mattsson, J. O., "Experimental optical phenomena," Weather, 21, 14-15 + 19 (1966) "'Hot-spot' in aerial photograph," Weather, 21, 288 (1966) Oetking, P., "Photometric studies of diffusely reflecting surfaces with applications to the brightness of theMoon," Journal of Geophysical Research, 71, 2505-2513 (1966) Preston, J. S., "Retro-reflection by diffusing surfaces," Nature, 213, 1007-1008 (1967) Wood, E., Science for the Airplane Passenger, Houghton Mifflin Co., 1968, page 68 Howard, J.A., "Increased luminance in the direction of reflex reflexion -- a recently observed naturalphenomenon," Nature, 224, 1102-1103 (1969) Pohn, H. A., H. W. Radin, and R. L. Wildey, "The Moon's photometric function near zero phase anglefrom Apollo 8 photography," The Astrophysical Journal (letters), 157, no. 3, part 2, L193-L195 (September1969) Wildey, R. L., and H. A. Pohn, "The normal albedo of the Apollo 11 landing site and intrinsic dispersionin the lunar heiligenschein," The Astrophysical Journal (letters), 158, no. 2, part 2, L129-L131 (November1969) Tricker, R. A. R., Introduction to Meteorological Optics, American Elsevier, 1970, Chapter 2 Minnaert, M., "Retro-reflection," Nature, 225, 718 (1970) Larmore, L., and F. F. Hall Jr., "Optics for the airborne observer," The Journal of the Society of Photo-Optical Instrumentation Engineers, 9, 87-94 (February/March 1971) Scorer, R., Clouds of the World, Stackpole Books, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, 1972, pages 136-137 Mattsson, J. O., and C. Cavallin, "Retroreflection of light from dew-covered surfaces and an imageproducingdevice for registration of this light," Oikos, 23, 285-294 (1972) Lenggenhager, K., "Runder Hellfleck anstelle eines fernen Flugzeugschattens," Zeitschrift furMeteorologie, 24, 267-268 (1974) Botley, C. M., “Benvenuto Cellini as a meteorological observer,” Journal of Meteorology, 1, No. 8, 259-260 (1975-1976 Egan, W. G., and T. Hilgemen, "Retroreflectance measurements of photometric standards and coatings,"Applied Optics, 15, 1845-1849 (1976) Trowbridge, T. S., "Retroreflection from rough surfaces," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 68,1225-1242 (1978)

Optics 53 Thorpe, T. E., "Viking Orbiter observations of the Mars opposition effect," Icarus, 36, 204-215 (1978) Greenler, R., Rainbows, Halos and Glories, Cambridge University Press, 1980/1989, pages 146-149 Floor, C., "The heiligenschein," Weather, 38, 41-44 (1983) Pomerantz, J. R., "The grass is always greener: an ecological analysis of an old aphorism," Perception, 12,501-502 (1983) Corliss, W. R., Rare Halos, Mirages, Anomalous Rainbows and Related Electromagnetic Phenomena,Sourcebook Project, 1984 (PO Box 107, Glen Arm, MD 21057), pages 89-90 Burton, B. J., and M. Griggs, (letters) "Optical phenomena over Scotland," Weather, 39, 293-294 (1984) Hapke, B., "Bidirectional reflectance spectroscopy 4. The extinction coefficient and the oppositioneffect," Icarus, 67, 264-280 (1986) Woessner, P., and B. Hapke, "Polarization of light scattered by clover," Remote Sensing of Environment,21, No. 3, 243-261 (1987) Walker, J., "Shock front phenomena and other oddities to entertain a bored airline passenger" in "TheAmateur Scientist," Scientific American, 259, 132-135 (September 1988) Kuga, Y., and A. Ishimaru, "Backscattering enhancement by randomly distributed very large particles,"Applied Optics, 28, 2165-2169 (1989) Neito-Vesperinas, M., "Enhanced backscattering," Optics and Photonics News, 1, 50-52 (December 1990) McGurn, A. R., “Enhanced retroreflectance effects in the reflection of light from randomly roughsurfaces,” Surface Science Reports, 10, No. 8, 357-410 (1990) Barabanenkov, Y. N., Y. A. Kravtsov, V. D. Ozrin, and A. I. Saichev, “Enhanced backscattering inoptics,” in Progress in Optics, Vol. XXIX, North Holland, Elsevier Science Publishers, 1991, pages 65-197,see pages 181-183 Hapke, B. W., R. M. Nelson, and W. D. Smythe, "The opposition effect of the Moon: the contribution ofcoherent backscatter," Science, 260, No. 5107, 509-511 (1993) Fraser, A. B., “The sylvanshine: retroreflection from dew-covered trees,” Applied Optics, 33, No. 21,4539-4547 + Plate 5-9 (July 1994), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’sShoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Societyof America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Matthews, L., "Reflections on a summer's night," Nature, 369, 441 (9 June 1994) Enright, J. T., “Mach bands and airplane shadows cast on dry terrain,” Applied Optics, 33, No. 21, 4723-4726 (July 1994), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: TwentyYears of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Hapke, B., D. DiMucci, R. Nelson, and W. Smythe, “The cause of the hot spot in vegetation canopies andsoils: shadow-hiding versus coherent backscatter,” Remote Sensing of Environment, 58, 63-68 (1996) Buratti, B. J., J. K. Hillier, and M. Wang, “The lunar opposition surge: observations by Clementine,”Icarus, 124, 490-499 (1996) Helfenstein, P., J. Veverka, and J. Hillier, “The lunar opposition effect: a test of alternative models,”Icarus, 128, 2-14 (1997) Hillier, J. K., “Shadow-hiding opposition surge for a two-layer surface,” Icarus, 128, 15-27 (1997) Hapke, B., R. Nelson, and W. Smythe, “The opposition effect of the Moon: coherent backscatter andshadow hiding,” Icarus, 133, 89-97 (1998) Shkuratov, Y. G., M. A. Kreslavsky, A. A. Ovcharenko, D. G. Stankevich, and E. S. Zubko, “Oppositioneffect from Clementine data and mechanisms of backscatter,” Icarus, 141, 132-155 (1999) Stankevich, D. G., Y. G. Shkuratov, and K. Muinonen, “Shadow-hiding effect in inhomogeneous layeredparticulate media,” Journal of Quantitative Spectroscopy & Radiative Transfer, 63, 445-458 (1999) Mattsson, J. O., and L. Barring, “Heiligenschein and related phenomena in divergent light,” AppliedOptics, 40, No. 27, 4799-4806 (20 September 2001)

Optics 54 Muinonen, K., D. Stankevich, Y. G. Shkuratov, S. Kaasalainen, and J. Piironen, “Shadowing effect inclusters of opaque spherical particles,” Journal of Quantitative Spectroscopy & Radiative Transfer, 70, 787-810 (2001) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 128-129 Kaasalainen, S., “Laboratory photometry of planetary regolith analogs. I. Effects of grain and packingproperties on opposition effect,” Astronomy & Astrophysics, 409, 765-769 (2003) Iaquinta, J., and A. Fouilloux, “Modeling of light scattering by rough surfaces with relevance topavements monitoring sensors,” Optics and Lasers in Engineering, 41, 687-702 (2004)Related reference Rochon, P., and D. Bissonnette, “Lensless imaging due to back-scattering,” Nature, 348, No. 6303, 708-709 (20/27 December 1990)6.45 Grain field wavesThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BP44VN5u38o Video of grain field in a breezeReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Easton, D., "Grain field waves," The Physics Teacher, 23, 156 (1985)6.46 GloryThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.atoptics.co.uk/ Many photos and explanations of atmospheric opticshttp://www.photodesk.iconbar.com/gal/sun/glory.shtmlhttp://www.astro.uiuc.edu/~kaler/arc/sk041202.htmlhttp://atmospherical.blogspot.com Way cool blog site with lots of photos and descriptions. Go through thearchived blogs by clicking on the button at the bottom of the page. The blog started in April 2006.http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZTLN4GL0DEA Video of the glory (not heiligenschein as the videosuggests)ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Van de Hulst, H. C., "A theory of the anti-coronae," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 37, 16-22 (1947)

Optics 55 Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 224-225 Naik, Y. G., and R. M. Joshi, "Anti-coronas or Brocken bowe," Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica, 45, 733-736 (1955) Neuberger, H., Introduction to Physical Meteorology, Pennsylvania State University, College of MineralIndustries, Pennsylvania, 1957, pages 180-184 McIntosh, D. H., editor, Meteorological Glossary, Her Majesty's Stationary Office, London, 1963, page130 Humphreys, W. J., Physics of the Air, Dover, 1964, page 555 Deirmendjian, D., "Scattering and polarization properties of water clouds and hazes in the visible andinfrared," Applied Optics, 3, 187-196 (1964) Green, H. L., W. R. Lane, and H. Hartley, Particulate Clouds: Dusts, Smokes and Mists, 2nd edition,Van Nostrand, 1964, page 131 Querfeld, C. W., "Mie atmospheric optics," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 55, 105-106(1965) Bryant, H. C., and A. J. Cox, "Mie theory and the glory," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 56,1529-1532 (1966) Fahlen, T. S., and H. C. Bryant, "Direct observation of surface waves on water droplets," Journal of theOptical Society of America, 56, 1635-1636 (1966) Bridge, G. C., and S. G. Cornford, (letter) "Distorted glory," Weather, 22, 300 (1967) Scorer, R., and H. Wexler, Cloud Studies in Colour, Pergamon Press, 1967, pages 4-5 Butler, C. P., “A quantitative Brocken observation,” Applied Optics, 6, No. 11, 2013 (November 1967) Wood, E., Science for the Airplane Passenger, Houghton Mifflin Co., 1968, pages 68-70 Fahlen, T. S., and H. C. Bryant, "Optical back scattering from single water droplets," Journal of theOptical Society of America, 58, 304-310 (1968) Brandt, J. C., "An unusual observation of the 'glory'," Publications of the Astronomical Society of thePacific, 80, 25-28 (1968) Nussenzveig, H. N., "High-frequency scattering by a transparent sphere. II. Theory of the rainbow andthe glory," Journal of Mathematical Physics, 10, 125-176 (1969) Tricker, R. A. R., Introduction to Meteorological Optics, American Elsevier, 1970, Chapter 7 Saunders, M. J., "Near-field backscattering measurements from a microscopic water droplet," Journal ofthe Optical Society of America, 60, 1359-1365 (1970) Larmore, L., and F. F. Hall Jr., "Optics for the airborne observer," The Journal of the Society of Photo-Optical Instrumentation Engineers, 9, 87-94 (February/March 1971) Mason, E. A., R. J. Munn, and F. J. Smith, "Rainbows and glories in molecular scattering," Endeavor, 30,No. 110, 91-96 (May 1971) Scorer, R., Clouds of the World, Stackpole Books, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, 1972, pages 138-139 Patitsas, A. J., "Rainbows, glories, and the scalar field approach," Canadian Journal of Physics, 50,3172-3183 (1972) Bryant, H. C., and N. Jarmie, "The glory," Scientific American, 231, 60-71 + 136 (July 1974) Bigg, E. K., “A glory in the stratosphere,” Weather, 29, 328-332 (1974) Shute, C. C. D., "The formation of a 'glory'," Weather, 32, 64-66 (1977) Khare, V., and H. M. Nussenzveig, "Theory of the glory," Physical Review Letters, 38, 1279-1282(1977) Shipley, S. T., and J. A. Weinman, "A numerical study of scattering by large dielectric spheres," Journalof the Optical Society of America, 68, 130-134 (1978) Tricker, R. A. R., "An observation of a glory or Brocken spectre in Scotland," Journal of Meteorology, 4,307-309 (1979) Greenler, R., Rainbows, Halos and Glories, Cambridge University Press, 1980/1989, pages 145-146

Optics 56 Langley, D. S., and P. L. Marston, "Glory in optical backscattering from air bubbles," Physical ReviewLetters, 47, 913-916 (1981) Marston, P. L., and D. S. Langley, "Glory in backscattering: Mie and model predictions for bubbles andconditions on refractive index in drops," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 72, 456-459 (1982) Marston, P. L., D. S. Langley and D. L. Kingsbury, "Light scattering by bubbles in liquids: Mie theory,physical-optics approximations, and experiments," Applied Scientific Research, 38, 373-383 (1982) Gillis, P., C. Deleuze, V. P. Henri and J. M. Lesceux, "Backscattering of light from a water droplet: theglory effect," American Journal of Physics, 50, 416-421 (1982) Marston, P. L., “Uniform Mie-theoretic analysis of polarized and cross-polarized optical glories,”Journal of the Optical Society of America, 73, 1816-1818 (December 1983) Corliss, W. R., Rare Halos, Mirages, Anomalous Rainbows and Related Electromagnetic Phenomena,Sourcebook Project, 1984 (PO Box 107, Glen Arm, MD 21057), pages 83-89 Drake, R. M., and J. E. Gordon, “Mie scattering,” American Journal of Physics, 53, No. 10, 955-962(October 1985) Arnott, W. P., and P. L. Marston, “Optical glory of small freely-rising gas bubbles in water: observedand computed cross-polarized backscattering patterns,” Journal of the Optical Society of America A, 5, No.4, 496-506 (April 1988) Lock, J. A., "Observability of atmospheric glories and supernumerary rainbows," Journal of the OpticalSociety of America A, 6, 1924-1930 (1989) Langley, D. S., and P. L. Marston, "Forward glory scattering from bubbles," Applied Optics, 30, 3452-3458 (1991) Langley, D. S., and M. J. Morrell, "Rainbow-enhanced forward and backward glory scattering," AppliedOptics, 30, 3459-3467 (1991) Lynch, D. K., and S. N. Futterman, "Ulloa's observations of the glory, fogbow, and an unidentifiedphenomenon," Applied Optics, 30, 3538-3541 (1991), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1,On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Spinhirne, J. D., and T. Nakajima, “Glory of clouds in the near infrared,” Applied Optics, 33, No. 21,4652-4662 (1994), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: TwentyYears of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Robertson, I., and S. Holman, photos, Weather, 49, 129 (1994) Sassen, K., W. P. Arnott, J. M. Barnett, and S.Aulenbach, “Can cirrus clouds produce glories?” AppliedOptics, 37, No. 9, 1427-1433 (March 1998), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, OnMinnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 135-137 Gedzelman, S. D., “Simulating glories and cloudbows in color,” Applied Optics, 42, No. 3, 429-435 (20January 2003) Nussenzveig, H. M., “Light tunneling in clouds,” Applied Optics, 42, No. 9, 1588-1593 (20 March2003) Laven, P., “Simulation of rainbows, coronas, and glories by use of Mie theory,” Applied Optics, 42, No. 3,436-444 (20 January 2003) Fantz, U., “Optical phenomena in the open air,” Contemporary Physics, 45, No. 2, 93-108 (March-April2004) Hardwick, J., “The subtlety of rainbows,” Physics World, 17, No. 2, 29-33 (February 2004) Cerveny, N., and R. Cerveny, “Spectre rising,” Weatherwise, 57, No. 4, 38-41 (July/August 2004)

Optics 57 Laven, P., “Simulation of rainbows, coronas and glories using Mie theory and the Debye series,” Journalof Quantitative Spectroscopy & Radiative Transfer, 89, 257-269 (2004) Laven, P., “Atmospheric glories: simulations and observations,” Applied Optics, 44, No. 27, 5667-5674(20 September 2005) Laven, P., “How are glories formed?” Applied Optics, 44, No. 27, 5675-5683 (20 September 2005) Nevzorov, A. N., “Glory phenomenon informs of presence and phase state of liquid water in coldclouds,” Atmospheric Research, 82, 367-378 (2006) Laven, P., “Noncircular glories and their relationship to cloud droplet size,” Applied Optics, 47, No. 34,H25-H30 (July 2008) Laven, P., “Effects of refractive index on glories,” Applied Optics, 47, No. 34, H133-H142 (1 December2008)Related references Kong, P., E. A. Mason, and R. J. Munn, "'Glorified shadows' in molecular scattering: some opticalanalogies," American Journal of Physics, 38, 294-299 (1970); “Kong” should be “Kang” Arnott, W. P., and P. L. Marston, “Unfolded optical glory of spheroids: backscattering of laser lightfrom freely rising spheroidal air bubbles in water,” Applied Optics, 30, No. 24, 3429-3442 (20 August 1991) Marston, P. L., “A time-resolved glimpse of the terahertz glory,” Nature, 391, 341-342 (26 February 1998) Cheville, R. A., R. W. McGowan, and D. Grischkowsky, “Time resolved measurements which isolatethe mechanisms responsible for terahertz glory scattering from dielectric spheres,” Physical Review Letters,80, No. 2, 269-272 (12 January 1998)6.47 CoronaThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.atoptics.co.uk/ Many photos and explanations of atmospheric opticshttp://atmospherical.blogspot.com Way cool blog site with lots of photos and descriptions. Go through thearchived blogs by clicking on the button at the bottom of the page. The blog started in April 2006.http://home.hiwaay.net/~krcool/Astro/moon/moonring/ Photos and informationhttp://www.sundog.clara.co.uk/droplets/cormoon.htm Lunar corona photo and informationhttp://www.lpod.org/?p=826ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 214-219 Neuberger, H., Introduction to Physical Meteorology, Pennsylvania State University, College of MineralIndustries, Pennsylvania, 1957, pages 178ff "An unusual observation of iridescence," Weather, 17, 108 (1962) Humphreys, W. J., Physics of the Air, Dover, 1964, pages 547ff Scorer, R. S., "Solar corona," Weather, 19, 339 + 349 (1964)Green, H. L., W. R. Lane, and H. Hartley, Particulate Clouds: Dusts, Smokes and Mists, 2nd edition, VanNostrand, 1964, pages 130-131 Wood, E., Science for the Airplane Passenger, Houghton Mifflin Co., 1968, pages 78-79

Optics 58 Tricker, R. A. R., Introduction to Meteorological Optics, American Elsevier, 1970, Chapter 5 Sassen, K., "Iridescence in an aircraft contrail," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 69, 1080-1083+ Plate 106 (1979), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: TwentyYears of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Greenler, R., Rainbows, Halos and Glories, Cambridge University Press, 1980/1989, pages 139-141 Bohren, C., “A serendipitous iridescent cloud,” in “Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics,”Weatherwise, 38, 268-274 (October 1985); contained in C. F. Bohren, Clouds in a Glass of Beer: SimpleExperiments in Atmospheric Physics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; now available from Dover Publications,ISBN 0486417387, 1987, Chapter 17 Bohren, C. F., Clouds in a Glass of Beer: Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics, Wiley, 1987,chapter 17; now available from Dover Publications, ISBN 0486417387 Schwartz, J., "A Los Alamos corona," Weatherwise, 42, 284 (1989) Lock, J. A., and L. Yang, "Mie theory model of the corona," Applied Optics, 30, 3408-3414 + Plate 8(1991), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the“Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Sassen, K., "Corona-producing cirrus cloud properties derived from polarization lidar and photographicanalyses," Applied Optics, 30, 3421-3428 (1991) Gedzelman, S. D., “Atmospheric optics in art,” Applied Optics, 30, No. 24, 3514-3522 + Plates 23-34 (20August 1991), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Yearsof the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Trankle, E., and B. Mielke, “Simulation and analysis of pollen coronas,” Applied Optics, 33, No. 21,4552-4562 + Plates 14-16 (1994), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’sShoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Societyof America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Shaw, J. A., “The Christmas corona,” Optics & Photonics News, 8, 52-53 (April 1997) Sassen, K., G. G. Mace, J. Hallett, and M. R. Poellot, “Corona-producing ice clouds: a case study of a coldmid-latitude cirrus layer,” Applied Optics, 37, No. 9, 1477- (March 1998), contained on Classic Reprints onCD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L.Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Mims, F. M., III, “Solar corona caused by juniper pollen in Texas,” Applied Optics, 37, No. 9, 1486-1488(March 1998), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Yearsof the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 129-133 Shaw, J. A., and P. J. Neiman, “Coronas & iridescent clouds,” Optics & Photonics, 13, No. 10, 30-35(October 2002) Shaw, J. A., and P. J. Neiman, “Coronas and iridescence in mountain wave clouds,” Applied Optics, 42,No. 3, 476-485 (20 January 2003) Neiman, P. J., and J. A. Shaw, “Coronas and iridescence in mountain wave clouds over NortheasternColorado,” Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society, 84, 1373-1386 (2003) Laven, P., “Simulation of rainbows, coronas, and glories by use of Mie theory,” Applied Optics, 42, No. 3,436-444 (20 January 2003) Gedzelman, S. D., and J. A. Lock, “Simulating coronas in color,” Applied Optics, 42, No. 3, 497-504 (20January 2003) Dan, N. G., “Visual dysfunction in artists,” Journal of Clinical Neuroscience, 10, No. 2, 168-170 (2003)

Optics 59 Molesini, G., “After image,” Optics and Photonics News, 15, 56 (2004) www.osa-opn.org Cowley, L., P. Laven, and M. Vollmer, “Rings around the sun and moon: coronae and diffraction,”Physics Education, 40, No. 1, 51-59 (January 2005) Vollmer, M., “Effects of absorbing particles on coronas and glories,” Applied Optics, 44, No. 27, 5658-5666 (20 September 2005) Schneider, W. B., and M. Vollmer, “Experimental simulations of pollen coronas,” Applied Optics, 44, No.27, 5746-5753 (20 September 2005) Molesini, G., and M. Vannoni, “Atypical features of a lunar corona,” Journal of Optics A: Pure andApplied Optics, 8, 423-426 (2006) Gedzelman, S., and J. Piikki, “Heavens below,” Weatherwise, 60, No. 3, 34-38 (May/June 2007) Gedzelman, S. D., “Simulating halos and coronas in their atmospheric environment,” Applied Optics,47, No. 34, H157-H166 (1 December 2008)Related references Mims, F. M., III, “Solar aureoles caused by dust, smoke, and haze,” Applied Optics, 42, No. 3, 492-496(20 January 2003) Laven, P., “Simulation of rainbows, coronas and glories using Mie theory and the Debye series,” Journalof Quantitative Spectroscopy & Radiative Transfer, 89, 257-269 (2004)6.48 Frosty glass coronaThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 219-221 English, D. R., "Mist bands," The Mathematical Gazette, 53, 147-153 (1969) Tricker, R. A. R., Introduction to Meteorological Optics, American Elsevier, 1970, page 157ff Walker, J., "Interference patterns made by motes on dusty mirrors" in "The Amateur Scientist," ScientificAmerican, 245, 146-152 + 154 (August 1981) Bohren, C., “A serendipitous iridescent cloud,” in “Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics,”Weatherwise, 38, 268-274 (October 1985); contained in C. F. Bohren, Clouds in a Glass of Beer: SimpleExperiments in Atmospheric Physics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; now available from Dover Publications,ISBN 0486417387, 1987, Chapter 17 Moore, G. S. M., "Laser light powder rings," Physics Education, 26, 25 + 57 (1991) Lock, J. A., and C. Chiu, “Correlated light scattering by a dense distribution of condensation droplets ona window pane,” Applied Optics, 33, No. 21, 4663-4671 + Plates 44-46(July 1994), contained on ClassicReprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4;http://www.osa.org Cowley, L., P. Laven, and M. Vollmer, “Rings around the sun and moon: coronae and diffraction,”Physics Education, 40, No. 1, 51-59 (January 2005)

Optics 606.49 Iridescent cloudsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://atmospherical.blogspot.com Way cool blog site with lots of photos and descriptions. Go through thearchived blogs by clicking on the button at the bottom of the page. The blog started in April 2006.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Sassen, K., "Iridescence in an aircraft contrail," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 69, 1080-1083+ Plate 106 (1979), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: TwentyYears of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Bohren, C., “A serendipitous iridescent cloud,” in “Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics,”Weatherwise, 38, 268-274 (October 1985); contained in C. F. Bohren, Clouds in a Glass of Beer: SimpleExperiments in Atmospheric Physics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; now available from Dover Publications,ISBN 0486417387, 1987, Chapter 17 Gedzelman, S. D., "In praise of altocumulus," Weatherwise, 41, 143-149 (1988) Schlatter, T., "All about iridescence" in "Weather Queries," Weatherwise, 42, 159-162 (1989) Shaw, J. A., and P. J. Neiman, “Coronas & iridescent clouds,” Optics & Photonics, 13, No. 10, 30-35(October 2002) Shaw, J. A., and P. J. Neiman, “Coronas and iridescence in mountain wave clouds,” Applied Optics, 42,No. 3, 476-485 (20 January 2003) Sassen, K., “Cirrus cloud iridescence: a rare case study,” Applied Optics, 42, No. 3, 486-491 (20 January2003)Also see the item about nacreous clouds.6.50 Blue moonThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Wilson, R., "The blue Sun of 1950 September," Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society, 111,478-489 (1951) Paul, W., and R. V. Jones, "Blue Sun and Moon," Nature, 168, 554 (1951) Lothian, G. F., "Blue Sun and Moon," Nature, 168, 1086-1087 (1951) La Mer, V. K., and M. Kerker, "Light scattered by particles," Scientific American, 188, 69-76 + 112(February 1953) Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 298-299 Van de Hulst, H. C., Light Scattering by Small Particles, Wiley, 1957, page 421-423.

Optics 61 Green, H. L., W. R. Lane, and H. Hartley, Particulate Clouds: Dusts, Smokes and Mists, 2nd edition, VanNostrand, 1964, page 121 Minnaert, M., "Unusual or neglected optical phenomena in the landscape," Journal of the Optical Societyof America, 58, 297-303 (1968), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’sShoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Societyof America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Tricker, R. A. R., Introduction to Meteorological Optics, American Elsevier, 1970, page 242 Porch, W. M., D. S. Ensor, R. J. Charlson, and J. Heintzenberg, "Blue Moon: is this a property ofbackground aerosol?" Applied Optics, 12, 34-36 (1973) Shute, C. C. D., "The 'blue moon' phenomenon," Weather, 31, 292-296 (1976) Bohren, C. G., and G. M. Brown, "Once in a blue moon" in "Simple Experiments in AtmosphericPhysics," Weatherwise, 34, 129-130 (1981); contained in C. F. Bohren, Clouds in a Glass of Beer: SimpleExperiments in Atmospheric Physics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; now available from Dover Publications,ISBN 0486417387, 1987, Chapter 12 Meinel, A., and M. Meinel, Sunsets, Twilights, and Evening Skies, Cambridge University Press, 1983,pages 83-85 Eaton, B. G., and J. B. Johnston, "More about light scattering demonstrations," American Journal ofPhysics, 53, 184-185 (1985) Bohren, C. F., Clouds in a Glass of Beer: Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics, Wiley, 1987,chapter 12; now available from Dover Publications, ISBN 0486417387 Porch, W. M., "Blue Moons and large fires," Applied Optics, 28, 1778-1784 (1989) Nishiyama, R. T., (letter) “Blue suns,” Weather, 48, 417 (1993) Greenler, R., and R. K. Brandt, “Only once in a blue moon,” Optics and Photonics News, 5, No. 10, 6-7,66-67 (1994) Horvath, H., G. Metzig, O. Preining, and R. F. Pueschel, “Observation of a blue sun over New Mexico,U.S.A., on 19 Aril 1991,” Atmospheric Environment, 28, No. 4, 621-630 (1994) Stothers, R. B., “Major optical depth perturbations to the stratosphere from volcanic eruptions:pyrheliometric period, 1881-1960,” Journal of Geophysical Research, 101, No. D2, 3901-3920 (20 February1996) Hiscock, P., “Once in a blue moon,” Sky & Telescope, 97, No. 3, 52-55 (March 1999) King, A. K., D. Harper, A. Watson, and D. Roche, “Moon blues,” in “The Last Word,” New Scientist, 165,inside back cover (March 2000) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, page 149 Wilk, S. R., “Once in a blue moon,” Optics and Photonics News, 17, 20 (March 2006) Pesic, P., “A simple explanation of blue suns and moons,” European Journal of Physics, 29, N31-N36(2008)6.51 Yellow fog lightsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Middleton, W. E. K., Vision through the Atmosphere, University of Toronto Press, 1968, page 40

Optics 62 Tricker, R. A. R., Introduction to Meteorological Optics, American Elsevier, 1970, page 244 Sirohi, R. S., "Effect of fog on the colour of a distant light source," Journal of Physics D: AppliedPhysics, 3, 96-99 (1970) Gazzi, M., T. Georgiadis, and V. Vicentini, “Apparent anomalous extinction in fog,” AtmsophericEnvironment, 35, 5151-5156 (2001)Related references Gazzi, M., V. Vicentini, and C. Pesci, “Dependence of a black target’s apparent luminance on fogdroplet size distribution,” Atmospheric Environment, 31, No. 20, 3441-3447 (1997) Gazzi, M., T. Georgiadis, and V. Vicentini, “Contrast measurements through fog and thick haze,”Atmospheric Environment, 35, 5143-5149 (2001)6.52 Dark when wetThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://kootenay-lake.ca/beach/wetdry/index.html Photos plus explanationhttp://www.weather.gov.hk/education/edu06nature/ele_beach_e.htm photos and essays. The last diagram isa little misleading because light cannot take such a long route through the sand.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pagesReference Bohren, C. F., "Multiple scattering at the breakfast table" in "Simple Experiments in AtmosphericPhysics," Weatherwise, 36, 143-146 (1983); contained in C. F. Bohren, Clouds in a Glass of Beer: SimpleExperiments in Atmospheric Physics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; now available from Dover Publications,ISBN 0486417387, 1987, Chapter 14 Bohren, C., "Multiple scattering at the beach" in "Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics,"Weatherwise, 36, 197-200 (1983); contained in C. F. Bohren, Clouds in a Glass of Beer: SimpleExperiments in Atmospheric Physics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; now available from Dover Publications,ISBN 0486417387, 1987, Chapter 15 Falk, D. S., D. R. Brill, and D. G. Stork, Seeing the Light: Optics in Nature, Photography, Color, Visionand Holography, Harper & Row, 1986, pages 48-49 Twomey, S. A., C. F. Bohren, and J. L. Mergenthaler, "Reflectance and albedo differences between wetand dry surfaces," Applied Optics, 25, 431-437 (1986) Birth, G. S., "Diffuse reflection," The Physics Teacher, 24, 138-143 (1986) Bohren, C. F., Clouds in a Glass of Beer: Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics, Wiley, 1987,chapters 14 and 15; now available from Dover Publications, ISBN 0486417387 Bohren, C. F., "Multiple scattering of light and some of its observable consequences," American Journalof Physics, 55, 524-533 (1987) Lekner, J., and M. C. Dorf, "Why some things are darker when wet," Applied Optics, 27, 1278-1280(1988) Bartels, R., and R. Loxsom, “The sun-protection factors of wet and dry T-shirts,” Physics Teacher, 36, 86-89 (February 1998)

Optics 63Related reference Bohren, C., "Strange footprints in snow" in "Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics," Weatherwise,42, 168-170 (1989)6.53 Colors of snow and iceThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KZlv1HHDG2s Video, showing the color inside a snow cavehttp://www.awi-bremerhaven.de/Meereis/gruener-eisberg-e.html Photos and discussion of green icebergs.Click on the first photo.http://www.csam.montclair.edu/earth/eesweb/brachfeld/NBP0101.html Scroll down to the green icebergphotohttp://www.hickerphoto.com/iceberg-5896-photomug.htm PhotoReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Middleton, W. E., "The colours of snowfields in sunlight," Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada,Section III, 37, 39-43 (1943) Binder, A., "Black and white icebergs, southern ocean," The Marine Observer, 42, 15-16 (1972) Bohren, C. F., and B. R. Barkstrom, "Theory of the optical properties of snow," Journal of GeophysicalResearch, 79, 4527-4535 (1974) Moulton, K. N., and R. L. Cameron, "Bottle-green iceberg near the South Shetland Islands," AntarcticJournal of the United States, 11, no. 12, 94-95 (June 1976) Grenfell, T. C., and D. K. Perovich, "Radiation absorption coefficients of polycrystalline ice from 400-1400 nm," Journal of Geophysical Research, 86, 7447-7450 (1981) Warren, S. G., “Optical properties of snow,” Reviews of Geophysics and Space Physics, 20, No. 1, 67-89 (February 1982) Bohren, C. F., "Colors of snow, frozen waterfalls, and icebergs," Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica, 73, 1646-1652 + plates VII-VIII (1983), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, OnMinnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Warren, S. G., T. C. Grenfell, and P. C. Mullen, "Optical properties of Antarctic snow," Antarctic Journalof the United States, 21, no. 5, 247-248 (1986) Bohren, C. F., "Multiple scattering of light and some of its observable consequences," American Journalof Physics, 55, 524-533 (1987) Bohren, C. F., "Understanding colors in nature," Pigment Cell Research, 1, 214-222 (1988) Lee Jr., R. L., "Green icebergs and remote sensing," Journal of the Optical Society of America A, 7,1862-1873 + Plates I and II (1990), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’sShoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Societyof America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Koenderink, J. J., and W. A. Richards, “Why is snow so bright?” Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica A, 9, No. 5, 643-648 (May 1992) Kipfstuhl, J., G. Dieckmann, H. Oerter, H. Hellmer, and W. Graf, “The origin of green icebergs inAntarctica,” Journal of Geophysical Research (Oceans), 97, No. C12, 20319-20324 (15 December 1992)

Optics 64 Goodwin, I. D., "Basal ice accretion and debris entrainment within the coastal ice margin, Law Dome,Antarctica," Journal of Glaciology, 39, 157-166 (1993) photograph, Weatherwise, 46, 32-33 (June/July 1993) Warren, S. G., C. S. Roesler, V. I. Morgan, R. E. Brandt, I. D. Goodwin, and I. Allison, “Green icebergsformed by freezing of organic-rich seawater to the base of Antarctic ice shelves,” Journal of GeophysicalResearch (Oceans), 99, No. C4, 6921-6928 (15 April 1993) photograph, Nature, 382, 683 (1996) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 161-162 Fricker, H. A., N. W. Young, I. Allison, and R. Coleman, “Iceberg calving from the Amery Ice Shelf, EastAntarctica,” Annals of Glaciology, 34, 241-246 (2002)6.54 Firnspiegel and snow sparklesThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Hulburt, E. O., "A stereoscopic effect of snow sparkles," American Journal of Physics, 15, 279 (1947) LaChapelle, E. R., Field Guide to Snow Crystals, University Washington Press, Seattle, 1969 Schlatter, T., "Firnspiegel: an 'ice mirror'" in "Weather Queries," Weatherwise, 37, 317 (1984) Bates, H. E., and G. Warner, “Observations of glistening in the environment and its relationship tostereovision,” Applied Optics, 37, No. 9, 1569-1572 (March 1998), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler,editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Kaasalalnen, S., H. Karttunen, J. Pilronen, J. Virtanen, A. Llljestrom, and J. Naranen, “Backscatteringfrom snow and ice: laboratory and field measurements,” Canadian Journal of Physics, 81, 135-143 (2003)Related references Warren, S. G., “Optical properties of snow,” Reviews of Geophysics and Space Physics, 20, No. 1, 67-89 (February 1982) Koenderink, J. J., “Why is snow so bright?” Journal of the Optical Society of America A, 9, 643-648(1992)6.55 Whiteouts and snowblindnessThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages

Optics 65 Stefansson, V., The Friendly Arctic, Macmillan, 1944, pages 149, 199-202 Fritz, S., "The 'polar whiteout'," Weather, 12, 345-348 (1957) Catchpole, A. J. W., and D. W. Moodie, "Multiple reflection in arctic regions," Weather, 26, 157-163(1971) Takeuchi, M., and Y. Fukuzawa, “Light attenuation and visibility in blowing snow,” Annals ofGlaciology, 6, 311-313 (1985) Ishimoto, K., and Y. Fukuzawa, “Visibility in blowing snow observed by the luminance contrast,” Annalsof Glaciology, 6, 265-266 (1985) Pomeroy, J. W., and D. H. Male, "Optical properties of blowing snow," Journal of Glaciology, 34, 3-10(1988) Hutt, D. L., L. R. Bissonnette, D. St. Germain, and J. Oman, “Extinction of visible and infrared beamsby falling snow,” Applied Optics, 31, No. 24, 5121-5132 (20 August 1992) Koenderink, J. J., and W. A. Richards, “Why is snow so bright?” Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica A, 9, No. 5, 643-648 (May 1992) Smith, S. R., and S. Teeuwisse, “Whiteout!” Weatherwise, 47, 54 + 50 (October/November 1994) Sliney, D. H., “How light reaches the eye and its components,” International Journal of Toxicology, 21,501-509 (2002) Sliney, D. H., “Exposure geometry and spectral environment determine photobiological effects on thehuman eye,” Photochemistry and Photobiology, 81, 483-489 (2005)Related reference Middleton, W. E. K., and A. G. Mungall, “The luminous directional reflectance of snow,” Journal of theOptical Society of America, 42, No. 8, 572-579 (August 1952)6.56 Yellow ski glassesThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Stefansson, V., The Friendly Arctic, Macmillan, 1944, pages 200-202 Wyszecki, G., "Theoretical investigation of colored lenses for snow goggles," Journal of the OpticalSociety of America, 46, 1071-1074 (1956) Kinney, J. A. S., S. M. Luria, C. L. Schlichting, and D. F. Neri, "The perception of depth contours withyellow goggles," Perception, 12, 363-366 (1983) Kelly, S. A., S. E. Goldberg, and T. A. Banton, "Effect of yellow-tinted lenses on contrast sensitivity,"American Journal of Optometry & Physiological Optics, 61, No. 11, 657-662 (1984) Corth, R., "The perception of depth contours with yellow goggles -- an alternative explanation,"Perception, 14, 377-378 (1985) Kinney, J. A., "The perception of depth contours with yellow goggles -- comments on letter by RichardCorth," Perception, 14, 378-379 (1985) Troscianko, T., "Snowhole blues: comments on Kinney and Corth," Perception, 15, 219-221 (1986) Kelly, S. A., "Effect of yellow-tinted lenses on brightness," Journal of the Optical Society of America A, 7,1905-1911 (1990)

Optics 666.57 When the ice grows darkThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Gallant, R., "Ice-out," Science 82, 3, 80-81 (1982) Mullen, P. C., and S. G. Warren, "Theory of the optical properties of lake ice," Journal of GeophysicalResearch, 93, 8403-8414 (1988) Perovich, D. K., “Light reflection from sea ice during the onset of melt,” Journal of Geophysical Research,99, No. C2, 3351-3359 (15 February 1994) Perovich, D. K., “Complex yet translucent: the optical properties of sea ice,” Physica B, 338, 107-114(2003)6.58 Bright clouds, dark cloudsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Feynman, R. P., R. B. Leighton, and M. Sands, The Feynman Lectures on Physics, Addison-Wesley,1964, vol. 1, page 32-8 Deirmendjian, D., "Scattering and polarization properties of water clouds and hazes in the visible andinfrared," Applied Optics, 3, 187-196 (1964) Hallett, J., and R. E. J. Lewis, "Mother-of-pearl clouds," Weather, 22, 56-65 (1967) Weisskopf, V. F., "How light interacts with matter," Scientific American, 219, 60-71 + 272 (September1968) Jarman, R. T., and C. M. de Turville, "The visibility and length of chimney plumes," AtmosphericEnvironment, 3, 257-280 (1969) Bohren, C. F., "Multiple scattering at the breakfast table" in "Simple Experiments in AtmosphericPhysics," Weatherwise, 36, 143-146 (1983); contained in C. F. Bohren, Clouds in a Glass of Beer: SimpleExperiments in Atmospheric Physics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; now available from Dover Publications,ISBN 0486417387, 1987, Chapter 14 Bohren, C., "Multiple scattering at the beach" in "Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics,"Weatherwise, 36, 197-200 (1983); contained in C. F. Bohren, Clouds in a Glass of Beer: SimpleExperiments in Atmospheric Physics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; now available from Dover Publications,ISBN 0486417387, 1987, Chapter 15 Twomey, S. A., C. F. Bohren, and J. L. Mergenthaler, "Reflectance and albedo differences between wetand dry surfaces," Applied Optics, 25, 431-437 (1986)

Optics 67 Bohren, C., "Black clouds" in "Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics," Weatherwise, 39, 169-172(1986); contained in C. F. Bohren, Clouds in a Glass of Beer: Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics,John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; now available from Dover Publications, ISBN 0486417387, 1987, Chapter 11 Bohren, C., "Physics on a manure heap: more about black clouds" in "Simple Experiments in AtmosphericPhysics," Weatherwise, 39, 271-275 (1986); contained in C. F. Bohren, Clouds in a Glass of Beer: SimpleExperiments in Atmospheric Physics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; now available from Dover Publications,ISBN 0486417387, 1987, Chapter 18 Bohren, C. F., "Multiple scattering of light and some of its observable consequences," American Journalof Physics, 55, 524-533 (1987) Bohren, C. F., J. R. Linskens, and M. E. Churma, “At what optical thickness does a cloud completelyobscure the Sun?” Journal of the Atmospheric Sciences, 52, No. 8, 1257-1259 (April 1995)6.59 Noctilucent cloudsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pslcQXWQz3k Video of the ghostly cloudshttp://science.nasa.gov/headlines/y2003/19feb_nlc.htm Photos and description. Scroll down to the diagramthat shows how the clouds are illuminated.http://aim.hamptonu.edu/outreach/gallery/3-1-08img.html Lots of photoshttp://apod.nasa.gov/apod/ap990726.html Photo plus brief descriptionhttp://zuserver2.star.ucl.ac.uk/~apod/apod/ap060718.html Photo and descriptionhttp://personal.inet.fi/koti/tom.eklund/NLC.html Lots of photoshttp://www.urban75.org/london/noctilucent-clouds.html Photos of noctilucent clouds over Londonhttp://www.brianwhittaker.com/nlc/NLC%20general/n-2005/www-BrianWhittaker-com-NLC-800.jpgPhoto from a cockpithttp://math.ucr.edu/home/baez/diary/noctilucent.jpg Photohttp://www.britastro.org/iandi/gavin04.htm Photoshttp://www.atm.helsinki.fi/~tpnousia/gengal/nlc.html Photo, NLC over HelsinkiReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 284-287 Soberman, R. K., "Noctilucent clouds," Scientific American, 208, 50-59 + 183 + cover (June 1963) Hanson, A. M. "Noctilucent clouds at 76.3 degrees north," Weather, 18, 142-144 (1963) Fogle, B., "Noctilucent clouds in the southern hemisphere," Nature, 204, 14-18 (1964) Ludlam, F. H., "Noctilucent clouds," Weather, 20, 186-192 (1965) Hallett, J., "Noctilucent clouds 27-28 June 1966," Weather, 22, 66-67 (1967) Grishin, N. I., "Blue clouds," Solar System Research, 2, 1-13 (January/March 1968) Dietze, G., "Zones of the visibility of a noctilucent cloud," Tellus, 21, 436-442 (1969) Theon, J. S., W. S. Smith, and W. E. McGovern, "Wind measurements in noctilucent clouds," Science,164, 715-716 (1969) Christie, A. D., “The genesis and distribution of noctilucent clouds,” Journal of Atmospheric Sciences,26, No. 1, 168-176 (January 1969)

Optics 68 Fiocco, G., and G. Grams, "On the origin of noctilucent clouds: extraterrestrial dust and trapped watermolecules," Journal of Atmospheric and Terrestrial Physics, 33, 815-824 (1971) Schroder, W., "On noctilucent clouds," Annales de Geophysique, 27, 57-59 (1971) Scorer, R., Clouds of the World, Stackpole Books, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, 1972, pages 150-151 Fogle, B., and M. H. Rees, "Spectral measurements of noctilucent clouds," Journal of GeophysicalResearch, 77, 720-725 (1972) Gadsden, M., "The colour of noctilucent clouds," Weather, 30, 190-197 (1975) Simmons, D. A. R., "The noctilucent cloud display of 18-19 June 1976," Weather, 32, 240-248 (1977) McIntosh, D. H., and M. Hallissey, "Noctilucent clouds over western Europe during 1979," MeteorologicalMagazine, 109, 182-183 (1980) McIntosh, D. H., and M. Hallissey, "Noctilucent clouds over western Europe during 1980," MeteorologicalMagazine, 110, 109 (1981) McIntosh, D. H., and M. Hallissey, "Noctilucent clouds over western Europe during 1981," MeteorologicalMagazine, 111, 122-125 (1982) McIntosh, D. H., and M. Hallissey, "Noctilucent clouds over western Europe during 1982," MeteorologicalMagazine, 112, 245 (1983) Simmons, D. A. R., and D. H. McIntosh, "An analysis of noctilucent cloud over western Europe during theperiod 1966 to 1982," Meteorological Magazine, 112, 289-298 (1983) Bohren, C. F., "On the size, shape, and orientation of noctilucent cloud particles," Tellus B, 35, 65-72(1983) McIntosh, D. H., and M. Hallissey, "Noctilucent clouds over western Europe during 1983," MeteorologicalMagazine, 113, 272 (1984) Taylor, M. J., M. A. Hapgood, and D. A. R. Simmons, "The effect of atmospheric screening on thevisible border of noctilucent clouds," Journal of Atmospheric and Terrestrial Physics, 46, 363-372 (1984) Gavine, D. M., "Noctilucent clouds," Weather, 39, 46 (1984) McIntosh, D. H., and M. Hallissey, "Noctilucent clouds over western Europe during 1984," MeteorologicalMagazine, 114, 349-350 (1985) McIntosh, D. H., and M. Hallissey, "Noctilucent clouds over western Europe during 1985," MeteorologicalMagazine, 115, 361-362 (1986) Weisburd, S., "Mysterious clouds caused by cosmoids?" Science News, 129, 344 (1986) Woodley, K. E., "Noctilucent clouds," Weather, 41, 259-263 (1986) George, D. J., "Noctilucent clouds," Weather, 42, 195-196 (1987) McConnell, D., "Recognising and photographing noctilucent clouds," Weather, 42, 180-185 (1987) Griffiths, L. A., and J. D. Shanklin, "An observation of noctilucent cloud in the antarctic winter," Weather,42, 391 (1987) Schroder, W., and J. D. Shanklin, letters, "An observation of noctilucent cloud in the antarctic winter,"Weather, 43, 380 (1988) Jensen, E., and G. E. Thomas, "A growth-sedimentation model of polar mesospheric clouds: comparisonwith SME measurements," Journal of Geophysical Research, 93, 2461-2473 (1988) Gavine, D. M., "Noctilucent clouds over western Europe during 1987," Meteorological Magazine, 118, 16-18 (1989) Thomas, G. E., J. J. Olivero, E. J. Jensen, W. Schroeder and O. B. Toon, "Relation between increasingmethane and the presence of ice clouds at the mesopause," Nature, 338, 490-492 + cover (1989) Parviainen, P., photograph, Journal of Geophysical Research, 94, unnumbered opening page of issue (20October 1989 Garcia, R. R., "Dynamics, radiation, and photochemsitry in the mesosphere: implications for the formationof noctilucent clouds," Journal of Geophysical Research, 94, 14,605-14,615 (1989) Gadsden, M., "A secular change in noctilucent cloud occurrence," Journal of Atmospheric and TerrestrialPhysics, 52, 247-251 (1990)

Optics 69 Thomas, G. E., "Mesospheric clouds and the physics of the mesopause region," Reviews of Geophysics,29, 553-575 (1991) Schoonmaker, D., "Thoroughly modern clouds," American Scientist, 82, 118-119 (1994) Zalcik, M., "In search of noctilucent clouds," Sky & Telescope, 88, 76-78 (July 1994) Brausch, J., “Noctilucent clouds,” Weatherwise, 50, No. 3, 32-36 (June/July 1997) Ling, A., “Gazetteer to noctilucent clouds,” Astronomy, 24, No. 7, 67 (July 1996) Thomas, G. E., “Introduction to special section: noctilucent cloud workshop,” Journal of GeophysicalResearch, 102, No. D2, 1957-1958 (27 January 1997) Schroder, W., “Otto Jesse and the investigation of noctilucent clouds 115 years ago,” Bulletin of theAmerican Meteorological Society, 82, No. 11, 2457-2468 (November 2001) Thomas, G. E., and J. Olivero, “Noctilucent clouds as possible indicators of global change in themesosphere,” Advances in Space Research, 28, No. 7, 937-946 (2001) Gadsden, M., “Polar mesospheric clouds: the year-to-year changes shown in 17 years of images from bothhemispheres,” Advances in Space Research, 28, No. 7, 1083-1088 (2001) Taylor, M. J., M. Gadsden, R. P. Lowe, M. S. Zalcik, and J. Brausch, “Mesospheric cloud observations atunusually low latitudes,” Journal of Atmospheric and Solar-Terrestrial Physics, 64, 991-999 (2002) Klostermeyer, J., “Noctilucent clouds getting brighter,” Journal of Geophysical Research---Atmospheres,107, No. D14, article # 4195 (July 2002) Thomas, G. E., “Are noctilucent clouds harbingers of global change in the middle atmosphere?”Advances in Space Research, 32, No. 9, 1737-1746 (2003) Hoppe, U.-P., (letter) “Illumination on noctilucent clouds,” Physics Today, 58, 17 (March 2005) von Savigny, C., M. Sinnhuber, H. Bovensmann, J. P. Burrows, M.-B. Kallenrode, and M. Schwartz, “Onthe disappearance of noctilucent clouds during the January 2005 solar proton events,” Geophysical ResearchLetters, 34, No. 2, article # L02805 (4 pages) (2007) “Noctilucent clouds,” in “Back Scatter,” Physics Today, 60, 92 (June 2007)6.60 You in a looking glassThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.metacafe.com/watch/876063/hilarious_mirror_prank/ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Gardner, M., The Ambidextrous Universe, Basic Books, 1964, pages 22-24 Block, N. J., “Why do mirrors reverse right/left but not up/down?” (The article title is printed mirrorreversed.)Journal of Philosophy, 71, No. 9, 259-276 (16 May 1974) Ford, K. W., "Why is your image in a plane mirror inverted left-to-right but not top-to-bottom?" PhysicsTeacher, 13, 228-229 (1975) Greenslade Jr., T. B., "19th century textbook illustrations XXIV: the half-length mirror," Physics Teacher,16, 381 (1978) Goldberg, F., and L. C. McDermott, "Student difficulties in understanding image formation by a planemirror," Physics Teacher, 24, 472-480 (1986) Navon, D., "Why do we blame the mirror for reversing left and right?" Cognition, 27, 275-283 (1987)

Optics 70 Ansbacher, T. H., "The nonreversing mirror with a twist" in "Deck the Halls," J. Pizzo, editor, PhysicsTeacher, 25, 104-105 (1987) Gee, J. K., "The myth of lateral inversion," Physics Education, 23, 300-301 (1988) Kalmus, P. I. P., "Mirror inversion," Physics Education, 24, 122 (1989) Spurgin, C. B., "Lens and mirror image inversions," Physics Education, 25, 343-346 (1990) Horsfield, E. C., "Perception and a lateral inversion fallacy," European Journal of Physics, 12, 207-209(1991) Galili, I., F. Goldberg, and S. Bendall, "Some reflections on plane mirrors and images," Physics Teacher,29, 471-477 (1991) Ittelson, W. H., L. Mowafy, and D. Magid, “The perception of mirror-reflected objects,” Perception, 20,567-584 (1991) Halliday, D., R. Resnick, and J. Walker, Fundamentals of Physics, 4th edition, Wiley, 1993, pages 1020-1021 Nams, V. O., "Plane-mirror inversion," European Journal of Physics, 14, 44 (1993) Galili, I., and F. Goldberg, "Left-right conversions in a plane mirror," Physics Teacher, 31, 463-466 (1993) Haig, N. D., “Reflections on inversion and reversion,” Perception, 22, No. 7, 863-868 (1993) Gregory, R. L., “Editorial---Multiple reflections,” Perception, 22, No. 1, 1-6 (1993) Ittelson, W. H., “Mirror reversals: real and perceived,” Perception, 22, No. 7, 855-861 (1993) Morris, R. C., “Mirror image reversal: is what we see what we present?” Perception, 22, No. 7, 869-876(1993) Corballis, M. C., “Much ado about mirrors,” Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 7, No. 1, 163-169 (2000) Parks, T. E., “Last but not least,” Perception, 30, No. 7, 899 (2001) Leeuwenberg, E., and R. van Lier, “Symmetry cues for matching mirrored objects,” Spatial Vision, 18,No. 1, 1-23 (2005)6.61 Reflections off water and a stage mirrorThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.www.munch-raisonne.comYou can see the painting Girls on the Pier by MunchReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Satterly, J., “Casual observations on milk, pickled beet-root, and dried-up puddles,” American Journal ofPhysics, 24, No. 7, 529-530 (October 1956) Easton, D., "On reflections in ponds," Physics Teacher, 26, 150-151 (1987) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 76-77 Croucher, C. J., M. Bertamini, and H. Hecht, “Naïve optics: understanding the geometry of mirrorreflections,” Journal of Experimental Psychology, 28, No. 3, 546-562 (2002) Bertamini, M., R. Latto, and A. Spooner, “The Venus effect: people’s understanding of mirror reflectionsin paintings,” Perception, 32, 593-599 (2003)

Optics 71 Bertamini, M., A. Spooner, and H. Hecht, “Naïve optics: predicting and perceiving reflections in mirrors,”Journal of Experimental Psychology, 29, No. 5, 982-1002 (2003) DeWeerd, A. J., and S. E. Hill, “Optics over a cup of tea: images in concave and convex surfaces,” PhysicsEducation, 40, No. 1, 13-14 (January 2005) Olson, D. W., B. Robertson, and R. L. Doescher, “Reflections on Edvard Munch’s Girls on the Pier,” Sky& Telescope, 111, No. 5, 38-41 (May 2006)6.62 Pepper's ghost and the bodiless headThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://fog.ccsf.cc.ca.us/~tbardin/html/pepperghost.html David Wall’s page on how to set up Pepper’s ghosthttp://www.doombuggies.com/secrets_attic.htm Disney’s Haunted House illusionshttp://www.phantasmechanics.com/pepper.html Hotel Lugosihttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=L7lJbXLRFYQ How to set up Pepper’s ghost with a DVD player, TV,and reflecting plastic, all for HalloweenReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Hopkins, A. A., Magic: Stage Illusions and Scientific Diversions, Arno Press, 1977 (first published 1897),pages 8, 56-88 Greenslade Jr., T. B., "19th century textbook illustrations XVI: illusions with unsilvered mirrors," PhysicsTeacher, 15, 360-361 (1977) Edge, R. D., and E. R. Jones Jr., "Optical illusions," Physics Teacher, 22, 591-593 (1984) Falk, D. S., D. R. Brill, and D. G. Stork, Seeing the Light. Optics in Nature, Photography, Color, Vision,and Holography, Harper & Row, 1986, pages 44-45 Ruiz, M. J., and T. L. Robinson, "Illusions with plane mirrors," Physics Teacher, 25, 206-212 (1987)6.63 Tilt of windows for air traffic controllersThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://webplaza.pt.lu/public/fklaess/pix/atc/general_view3.jpgReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Wood, E. A., Science from Your Airplane Window, Dover, 1975, pages 203-204 Carman, P. D., and H. W. Budde, "Optical design of airport control tower cabs," Applied Optics, 19, 490-498 (1980) Hudson, H. T., "Style vs. optics," Physics Teacher, 28, 320-321 (1990)

Optics 72 Hamer, M., "Motorists head for windscreen displays," New Scientist, 133, 24 (18 January 1992)6.64 Images in two or three mirrorsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W-1s0VUdi7E Video of child with multiple imageshttp://www.umpi.maine.edu/info/nmms/mirrors.htm “Infinity mirrors”ReferencesSee the references to the next item.6.65 KaleidoscopesThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hWYk_K7T3a8 Video about building big kaleidoscopeshttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LrxNz63cXNQ Video, looking into a kaleidoscopehttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZpyOmzOQBnw Kaleidoscope that is sound activatedhttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y6EdCx41KRo&mode=related&search= Kaleidoscope videoReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Ball, W. W. R., and H. S. M. Coxeter, Mathematical Recreations and Essays, 12th edition, UniversityToronto Press, 1974, pages 155-161 Stong, C. L. "The Amateur Scientist," Scientific American, 233, 120-125 (July 1975), see pages 124-125 Walker, J., "Moire effects, the kaleidoscope and other Victorian diversions" in "The Amateur Scientist,"Scientific American, 239, 182-189 + 198 (December 1978) Cohen, D. K., and J. E. Potts, "Light transmission through reflecting cylindrical tubes," American Journalof Physics, 46, 727-728 (1978) McDermott, J. A., "The kaleidoscope, magic in a tube, is enjoying a revival," Smithsonian, 13, 99-106(November 1982) Marschall, L. A., and E. B. Marschall, "Reflections in a polished tube," Physics Teacher, 21, 105 (1983) Greenslade, T. B., Jr., “Multiple images in plane mirrors,” Physics Teacher, 20, No. 1, 29-33 (January1982) Walker, J., "The kaleidoscope now comes equipped with flashing diodes and focusing lenses" in "TheAmateur Scientist," Scientific American, 253, 134-145 + 150 + cover (December 1985) Walker, J., "The Amateur Scientist," Scientific American, 254, 120-125 (January 1986), see pages 124-125 Pizzo, J., "Shadow kaleidoscope," Physics Teacher, 24, 236-237 (1986) Falk, D. S., D. R. Brill, and D. G. Stork, Seeing the Light. Optics in Nature, Photography, Color, Vision,and Holography, Harper & Row, 1986, pages 74-75

Optics 73 Walker, J., "Kaleidoscopes," Essay 16 in Fundamentals of Physics, 3rd edition, by D. Halliday and R.Resnick, Wiley, 1988, pages E16-1 - E16-7 Lion, Y., and Y. Renotee, "Interference of light by reflection on the inner walls of cylindrical tubes,"European Journal of Physics, 13, 47-52 (1992) Greenslade, T. B., Jr., “Adjustable angle mirrors,” American Journal of Physics, 75, No. 4, 342 (April2007) Greenslade, Jr., T. B., “Kaleidoscopes made with big mirrors,” Physics Teacher, 47, 334-335 (September2009)Also see the references to the following item.6.66 Mirror labyrinthsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.Videoshttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M5xySAVyOj4http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F6nxBHrKwQU Adrian Fisher explaining the London Dungeon MirrorMazehttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rumrsXbYqGU The Edinburgh Dungeon Mirror Mazehttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dp2xqLdWLtEhttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xe48UrlygToPhotoshttp://www.mirrormaze.com/ Some of Adrian Fisher’s mirror mazeshttp://www.math.nus.edu.sg/aslaksen/gem-projects/maa/Interview_with_the_Minotaur/mirror_maze.gifMirror maze that once stood at Lucerne, Switzerlandhttp://www.mirrormaze.com/mackinaw_mirror_maze.htmReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Walker, J., "Mirrors make a maze so bewildering that the explorer must rely on a map" in "The AmateurScientist," Scientific American, 254, 120-128 + cover (June 1986) Halliday, D., R. Resnick, and J. Walker, Fundamentals of Physics, 7 th edition, Wiley, 2005, pages 924, 928??Check for Adrian Fisher book,Related references Connett, J. E., “Trapped reflections,” American Mathematical Monthly, 99, No. 2, 178-179 (February1992) Tokarsky, G. W., “Polygonal rooms not illuminable from every point,” American Mathematical Monthly,102, No. 10, 867-879 (December 1995) Lee Jr., R. L., and J. Hernandez-Andres, “Virtual tunnels and green glass: The colors of commonmirrors,” American Journal of Physics, 72, No. 1, 53-59 (January 2004)

Optics 74Also see the references to the preceding two items.6.67 A sideshow laser shootThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Himmelfarb, A., "A billiard table problem," Problem E 1879, American Mathematics Monthly, 73, 411(1966) Silverman, D. L., "A billiard table problem," Solution to Problem E 1879, American MathematicsMonthly, 74, 870 (1967) Grant, N., "Mathematics on a pool table," The Mathematics Teacher, 64, 255-257 (1971) Hamel, T. R., and E. Woodward, "Developing mathematics on a pool table," The Mathematics Teacher,70, 154-163 (1977) Jacobs, H. R., Mathematics: A Human Endeavor, W. H. Freeman, 1982, pages 6-17 Shultz, H. S., and R. C. Shiflett, "Mathematical billiards," Mathematical Gazette, 72, 95-97 (1988) Griffel, D. H., "More mathematical billiards," Mathematical Gazette, 73, 118-119 (1989) Connett, J. E., “Trapped reflections,” American Mathematical Monthly, 99, No. 2, 178-179 (February1992) Tokarsky, G. W., “Polygonal rooms not illuminable from every point,” American Mathematical Monthly,102, No. 10, 867-879 (December 1995) “Cover activity: rational billiards,” Mathematics Teacher, 89, No. 1, pages 3 + cover + table of contents(January 1996)6.68 Dark triangles among the decorationsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.colourblind.ca/images/20050807233841_shiny_sphere.jpg Relflection from a single ballhttp://wvs.topleftpixel.com/05/12/23/ Single ballhttp://www.flickr.com/photos/bip/316025146/ Single ballReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Berry, M. V., "Reflections on a Christmas-tree bauble," Physics Education, 7, 1-5 (1972) Benedikt, M. L., "On mapping the world in a mirror," Environment and Planning B, 7, 367-378 (1980) Preuss, P., "Education with an edge: an introduction to educational programs at the Exploratorium,"Physics Teacher, 21, 514-519 (1983), see page 517 Goodman, D. S., "Illumination analysis with a reflecting sphere," Applied Optics, 24, 1217-1219 (1985)

Optics 75 Walker, J., "The distorted images seen in Christmas-tree ornaments and other reflecting balls" in "TheAmateur Scientist," Scientific American, 259, 112-115 (December 1988) Goodman, D. S., "Reflections in Christmas tree balls," Optics & Photonics News, 3, 66-67 + cover(December 1992) van Beveren, E., F. Kleefeld, and G. Rupp, “Images in Christmas baubles,” European Journal ofPhysics, 27, 337-346 (2006)Related reference Miller, A. R., and E. Vegh, "Exact result for the grazing angle of specular reflection from a sphere,"SIAM Review, 35, 472-480 (1993)6.69 Shiny turns to black; blacker than blackThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Weisskopf, V. F., "How light interacts with matter," Scientific American, 219, 60-71 + 272 (September1968) Zafiratos, C. D., and J. C. Groft, "A black surface fabrication from specular reflectors," Physics Teacher,20, 316-317 (1982) Mayer, V. V., "Can white be blacker than black?" Quantum, 3, 23 (September/October 1992) Gardner, M., "Blacker than black," Physics Teacher, 31, 94 (1993) Harris, J., "Another way of making black," Physics Teacher, 262, 31 (1993)6.70 RetroreflectorsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Van Lear Jr., G. A., "Reflectors used in highway signs and warning signals. Parts I, II, and III," Journalof the Optical Society of America, 30, 462-487 (1940) Crawford Jr., F. S., Waves (Berkeley Physics Course, vol. 3), McGraw-Hill, New York (1968), page 158 Faller, J. E., and E. J. Wampler, "The lunar laser reflector," Scientific American, 222, 38-49 + 146 (March1970) Snyder, J. J., "Paraxial ray analysis of a cat's-eye retroreflector," Applied Optics, 14, 1825-1828 (1975) Beer, R., “Paraxial ray analysis of a cat’s-eye retroreflector: comments,” Applied Optics, 15, No. 4, 856-857 (April 1976)

Optics 76 Barrett, H. H., and S. F. Jacobs, "Retroreflective arrays as approximate phase conjugators," OpticsLetters, 4, 190-192 (1979) Agarwal, G. S., A. T. Friberg, and E. Wolf, "Elimination of distortions by phase conjugation withoutlosses or gains," Optics Communications, 43, 446-450 (1982) O'Meara, T. R., "Wavefront compensation with pseudoconjugation," Optical Engineering, 21, 271-280(1982) Jacobs, S. F., "Experiments with retrodirective arrays," Optical Engineering, 21, 281-283 (1982) Cochran, W. R., "Mirror wall tile and the triple reflector," American Journal of Physics, 50, 765 (1982) Harris Jr., W. S., "The corner reflector," The Mathematics Teacher, 76, 92-93 (1983) Palmer, D. A., "Retroreflective materials and optical imaging," Applied Optics, 24, 1413-1414 (1985) Shkunov, V. V., and B. Ya. Zel'dovich, "Optical phase conjugation," Scientific American, 253, 54-59 +150 (December 1985) Pepper, D. M., "Applications of optical phase conjugation," Scientific American, 254, 74-83 + 126(January 1986) Walker, J., "Wonders with the retroreflector, a mirror that removes distortion from a light beam" in "TheAmateur Scientist," Scientific American, 254, 118-124 (April 1986) Gower, M. C., "Phase conjugate mirrors," Physics Bulletin, 38, 220-222 (1987) Moosad, K. P. D., "Optical phase conjugation for postgraduates," European Journal of Physics, 10, 133-135 (1989) Morton, N., "Don't forget the reflector," Physics Education, 26, 243-248 (1991) Robb, N. I., "Teaching reflection from a corner cube reflector," Physics Teacher, 29, 255 (1991) Wang, S., E. Bernabeu, and J. Alda, "Retroreflective properties of a hemispherical surface," AppliedOptics, 32, 4279-4281 (1993) Liepmann, T. W., “How retroreflectors bring the light back,” Laser Focus World, 30, No. 10, 129-131(October 1994) Webster, C. A. G., “Optimum design of spherical retroreflectors with refractive indices close to 2.0,”Transactions of the Institute of Measurement and Control, 18, No. 4, 212-215 (1996) Friedman, Y., and N. Schweitzer, “Classification of stable configurations of plane mirrors,” AppliedOptics, 37, No. 31, 7229-7234 (1 November 1998) O’Brien, D. C., G. E. Faulkner, and D. J. Edwards, “Optical properties of a retroreflecting sheet,”Applied Optics, 38, No. 19, 4137-4144 (1 July 1999) Zwahlen, H. T., and T. Schnell, “Minimum in-service retroreflectivity of pavement markings,”Transportation Research Record, Issue 1715, 60-70 (2000) Schnell, T., F. Aktan, and Y. Lee, “Nighttime visibility and retroreflectance of pavement markings in dry,wet, and rainy conditions,” Highway Maintenance Safety, Support, and Services, Issue 1824, 144-155(2003) Whitehead, L., A. Kushnir, and P. Kan, “Hybrid imaging using linear retroreflectors,” Applied Optics,45, No. 27, 6998-7004 (20 September 2006) Grosges, T., “Retro-reflection of glass beads for traffic road stripe paints,” Optical Materials, 30, 1549-1554 (2008) Halstuch, A., and Y. Yitzhaky, “Properties of light reflected from road signs in active imaging,” AppliedOptics, 47, No. 22, 4031-4036 (1 August 2008) Rovsek, Barbara, “Making a cat’s eye in a classroom,” Physics Education, 45, No. 2, 186-189 (March2010)6.71 Short Story: Landing in the dark behind enemy linesThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.

Optics 77The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesSee references to the preceding item.6.72 One-way mirrorThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.midlandsres.com/Pictures_of_MMR_office_012.jpgReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Fitch, J. M., "The control of the luminous environment," Scientific American, 219, 190-202 + 275(September 1968) Ruiz, M. J., and T. L. Robinson, "Illusions with plane mirrors," Physics Teacher, 25, 206-212 (1987)6.73 Rear-view mirrorThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Crane, H. R., "How Things Work," Physics Teacher, 23, 238-239 (1985) Jones, E. R., and R. D. Edge, "Optics of the rear-view mirror: a laboratory experiment," Physics Teacher,24, 221-223 (1986)6.74 Side-view mirrorThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=4922872460677989287&q=blind+spot+driving Driver’s ed videoReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Quadling, D., "What the eye doesn't see, ..." Mathematical Gazette, 71, 198-201 (1987)

Optics 78 Clifford, F., "More on drivers' blind spots," Mathematical Gazette, 73, 120 (1989) Luoma, J., M. Sivak, and M. J. Flannagan, “Effects of driver-side mirror type on lane-change accidents,”Ergonomics, 38, 1973-1978 (1995 Hicks, R. A., and R. K. Perline, “Blind-spot problem for motor vehicles,” Applied Optics, 44, No. 19,3893-3897 (1 July 2005)Related references Libertun, A. R., “Warning! Objects in mirror are closer than they appear,” Physics Teacher, 41, 20-21(January 2003) Andrews, J. H., (letters) “More mirror calculations,” Physics Teacher, 41, 196 (April 2003)6.75 A Bar at the Folies-BergèreThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.canvasreplicas.com/Manet.htm Manet galleryReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Halliday, D., R. Resnick, and J. Walker, Fundamentals of Physics, Wiley, 4 th edition (1993), pages 1011,1020; 5 th edition, pages 872, 875; 6 th edition (2003), pages 833 and 8366.76 Renaissance art and optical projectorsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://webexhibits.org/hockneyoptics/post/stork.html David Stork’s analysis of a van Eyck paintinghttp://webexhibits.org/hockneyoptics/post/falcograves3.html Discussion between Charles Falco and DavidStorkReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Delsaute, J.-L., “The camera obscura and painting in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries,” Studies inthe History of Art, 55, 110-123 (1998) Mills, A. A., “Vermeer and the camera obscura: some practical considerations,” Leonardo, 31, No. 3, 213-218 (1998) Steadman, P., “Commentary on ‘Vermeer and the camera obscura: some practical considerations’,”Leonardo, 32, No. 2, 137-141 (1999); response by A. A. Mills, pages 140-141 Hockney, D., and C. M. Falco, “Optical insights into Renaissance art,” Optics & Photonics, 11, No. 7, 52-58 (July 2000)

Optics 79 Hockney, D., Secret Knowledge---Rediscovering the Lost Techniques of the Old Masters, Viking Studio,2001 Tyler, C. W., “Where art, optics, and vision intersect,” Perception, 31, 1285-1288 (2002) Weiss, P., “Reflections on art---scientists debate whether the old masters used optical aids,” Science News,163, 346-348 (31 May 2003) Stork, D. G., “Optics and the old masters revisited,” Optics and Photonics News, 15, No. 3, 30-37 (March2004) Stork, D. G., “Optics and realism in renaissance art,” Scientific American, 291, No. 6, 76-83 (December2004) Feder, T., “Debate over optics in early art is focus at OSA gathering,” Physics Today, 57, No. 12, 31-32(December 2004) Hockney, D., (letter), and Stork, D. (reply), “Optical rejection,” Scientific American, 292, No. 4, 14 (April2005) Jaroszewicz, Z., A. Burvall, and A. T. Friberg, “Axicon --- the most important optical element,” Optics &Photonics News, 16, No. 5, 34-39 (April 2005) Lefevre, W., “Exposing the seventeenth-century optical camera obscura,” Endeavour, 31, No. 2, 54-58(2007)Related references Robin, A. C., “Photomeasurement,” Mathematical Gazette, 62, No. 420, 77-85 (June 1978) Tripp, C., “Where is the camera? The use of a theorem in projective geometry to find from a photographthe location of the camera,” Mathematical Gazette, 71, No. 455, 8-14 (March 1987) Knill, D. C., P. Mamassian, and D. Kersten, “Geometry of shadows,” Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica A, 14, No. 12, 3216-3232 (December 1997) Mamassian, P., D. C. Knill, and D. Kersten, “The perception of cast shadows,” Trends in CognitiveSciences, 2, No. 3, 288-295 (August 1998) Bruckstein, A. M., R. J. Holt, Y. D. Jean, and A. N. Netravali, “On the use of shadows in stancerecovery,” International Journal of Imaging Systems Technology, 11, 315-330 (2000)6.77 Anamorphic artThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.artlex.com/ArtLex/a/images/anamor_snowflake.lg.jpg Example using cylindrical mirrorhttp://www.unipd.it/vallisneri/en/instruments/6.htmlhttp://oozandoz.com/images/mirror-cup-press.jpghttp://graphicfacilitation.blogs.com/pages/2005/06/anamorphic_pave.html Amazing anamorpic art on asidewalk by Julian Beeverhttp://www.linesandcolors.com/2005/09/23/julian-beever/ Another amazing sidewalk example by JulianBeeverhttp://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=2885514567424950512&q=anamorphic Video about thesidewalk art of Julian Beeverhttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LVWkNlyCJtI Video Julian Beeverhttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hfn8Dz_13Ms Video shows how Beever sets up the art.http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IZ41c6omVWk Beever meets the Transformers, for the new moviehttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dUen_khSouw Another video about Beever

Optics 80http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=15oIzkWO-wUhttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PQMmxWq_-pE Stunning, watch it come “alive”http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XjfVyx3PiZQ Another video showing how Beever sets up a drawinghttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xVsKTwcBcMg Anamorphic art on a LCD screenhttp://www.artlex.com/ArtLex/An.html Discussion plus some exampleshttp://www.neatorama.com/2006/05/10/kelly-m-houles-anamorphic-art/ Reflection anamorphic arthttp://www.mathsyear2000.co.uk/explorer/anamorphic/cylmirror.shtmlhttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v-VKEVHL-8Y Hong Kong pavement arthttp://www.julianvossandreae.com/work.html Quantum man by Julian Voss-Andreae. Click on "archive";choose "Matter Wave Project II", click on one of the slides and then use the "Next" arrow at the top to go tothe next slide.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Samuel, E. R., "Death in the glass - a new view of Holbein's 'Ambassadors'," Burlington Magazine, 105,436-441 + plates 15 and 16 (1963) Miles, C. L., "Mapping transform showing mirror equivalence in concave and convex reflectors,"American Journal of Physics, 42, 614-616 (1974) Gardner, M., "The curious magic of anamorphic art" in "Mathematical Games," Scientific American, 232,No. 1, 110-116 + 135 (January 1975) Schuyt, M., and J. Elffers, Anamorphoses: Games of Perception and Illusion in Art, Harry N. Abrams,Inc., 1976 Leemann, F., Hidden Images: Games of Perception, Anamorphic Art Illusion, Harry N. Abrams, Inc., 1976 Zucker, A. A., "Anamorphic art," Creative Computing, 3, 137-139 (July/August, 1977) Kuchel, P. W., "Anamorphoscopes: a visual aid for circle inversion," Mathematical Gazette, 63, 82-89(June 1979) Benedikt, M. L., "On mapping the world in a mirror," Environment and Planning B, 7, 367-378 (1980) Fineman, M., The Inquisitive Eye, Oxford University Press, 1981, pages 102-108 Walker, J., "Anamorphic pictures: distorted views from which distortion can be removed" in "TheAmateur Scientist," Scientific American, 245, No.1, 176-187 (July 1981) "Perspectives," Mathematics Teaching, No. 109, 52-55 (December 1984) Falk, D. S., D. R. Brill, and D. G. Stork, Seeing the Light. Optics in Nature, Photography, Color, Vision,and Holography, Harper & Row, 1986, pages 79-83 Hickin, P., "Anamorphosis," Mathematical Gazette, 76, 208-221 (1992) Hunt, J. L., B. G. Nickel, and C. Gigault, “Anamorphic images,” American Journal of Physics, 68, No. 3,232-237 (March 2000) DeWeerd, A. J., and S. E. Hill, “The dizzying depths of the cylindrical mirror,” Physics Teacher, 43, No.2, 90-92 (2005) DeWeerd, A. J., and S. E. Hill, “Comment on ‘Anamorphic images,’ [Am. J. Phy., 68 (3), 232-237(2000),” American Journal of Physics, 74, No. 1, 83-84 (January 2006) “A human as a quantum object,” Physics World, 19, No. 9, 7 (September 2006) Hansford, D., and D. Collins, “Anamorphic 3D geometry,” Computing, 79, Nos. 2-4, 211-223 (April2007)

Optics 816.78 The bright and dark of streetlampsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Toth, L. F., "A problem of illumination," American Mathematics Monthly, 77, 869-870 (1970). Tyson, G., "Bright spots," Mathematical Gazette, 69, 205-206 (1985); make this correction: “x = 5/2”should be “x = s/2”6.79 Multiple images from double-pane windowsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Swindell, W., "Effect of environmental changes on the ghosting of distant objects in twin-glazedwindows," Applied Optics, 11, 2033-2036 (1972) Swindell, W., and H. E. Morrow, "Insulating glass 'ghosting'," Glass Digest, 51, 52-53 and 83-84 (15November 1972) Carman, P. D., and H. W. Budde, "Optical design of airport control tower cabs," Applied Optics, 19, 490-498 (1980) Huebner, J. S., "Multiple reflections from common mirrors," Physics Teacher, 25, 233 (1987) Walker, J., "Some entertaining lessons in optics that may make air travel easier to endure" in "TheAmateur Scientist," Scientific American, 259, 100-103 (August 1988)6.80 World's most powerful searchlightThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Jones, R. V., "Impotence and achievement in physics and technology," Nature, 207, 120-124 (1965) Gleckman, P., J. O'Gallagher, and R. Winston, "Concentration of sunlight to solar-surface levels usingnon-imaging optics," Nature, 339, 198-200 (1989) Cooke, D., P. Gleckman, H. Krebs, J. O'Gallagher, D. Sagie, and R. Winston, "Sunlight brighter than thesun," Nature, 346, 802 (1990)

Optics 82 Winston, R., "Nonimaging optics," Scientific American, 264, 76-81 (March 1991)Related: De Luca, R. and A. Fedullo, “Focusing light rays back to the vertex of a reflection parabolic collector:the equivalent of Dionysius ear effect in optical systems,” European Journal of Physics, 30, 935-943 (2009)6.81 Archimedes death rayThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.Videos: sunlight is concentrated by an array of tilted planar (flat) mirrors:http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RQUrD6jp8-whttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vaIw_9ZLvcIhttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iuORGNBKV7ohttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8EDtTwzgh98http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GXxK2lU0pV8http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bC2FtImtNTohttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7OBnAE_kBfcPhotos and discussion:http://web.mit.edu/2.009_gallery/www/2005_other/archimedes/10_ArchimedesResult.html Feasibility studyby MITReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Middleton, W. E. K., "Archimedes, Kircher, Buffon, and the burning-mirrors," Isis, 52, 533-543 (1961) Claus, A. C., "On Archimedes' burning glass," Applied Optics, 12, A14 (October 1973) Stavroudis, O. N., (letter) "Comments on: on Archimedes' burning glass," Applied Optics, 12, A16(October 1973) “Archimedes’ weapon,” Time, 102, No. 22, 60 (26 November 1973) "Re-enacting history -- with mirrors," Newsweek, 82, 64 (26 November 1973) Mielenz, K. D., (letter) "Eureka!", Applied Optics, 13, A14-A16 (February 1974) Phillips, E. A., (letter) "Arthur C. Clarke's burning glass," Applied Optics, 13, A16 + 452 (February 1974) Deirmendjian, D., (letter) "Archimedes's burning glass," Applied Optics, 13, 452 (February 1974) Simms, D. L., (letter) "More on that burning glass of Archimedes," Applied Optics, 13, A14-A16 (May1974) Denton, R. A., (letter) "The last word," Applied Optics, 13, A16 (May 1974) Simms, D. L., "Archimedes and burning mirrors," Physics Education, 10, 517-521 (1975) Simms, D. L., "Archimedes and the burning mirrors of Syracuse," Technology and Culture, 18, 1-24(1977) Stephenson, C. B., and R. W. Davis, letters, Science News, 114, 35 (1978) Knorr, W., "The geometry of burning mirrors in antiquity," Isis, 74, 53-73 (1983) Thuillier, P., "Une enigme: Archimede et les miroirs ardents," La Recherche: en histoire des sciences,Editions du Seuil La Recherche, 1983, pages 31-54 Woodley, K., "Concentrated sunshine: the French solar oven, Odeillo, Pyrenees-Orientales," Weather, 43,45-50 (1988)

Optics 83 Simms, D. L., and P. L. Hinkley, "Brighter than how many suns? Sir Isaac Newton's burning mirror,"Notes and Records of the Royal Society of London, 43, 31-51 (1989) Simms, D. L., "Galen on Archimedes: burning mirror or burning pitch," Technology and Culture, 18, 91-96 (1991) Mills, A. A., and R. Clift, "Reflections on the 'Burning mirrors of Archimedes'," European Journal ofPhysics, 13, 268-279 (1992) Brown, W., “Did Archimedes use the Sun to save Syracuse?” New Scientist, 136, No. 1852-1853, 16(19/26 December 1992) Lacoste, B., “Space ‘umbrella’ lights up the Earth,” New Scientist, 136, No. 1841, 19 (3 October 1992) “Cosmic Klieg light,” Sky & Telescope, 85, No. 6, 13 (June 1993) Habeebullah, M. B., A. M. Khalifa, and I. Olwi, “The oven receiver: an approach toward the revival ofconcentrating solar cookers,” Solar Energy, 54, No. 4, 227-237 (1995)Related references Erpylev, N. P., and M. A. Smirnov, “Specular reflection of sunlight from geostationary satellites,” SovietAstronomy Letters, 9, No. 2, 97-98 (March-April 1983) Shih, N.-J. and Y.-S. Huang, “A study of reflection glare in Taipei,” Building Research & Information, 29,No. 1, 30-39 (2001) O’Meara, J., “Oh, those crazy satellites,” Astronomy, 39, No. 9, 16-17 (September 2011)6.82 Short Story: Illuminating a refereeThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.bartenbach.com/en/ The company Bartenbach LichtLabor, in English.http://www.bartenbach.com/ The same site but in GermanReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Clarke, A. C., "A slight case of sunstroke," in Tales of Ten Worlds, Harcourt, Brace & World, Inc., 19636.83 Spooky lights in a graveyardThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Bunch, K. J., and M. K. White, "The riddle of the Colorado ghost lights: a ghostly mystery yields toreflection," The Skeptical Inquirer, 7, 306-309 (1988)

Optics 846.84 What a fisherman sees of a fishThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Laird, E. R., "The position of the image of an object under water," American Journal of Physics, 6, 40(1938) Reese, H. M., "Where is a fish seen?", American Journal of Physics, 6, 163-164 (1938); with reply by E.R. Laird Arvidsson, G., "Image of an object under water," American Journal of Physics, 6, 164 (1938) Kinsler, L. E., "Imaging of underwater objects," American Journal of Physics, 13, 255-257 (1945) Kettler, J. E., "Some optical effects using a hollow sphere and an aquarium," Physics Teacher, 22, 171-172(1984) Bartlett, A. A., and R. Lucero, "Note on a common virtual image," American Journal of Physics, 52,640-643 (1984) Walker, J., "What is a fish's view of a fisherman and the fly he has cast on the water?" in "The AmateurScientist," Scientific American, 250, 138-144 (March 1984) Ouseph, P. J., "How many fish are in the tank? A demonstration of refraction of light," Physics Teacher,25, 440 (1987) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, page 78 Emery, C., “Refractive puzzle,” Physics Teacher, 31, 413 (October 1993) Arizaga, R., N. Cap, H. Rabal, and M. Trivi, “Image distortion due to refraction by planar surfaces,”European Journal of Physics, 31, 115-127 (2010) Mendelson, K., S., “Apparent shape of a swimming pool,” American Journal of Physics, 78, No. 12,1254-1257 (December 2010)6.85 What a fish sees of the fishermanThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cIIwwCi2zwk vision from a bathtub of waterhttp://curiousphotos.blogspot.com/2007/07/curious-add-on-07-14-07.html Scroll down to reach a photo shotfrom within the water in the swimming pool. You might also notice the photos shot looking down into thewater. Refraction distorts those images also.more linksVideos of archer fishhttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fhBZ40jIo4Q http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Cc-Hm3zxHDIhttp://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=3360632473266152205&q=archer+fish&hl=en Note how the fishanticipates where the insect will reach the water.

Optics 85Photos of archer fishhttp://www.biologie.uni-freiburg.de/data/bio1/schuster/images/archer.jpghttp://photo.net/bboard-uploads/00EsBI-27543584.jpghttp://cache.eb.com/eb/image?id=5814&rendTypeId=4ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Cornish, R. E., "Improving underwater vision of lifeguards and naked divers," The Journal of the OpticalSociety of America, 23, 430 (1933) Wood, R. W., Physical Optics, 3rd edition, Macmillan, 1934, pages 66-67 Baddeley, A. D., "Diver Performance" in Underwater Science, edited by J. D. Woods and J. N. Lythgoe,Oxford University Press, 1971, pages 47-67 Breslow, R., "Optics in a fish tank," Physics Teacher, 14, 234-235 (1976) Harmon, R., and J. Cline, "At the edge of the window," Rod and Reel, No. 7, 41-45 (March/April 1980) Derman, S., "How the world looks underwater -- a demonstration for nonswimmers," Physics Teacher, 20,474-475 (1982) Walker, J., "What is a fish's view of a fisherman and the fly he has cast on the water?" in "The AmateurScientist," Scientific American, 250, 138-144 (March 1984) Goldstein, S. R., and D. Hall, “Variable ratio control of the spitting response in the archer fish (Toxotesjaculator), Journal of Comparative Psychology, 104, No. 4, 373-376 (1990) Horvath, G., and D. Varju, "On the structure of the aerial visual field of aquatic animals distorted byrefraction," Bulletin of Mathematical Biology, 53, 425-441 (1991) Steele, A. L., “Vision underwater,” Physics Education, 32, No. 6, 387-392 (November 1997) Timmermans, P. J. A., and J. M. H. Vossen, “Prey catching in the archer fish: does the fish use a learnedcorrection for refraction?” Behavioural Processes, 52, 21-34 (2000) Timmermans, P. J. A., “Prey catching in the archer fish: marksmanship, and endurance of squirting at anaerial target,” Netherlands Journal of Zoology, 50, No. 4, 411-423 (2000) Timmermans, P. J. A., “Prey catching in the archer fish: angles and probability of hitting an aerial target,”Behavioural Processes, 55, 93-105 (2001) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, page79 Rossel, S., J. Corlija, and S. Schuster, “Predicting three-dimensional target motion: how archer fishdetermine where to catch their dislodged prey,” Journal of Experimental Biology, 205, 3321-3326 (2002) Barta, A., and G. Horvath, “Underwater binocular imaging of aerial objects versus the position of eyesrelative to the flat water surface,” Journal of the Optical Society of America, 20, No. 12, 2370-2377(December 2003) Timmermans, P. J. A., and P. M. Souren, “Prey catching in archer fish: the role of posture and morphologyin aiming behavior,” Physiology & Behavior, 81, 101-110 (2004) Schuster, S., S. Rossel, A. Schmidtmann, I. Jager, and J. Poralla, “Archer fish learn to compensate forcomplex optical distortions to determine the absolute size of their aerial prey,” Current Biology, 14, 1565-1568 (7 September 2004) Biezeveld, H., N. Elsinga, F.-J. Harmsen, and R. Koopman, “Analysis of pictures taken with anunderwater camera,” Physics Teacher, 43, 158-161 (March 2005) Wohl, S., and S. Schuster, “Hunting archer fish match their take-off speed to distance from the future pointof catch,” Journal of Experimental Biology, 209, 141-151 (2006)

Optics 86 Schuster, S., S. Wohl, M. Griebsch, and I. Klostermeier, “Animal cognition: How archer fish learn todown rapidly moving targets,” Current Biology, 16, 378-383 (2006) Schlegel, T., C. J. Schmid, and S. Schuster, “Archerfish shots are evolutionarily matched to preyadhesion,” Current Biology, 16, No. 19, R836-837 (10 October 2006) Wohl, S., and S. Schuster, “The predictive start of hunting archer fish: a flexible and precise motor patternperformed with the kinematics of an escape C-start,” Journal of Experimental Biology, 210, 311-324 (2007) Schuster, S., “Archerfish,” Current Biology, 17, No. 13, R494-R495 (3 July 2007) Temple, S. E., “Effect of salinity on the refractive index of water: considerations for archer fish aerialvision,” Journal of Fish Biology, 70, 1626-1629 (May 2007) Measuring and tracking eye movements of a behaving archer fish by real-time stereo vision,” Journal ofNeuroscience Methods, 184, 235-243 (2009) Schuster, Stefan, “Big decisions by small networks,” Bioessays, 32, 727-735 (2010)6.86 Reading through a sealed envelopeThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Nassau, K., The Physics and Chemistry of Color: The Fifteen Causes of Color, Wiley, 1983, page 20; 2 ndedition, 2001, page 28 Hecht, E., "Why isn't paper transparent, like glass?" Physics Teacher, 22, 316-317 (1984) Birth, G. S., "Diffuse reflection," Physics Teacher, 24, 138-143 (1986) Bohren, C. F., "Multiple scattering of light and some of its observable consequences," American Journalof Physics, 55, 524-533 (1987) Leskela, M., “A model for the optical properties of paper. Part 1. The theory,” Paper and Timber, 75,Nos. 9-10, 683-688 (1993) Bartels, R., and R. Loxsom, “The sun-protection factors of wet and dry T-shirts,” Physics Teacher, 36, 86-89 (February 1998)Related reference Lettieri, T. R., E. Marx, J-F. Song, and T. V. Vorburger, “Light scattering from glossy coatings onpaper,” Applied Optics, 30, No. 30, 4439-4447 (20 October 1991)6.87 Short Story: Sword swallowing and esophagoscopyThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.leapfrog-entertainment.com/Artists/Big/BradB/BradB.htm Photo of sword swallowinghttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YxgEitL4YqQ Video of sword swallowingReferencesDots through indicate level of difficulty

Optics 87Journal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Suarez, C., A. Arango, and J. L. Lester III, “Cocaine-condom ingestion: surgical treatment,” Journal of theAmerican Medical Association, 238, No. 13, 1391-1392 (26 September 1977) Huizinga, E., “On esophagoscopy and sword-swallowing,” Annals of Otology, Rhinology and Laryngolgy,104, No. 4, Part 1, 259-266 (April 1995) Scheinin, S. A., and P. R. Wells, “Esophageal perforation in a sword swallower,” Texas Heart InstituteJournal, 28, No. 1, 65-68 (2001)Related reference Magnuson, E. E., and L. J. Burnett, “Screening system for detection of contraband swallowed narcotics,”Applied Magnetic Resonance, 25, Nos. 3-4, 567-575 (2004)6.88 Shower-door opticsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.ilovemuseumglass.com/aboutmuseumglass.asp museum glass discussionReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Miller, D., and G. Benedek, Intraocular Light Scattering: Theory and Clinical Application, Charles C.Thomas, 1973, pages 68-72 Bohren, C., "Second thoughts of an atmospheric physicist" in "Simple Experiments in AtmosphericPhysics," Weatherwise, 42, 278-282 (1989) Walker, J., "When a polymer sheet is stretched, it may 'neck' long before it snaps" in "The AmateurScientist," Scientific American, 262, 100-105 (February 1990) Bohren, C. F., What Light through Yonder Window Breaks?, Wiley, 1991, pages 148-151 Dror, I., A. Sandrov, and N. S. Kopeika, “Experimental investigation of the influence of the relativeposition of the scattering layer on image quality: the shower curtain effect,” Applied Optics, 37, No. 27,6495-6499 (20 September 1998) Jaruwatanadilok, S., A. Ishimaru, and Y. Kuga, “Optical imaging through clouds and fog,” IEEETransactions on Geoscience and Remote Sensing, 41, No. 8, 1834- (August 2003)Related reference Briscoe, B. J., and K. P. Galvin, “The effect of surface fog on the transmittance of light,” Solar Energy,46, No. 4, 191-197 (1991)6.89 Magic of refractionThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.

Optics 88ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Connolly, W. C., and T. L. Rokoske, "The disappearing dropper," Physics Teacher, 18, 467 (1980) Ellenstein, M., "Magic and physics," Physics Teacher, 20, 104-106 (1982) Melton, B. F., "A surprising demonstration of total internal reflection," Physics Teacher, 29, 539-540(1991)6.90 The invisible man and transparent animalsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.nrm.se/images/18.5fdc727f10d795b1c6e800028442/hrugosum4102(3).jpgReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Trokel S., “The physical basis for the transparency of the crystalline lens,” InvestigativeOphthalmology, 1, 493-501 (1962) Hart, R. W., and R. A. Farrell, “Light scattering in the cornea,” Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica, 59, No. 6, 766-774 (June 1969) Denton, E. J., “On the organization of reflecting structures in some marine animals,” PhilosophicalTransactions of the Royal Society of London B, 258, 285-313 (1970) Benedek, G. B., “Theory of the transparency of the eye,” Applied Optics, 10, 459-473 (1971) Chapman, G., “Transparency in organisms,” Experientia, 32, 123-125 (1976) Farrell, R. A., and R. L. McCally, “On corneal transparency and its loss with swelling,” Journal of theOptical Society of America, 66, No. 4, 342-345 (April 1976) Anderson, R. R., and J. A. Parrish, “The optics of human skin,” Journal of Investigative Dermatology, 20,No. 15, 13-19 (1981) Delaye, M., and A. Tardieu, “Short-range order of crystallin proteins accounts for eye lens transparency,”Nature, 302, 415-417 (1983) Hecht, E., “Why isn’t paper transparent, like glass?” in “Questions Students Ask,” Physics Teacher, 22,316-317 (May 1984) Freund, D. E., R. L. McCally, and R. A. Farrell, “Direct summation of fields for light scattering byfibrils with applications to normal corneas,” Applied Optics, 25, No. 16, 2739 (15 August 1986) Leroy, D., A. Dompmartin, and P. Deschamps, “Increased penetration of epidermis by high intensityultraviolet rays following the application of Vaseline oil,” Photodermatology, 3, 51-52 (1986) Profio, A. E., “Light transport in tissue,” Applied Optics, 28, No. 12, 2216-2221 (15 June 1989) Herring, P. J., “Reflective systems in aquatic animals,” Comparative Biochemistry and Physiology A,109, No. 3, 513-546 (November 1994) Hebden, J. C., S. R. Arridge, and D. T. Delpy, “Optical imaging in medicine: I. Experimentaltechniques,” Physics in Medicine and Biology 42, 825-840 (1997)

Optics 89 Arridge, S. R., and J. C. Hebden, “Optical imaging in medicine: II. Modelling and reconstruction,”Physics in Medicine and Biology, 42, 841-853 (1997) Benaron, D. A., W. F. Cheong, and D. K. Stevenson, “Tissue optics,” Science, 276, No. 5321, 2002-2003(27 June 1997) Johnsen, S., and E. A. Widder, “The physical basis of transparency in biological tissue: ultrastructureand the minimization of light scattering,” Journal of Theoretical Biology, 199, 181-198 (1999) Nickell, S., M. Hermann, M. Essenpreis, T. J. Farrell, U. Kramer, and M. S. Patterson, “Anisotropy oflight propagation in human skin,” Physics in Medicine and Biology, 45, 2873-2886 (2000) Benaron, D. A., S. R. Hintz, A. Villringer, D. Boas, A. Kleinschmidt, J. Frahm, C. Hirth, H. Obrig, J. C.van Houten, E. L. Kermit, W-F. Cheong, and D. K. Stevenson, “Noninvastive functional imaging of humanbrain using light,” Journal of Cerebal Blood Flow and Metabolism, 20, 469-477 (2000) Johnsen, S., “Transparent animals,” Scientific American, 282, No. 2, 80-89 (February 2000); humancornea is discussed in the box on page 88 Johnsen, S., “Hidden in plain sight: the ecology and physiology of organismal transparency,” BiologicalBulletin, 201, 301-318 (December 2001) Chen, Z., H. Ren, Z. Ding, Y. Zhao, J. Miao, and J. S. Nelson, “Simultaneous imaging of in situ tissuestructure, blood-flow velocity, standard deviation, birefringence and Stokes vectors in human skin,” Optics& Photonics News, 13, No. 12, 14 (December 2002) Herring, P., The Biology of the Deep Ocean, Oxford University Press, 2002, Chapter 9, pages 188-197 Kim, A. D., and J. B. Keller, “Light propagation in biological tissue,” Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica A, 20, No. 1, 92-98 (January 2003) Popp, A. K., M. T. Valentine, P. D. Kaplan, and D. A. Weitz, “Microscopic origin of light scattering intissue,” Applied Optics, 42, No. 16, 2872-2880 (1 June 2003) Johnsen, S., “Lifting the cloak of invisibility: the effects of changing optical conditions on pelagiccrypsis,” Integrative and Comparative Biology, 43, 580-590 (2003) Koropatnick, T. A., J. T. Engle, M. A. Apicella, E. V. Stabb, W. E. Goldman, and M. J. McFall-Ngai,“Microbial factor-mediated development in a host-bacterial mutualism,” Science, 306, 1186-1188 (12November 2004) Goho, A., “Moonlighting. Reflective protein causes squid to shimmer,” Science News, 165, 20-21 (10January 2004) Choi, B., L. Tsu, E. Chen, T. S. Ishak, S. M. Iskandar, S. Chess, and J. S. Nelson, “Determination ofchemical agent optidcal clearing potential using in vitro human skin,” Lasers in Surgery and Medicine, 36,72-75 (2005) Bashkatov, A. N., E. A. Genina, A. A. Gavrilova, A. B. Pravdin, D. Tabatadze, J. Childs, I. Yaroslavsky,G. Altshuler, and V. V. Tuchin, “What exactly causes increase in skin transparency: water replacement ordehydration?” Lasers in Surgery and Medicine, Supplement 18, p. 84, abstract 284 (2006) Hirshburg, J., B. Choi, J. S. Nelson, and A. T. Yeh, “Collagen solubility correlates with skin opticalclearing,” Journal of Biomedical Optics, 11, No. 4, article # 040501 (3 pages) (July/August 2006) Hirshburg, J., B. Choi, J. S. Nelson, and A. T. Yeh, “Correlation between collagen solubility and skinoptical clearing using sugars,” Lasers in Surgery and Medicine, 39, 140-144 (2007) Proskurin, S. G., and I. V. Meglinski, “Optical coherence tomorgraphy imaging depth enhancement bysuperficial skin optical clearing,” Laser Physics Letters, 4, No. 11, 824-826 (2007) “See-through frog offers inside information,” Nature, 449, 521 (4 October 2007) Castroviego-Fisher, S., I. De la Riva, and C. Vila, “Transparent frogs show potential of natural world,”Nature, 449, 972 (25 October 2007) Erren, T. C., R. J. Reiter, V. B. Meyer-Rochow, “Frog transparency led to discovery of melatonin,”Nature, 451, 127 (10 January 2008)Related references

Optics 90 Preuss, L. E., and A. E. Profio, “Optical properties of mammalian tissue: introduction by the featureeditors,” Applied Optics, 28, No. 12, 2207-2209 (15 June 1989) Freund, I., “Looking through walls and around corners,” Physica A, 168, 49-65 (1990) Leutwyler, K., “Optical tomography: light begins to shine as a noninvasive imaging tool,” ScientificAmerican, 270, 147-149 (January 1994) Ren, H., Z. Ding, Y. Zhao, J. Miao, J. S. Nelson, and Z. Chen, “Phase-resolved functional opticalcoherence tomography simultaneous imaging of in situ tissue structure, blood flow velocity, standarddeviation, birefringence, and Stokes vectors in human skin,” Optics Letters, 27, No. 19, (1 October 2002) Kim, A. D., “Light propagation in biological tissues containing an absorbing plate,” Applied Optics, 43,No. 3, 555-563 (20 January 2004) Bashkatov, A. N., E. A. Genina, V. I. Kochubey, and V. V. Tuchin, “Optical properties of human skin,subcutaneous and mucous tissues in the wavelength range form 400 to 2000 nm,” Journal of Physics D:Applied Physics, 38, 2543-2555 (2005)6.91 A road made crooked by refractionThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.References through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Wood, E. A., Scence from Your Airplane Window, Dover, 1975, page 71 Walker, J., "Shock front phenomena and other oddities to entertain a bored airline passenger" in "TheAmateur Scientist," Scientific American, 259, No. 3, 132-135 (September 1988)6.92 Watering during sunlightThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Gerber, J. F., J. Janick, J. D. Martsolf, C. Scamano, E. J. Stang, and S. C. Wiest, letters, "Is hot weathersprinkling deleterious to plants?" HortScience, 18, 402-404 (1983)Related references Onda, T., S. Shibuichi, N. Satoh, and K. Tsujii, “Super-water-repellent fractal surfaces,” Langmuir, 12,No. 9, 2125 (1996) Barthlott, W., and C. Neinhuis, “Purity of the sacred lotus, or escape from contamination in biologicalsurfaces,” Planta, 202, 1-8 (1997) Neinhuis, C., and W. Barthlott, “Characterization and distribution of water-repellent, self-cleaning plantsurfaces,” Annals of Botany, 79, 667-677 (1997)

Optics 91 von Baeyer, H. C., “The lotus effect: The secret of the self-cleaning leaves of the lotus plant, like thesubtlest applications of high technology, is simplicity itself,” Sciences, 40, No. 1, 12-15 (January/February2000) Otten, A., and S. Herminghaus, “How plants keep dry: a physicist’s point of view,” Langmuir, 20, 2405-2408 (2004) Cheng, Y.-T., and D. E. Rodak, “Is the lotus leaf superhydrophobic?” Applied Physics Letters, 86, article# 144101 (2005) Myint, H. H., A. M. Marpaung, H. Kurniawan, H. Hattori, and K. Kagawa, “Water droplet lensmicroscope and microphtographs,” Physics Education, 36, 97-101 (2001)6.93 Starting a fire with iceThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Scoresby, W. A., An Account of the Arctic Regions with a History and Description of the Northern Whale-Fishery, Vol. 1: The Arctic, Archibald Constable, 1820, pages 232-233 Verne, J., "Adventures of Captain Hatteras: the desert of ice," Works of Jules Verne, vol. 3, Vincent Parke& Co., 1911, Chapter V, pages 28-29 Verne, J., The Mysterious Island, J. H. Sears & Company, 1927, Chapter X Golding, W., Lord of the Flies, Coward-McCann, Inc., 1962, pages 44-45 Stamp, T., "William Scoresby, DD, FRS," New Scientist, 70, 24-25 (1976) Walker, J., "How lenses can be made out of ice, and what happens when coffee is brewing in the ibrik," in"The Amateur Scientist," Scientific American, 248, 132-138 (April 1983)http://optica.ccmc.unam.mx/Optica/SciAm/IceLens/1983-04-body.html Huhn, J. K., "You can be myopic and still survive on a desert island!" Physics Teacher, 29, 577 (1991) Wheeler, M. G., photograph, Fundamentals of Physics, by D. Halliday, R. Resnick and J. Walker, Wiley,4th edition, 1993, page 1027; 7 th edition, 2005, page 9366.94 DiamondsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Bragg, W., The Universe of Light, Dover, 1959, pages 80-84 Darragh, P. J., A. J. Gaskin, and J. V. Sanders, "Opals," Scientific American, 234, 84-95 + 138 (April1976)

Optics 92 Friedman, H., "Demonstrations of the optical properties of diamonds," Physics Teacher, 19, 250-252(1981) Nassau, K., The Physics and Chemistry of Color: The Fifteen Causes of Color, Wiley, 1983, pages 218-219; 2 nd edition, 2001, pages 218-219 Sasian, J. M., P. Yantzer, and T. Tivol, “The optical design of gemstones,” Optics & Photonics News, 14,24-29 (April 2003) Lawson, S., “Spotting a fake,” Physics World, 19, No. 6, 23-27 (June 2006)Related reference Switzer, G. S., “The many-sided diamond,” National Geographic, 113, 568-586 (1958)6.95 OpalsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.opal-online.org/picts/opaloval.jpg the stonehttp://www.smh.com.au/ffxImage/urlpicture_id_1071337035521_2003/12/17/350_weevil,0.jpg the beetleReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Sanders, J. V., "Diffraction of light by opals," Acta Crystallographica A, 24, 427-434 (1968) Darragh, P. J., A. J. Gaskin, and J. V. Sanders, "Opals," Scientific American, 234, 84-95 + 138 (April1976) Nassau, K., The Physics and Chemistry of Color: The Fifteen Causes of Color, Wiley, 1983, pages 277-280; 2 nd edition, 2001, pages 273-275 Murray, C. A., and D. G. Grier, “Colloidal crystals,” American Scientist, 83, 238-245 (May-June 1995) Tsunekawa, S., Yu. A. Barnakov, V. V. Poborchii, S. M.Samoilovich, A. Kasuya, and Y. Nishina,“Characterization of precious opals: AFM and SEM observations, photonic band gap, and incorporation ofCdS nano-particles,” Microporous Materials, 8, 275-282 (1997) Parker, A. R., V. L. Welch, D. Driver, and N. Martini, “Opal analogue discovered in a weevil,” Nature,426, 786-787 (18/25 December 2003)Related references Gu, Z.-Z., H. Uetsuka, K. Takahashi, R. Nakajima, H. Onishi, A. Fugishima, and O. Sato, “Structural colorand the lotus effect,” Angewandte Chemie-International Edition, 42, No. 8, 894-897 (2003) Palacios-Lidon, E., B. H. Juarez, E. Castillo-Martinez, and C. Lopez, “Optical and morphological studyof disorder in opals,” Journal of Applied Physics, 97, article # 063502 (2005)6.96 Alexandrite effectThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.

Optics 93http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0yhcdCWEbsQ Video, commercialhttp://www.gemsociety.org/info/igem13.htm the stone under two lighting conditionsReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Harwood, W. S., “The colors of gems,” Chem Matters, 6, No. 4, 7-9 (December 1988) Liu, Y., J. Shigley, E. Fritsch, and S. Hemphill, “The ‘alexandrite effect’ in gemstones,” Color Researchand Application, 19, No. 3, 186-191 (June 1994) Liu, Y., J. Shigley, E. Fritsch, and S. Hemphill, “Abnormal hue-angle change of the gemstone tanzanitebetween CIE illuminants D65 and A in CIELAB color space,” Color Research and Application, 20, No. 4,245-250 (August 1995) Liu, Y., J. E. Shigley, E. Fritsch, and S. Hemphill, “Relationship between the crystallographic orientationand the ‘alexandrite effect’ in synthetic alexandrite,” Mineraolgical Magazine, 59, 111-114 (1995) Lu, T., Y. Liu, J. Shigley, T. Moses, and I. M. Reinitz, “Characterization of a notable historic gemdiamond showing the alexandrite effect,” Journal of Crystal Growth, 193, 577-584 (1998) Liu, Y., J. Shigley, T. Moses, and I. Reinitz, “The alexandrite effect of the Tavernier diamond caused byfluorescence under daylight,” Color Research Applications, 23, 323-327 (1998)6.97 Star sapphireThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UFPJPM1lIfo&NR=1 Video, commercialhttp://palagems.com/sapphire_connoisseurship.htm Scroll down to the sapphireReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Nassau, K., The Physics and Chemistry of Color: The Fifteen Causes of Color, second edition, Wiley,2001, pages 240-2416.98 Patterns from a glass of wine, a window, and a drop of waterThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.physics.wsu.edu/msoptoelectron/philip_marston.htm Philip Marston’s site, including a lovelydiffraction catastrophe produced by a water drophttp://fizyka.phys.put.poznan.pl/~pieransk/Physics%20Around%20Us/Physics%20around%20us.htmlhttp://www.phy.bris.ac.uk/people/berry_mv/gallery.html The website of Michael Berry, an expert on opticalcatastrophe theory (caustics).

Optics 94ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Schenck Jr., H., "On the focusing of sunlight by ocean waves," Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica, 47, 653-657 (1957) Berry, M. V., "Waves and Thom's theorem," Advances in Physics, 25, 1-26 (1976) Berry, M. V., and J. F. Nye, "Fine structure in caustic junctions," Nature, 267, 34-36 (1977) Nye, J. F., "Optical caustics in the near field from liquid drops," Proceedings of the Royal Society ofLondon A, 361, 21-41 (1978) Berry, M. V., "Les jeux de lumière dans l'eau," La Recherche, No. 92, 760-768 (1978) Tanner, L. H., "A study of the optics and motion of oil droplets," Optics & Laser Technology, 10, 125-128 (1978) Nye, J. F., "Optical caustics from liquid drops under gravity: observations of the parabolic and symbolicumbilics," Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London A, 292, 25-44 (1979) Upstill, C., "Light caustics from rippling water," Proceedings of the Royal Society of London A, 365,95-104 (1979) Berry, M. V., J. F. Nye, and F. J. Wright, "The elliptic umbilic diffraction catastrophe," PhilosophicalTransactions of the Royal Society of London A, 291, 453-484 (1979) Berry, M. V., and C. Upstill, "Catastrophe optics: morphologies of caustics and their diffractionpatterns," Progress in Optics, E. Wolf, editor, North-Holland, 1980, pages 257-346 Walker, J., "Dazzling laser displays that shed light on light" in "The Amateur Scientist," ScientificAmerican, 243, 158-168 (August 1980) Walker, J., "More about edifying visual spectacles produced by laser" in "The Amateur Scientist,"Scientific American, 244, 164-1970 (January 1981) Mattila, J. O., "Solbilder pa Hotel Sparta," Elementa, 64, 190-192 (1981) Upstill, C., F. J. Wright, J. V. Hajnal and R. H. Templer, "The double-cusp unfolding of the 0 X 9diffraction catastrophe," Optica Acta, 29, 1651-1676 (1982) Walker, J., "Caustics: mathematical curves generated by light shined through rippled plastic" in "TheAmateur Scientist," Scientific American, 249, 190-202 (September 1983) Gravesen, J., "Catastrophe theory and caustics," SIAM Review, 25, 239-247 (1983) Nye, J. F., and J. H. Hannay, "The orientations and distortions of caustics in geometrical optics," OpticaActa, 31, 115-130 (1984) Hajnal, J. V., R. H. Templer, and C. Upstill, "A ripple tank for studying optical caustics and diffraction,"European Journal of Physics, 5, 81-87 (1984) Bruce, J. W., P. J. Giblin, and C. G. Gibson, "Caustics through the looking glass," MathematicalIntelligencer, 6, 47-58 (1984) Greenslade Jr., T. B., "Caustics by reflection" in "19th Century Textbook Illustrations," Physics Teacher,22, 306 (1984) Tanner, L. H., "The form and motion of draining oil drops," Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics, 18,1311-1326 (1985) Nye, J. F., "The catastrophe optics of liquid drop lenses," Proceedings of the Royal Society of LondonA, 403, 1-26 (1986) Nye, J. F., D. R. Haws, and R. A. Smith, "Use of diffraction gratings with curved lines to study theoptical catastrophes D + 6 and D - 6," Journal of Modern Optics, 34, 407-427 (1987) Theocaris, P. S., "Multicusp caustics formed from reflections of warped surfaces," Applied Optics, 27,780-789 (1988) Wright, F., "Spectacles in the rain: catastrophe optics," Physics Bulletin, 39, 313-316 (1988)

Optics 95 Kassim, A. M., and D. L. Shealy, "Wave front equation, caustics, and wave aberration function ofsimple lenses and mirrors," Applied Optics, 27, 516-521 (1988) Bruce, J. W., P. J. Giblin, and C. G. Gibson, "On caustics of plane curves," American MathematicsMonthly, 88, 651-667 (1988) Lock, J. A., and J. R. Woodruff, "An analysis of two unusual reflection caustics," American Journal ofPhysics, 57, 260-264 (1989) Walker, J., "A drop of water becomes a gateway into the world of catastrophe optics" in "The AmateurScientist," Scientific American, 261, 176-179 (September 1989) Berry, M., "Beyond rainbows," Current Science, 59, 1175-1191 (1990) Lock, J. A., J. D. Walker, and J. H. Andrews, "Using refraction caustics to monitor evaporation of liquiddrop lenses," Applied Optics, 29, 4599-4607 (1990) Dean, C. E., and P. L. Marston, “Opening rate of the transverse cusp diffraction catastrophe in lightscattered by oblate spheroidal drops,” Applied Optics, 30, No. 24, 3443-3451 (20 August 1991) Lock, J. A., and E. A. Hovenac, “Internal caustic structure of illuminated liquid droplets,” Journal of theOptical Society of America A, 8, No. 10, 1541 (October 1991) Dean, C. E., and P. L. Marston, “Opening rate of the transverse cusp diffraction catastrophe in lightscattered by oblate spheroidal drops,” Applied Optics, 30, No. 24, 3443-3451 (20 August 1991), errata: 32,No. 12, 2163 (20 April 1993) Lock, J. A., and J. H. Andrews, "Optical caustics in natural phenomena," American Journal of Physics,60, 397-407 (1992) Berry, M. V., and A. N. Wilson, “Black-and-white fringes and the colors of caustics,” Applied Optics,33, No. 21, 4714-4718 (20 July 1994), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’sShoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Societyof America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Berry, M. V., and S. Klein, “Colored diffraction catastrophes,” Proceedings of the National Academy ofSciencies of the United States of America, 93, 2614-1619 (1996) Marston, P. L., “Descartes glare points in scattering by icicles: color photographs and a tilted dielectriccylinder model of caustic and glare-point evolution,” Applied Optics, 37, 1551-1556 (1998), contained onClassic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4 Robinson, R. B., “Optical properties of double-glazed windows,” Physics Teacher, 36, 53-55 (January1998) Nye, J. F., Natural Focusing and Fine Structure of Light,” Institute of Physics Publishing, 1999,especially Chapters 1 through 4; ISBN 0 7503 0610 6 Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 93-95 Nye, J. F., “Dislocation lines in the swallowtail diffraction catastrophe,” Proceedings of the RoyalSociety A, 463, 343-355 (2007) Cepic, M., “Underwater rays,” European Journal of Physics, 29, 845-855 (2008) Nye, J. F., “Diffraction in lips and beak-to-beak caustics,” Journal of Optics A: Pure and Applied Optics,11, article # 065708 (7 pages) (2009)6.99 Shadows with bright borders and bandsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www-chaos.engr.utk.edu/~kde/birds/pics/insects/kde.water_strider.09june2001-utktg.01.jpgLook at the shadows below the legs of this water strider.Photo:

Optics 96http://www.microscopy-uk.org.uk/mag/indexmag.html?http://www.microscopyuk.org.uk/mag/artaug03/iwheath.htmlScroll down to the water strider photo. See how indentations in thewater? They cause the shadows in the photo of the preceding link.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Adler, C., "Shadow-sausage effect," American Journal of Physics, 35, 774-776 (1967) Smith, M. J., "Comment on: shadow-sausage effect," American Journal of Physics, 36, 912-914 (1968) Berry, M. V., and J. V. Hajnal, "The shadows of floating objects and dissipating vortices," Optica Acta,30, 23-40 (1983) Sterling, M. H., M. Gorman, P. J. Widmann, S. C. Coffman J. Strozier, and R. M. Kiehn, "Why are thesedisks dark? The optics of Rankine vortices," Physics of Fluids, 30, 3624-3626 (1987) Walker, J., "Shadows cast on the bottom of a pool are not like other shadows. Why?" in "The AmateurScientist," Scientific American, 259, 116-119 (July 1988) Ferraro, P., “What breaks the shadow of the tube?” Physics Teacher, 36, 542-543 (December 1998) Nye, J. F., Natural Focusing and Fine Structure of Light,” Institute of Physics Publishing, 1999,especially Chapters 1 and 2; ISBN 0 7503 0610 6 Miao, R., Z. Yang, and J. Zhu, “Critical light reflection from curved liquid surface,” OpticsCommunications, 218, 199-203 (2003)6.100 Bright and dark bands over the wingThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Lamplough, F. E., "Shock-wave shadow photography in tunnel and in flight," Aircraft Engineering, 23,94-103 (April 1951) Wood, E. A., Science from Your Airplane Window, Dover, 1975, pages 71-72 Van Dyke, M., An Album of Fluid Motion, Parabolic Press, 1982, pages 132-133 Hewish, A., "In-flight movies," Nature, 306, 118 (1983) Walker, J., "Shock front phenomena and other oddities to entertain a bored airline passenger" in "TheAmateur Scientist," Scientific American, 259, 132-135 (September 1988)6.101 Short story: Shock waves from the Thrust SSC carThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.Photoshttp://www.y1y1.com/data/media/166/ThrustSSC_4.jpgshock wavesThe distortions just above the care reveal four

Optics 97http://freespace.virgin.net/john.coppinger/thrustss.htmshock wave traveling along with the car.Scroll down to the aerial shot, which shows theVideoshttp://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LKQ-xj5C2m8 The car Thurst SSC breaks the sound barrier and setsthe land speed record. Montage of images of the car, its preparation, and the actual runs, including audio.You can hear the car’s sonic boom!http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gaGO-we-Fag&mode=related&search= Soon after the supersonic carpasses the camera, we hear the shock wave.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Halliday, D., R. Resnick, and J. Walker, Fundamentals of Physics, 7 th edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2005,pages 275, 465, and 9266.102 Pinhole and pinspeck camerasThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.metacafe.com/watch/884241/matchbox_camera/ How to make a pinhole camera from amatchboxhttp://photo.net/learn/pinhole/pinholehttp://www.wesjones.com/pinhole.htm My aritcle in Scientific American about pinhole and pinspeckcamerasReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Walker, J., "The pleasures of the pinhole camera and its relative the pinspeck camera" in "The AmateurScientist," Scientific American, 245, 192-200 + 202 (November 1981) Hardy, A. C., and F. H. Perrin, The Principles of Optics, McGraw-Hill, 1932, pages 124-126 Turner, L. A., "Resolving power and the theory of the pinhole camera," American Journal of Physics, 8,112-115 (1940) Turner, L. A., "Best definition with the pinhole camera," American Journal of Physics, 8, 365-371 (1940) Ingalls, A. G., "Two optical matters: the making of a 'fish eye' camera and the buying of a microscope" in"The Amateur Scientist," Scientific American, 189, 110-118 (December 1953) Baez, A. V., "Pinhole-camera experiment for the introductory physics course," American Journal ofPhysics, 25, 636-638 (1957) Sayanagi, K., "Pinhole imagery," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 57, 1091-1099 (1967) Swing, R. E., and D. P. Rooney, "General transfer function for the pinhole camera," Journal of theOptical Society America, 58, 629-635 (1968) Young, M., "Pinhole optics," Applied Optics, 10, 2763-2767 (1971) Floyd, B., "The fantastic Floydmar camera--The pinnacle of pinholery," Petersen's PhotographicMagazine, 1, 42-45 (September 1972)

Optics 98 Young, M., "Pinhole imagery," American Journal of Physics, 40, 715-720 (1972) Young, M., "Zone plates and their aberrations," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 62, 972-976(1972) Young, A. T., "Television photometry: the Mariner 9 experience," Icarus, 262-282 (1974); see pages277-279 "Partial phases of this month's solar eclipse," Sky & Telescope, 54, 276-277 (1977); see notes by K. Rose Edwards, H. B., and W. P. Chu, "Graphic design of pinhole cameras," Applied Optics, 18, 262-263(1979) Franke, J. M., "Field-widened pinhole camera," Applied Optics, 18, 2913-2914 (1979) Gaggioli, N. G., "Inexpensive system for obtaining high-quality pinholes of any diameter needed forspatial filtering," American Journal of Physics, 49, 88 (1981) Walker, J., "The pleasures of the pinhole camera and its relative the pinspeck camera" in "The AmateurScientist," Scientific American, 245, No. 5, pages 192-200 + 202 (November 1981). Available athttp://www.wesjones.com/pinhole.htm Cohen, A. L., "Anti-pinhole imaging," Optica Acta, 29, 63-67 (1982) Young, M., "Quantum noise limits the pinspeck camera to simple objects," Journal of the Optical Societyof America, 72, 402-403 (1982) Hsu, T., "Reflective wide-angle pinhole camera," Applied Optics, 21, 2303-2304 (1982) Walker, J., "The Amateur Scientist," Scientific American, 246, 150-161 (April 1982); see page 161 Connors, K. A., "Resolution and definition in pinhole photography, part I: theory," Pinhole Journal, 1,No. 1, 11-22 (December 1985) www.pinholeresource.com Connors, K. A., "Resolution and definition in pinhole photography, part II: experimental studies," PinholeJournal, 2, No. 1, 10-20 (April 1986) www.pinholeresource.com Connors, K. A., Pinhole Journal, 2, No. 2, 29-30 (August 1986) www.pinholeresource.com Nilsson, T. H., "Pinhead mirror: a previously undiscovered imaging device?" Applied Optics, 25, 2863-2864 + cover (1986) Heald, M. A., "Computation of Fresnel diffraction," American Journal of Physics, 54, No. 11, 980-983(November 1986) Ferguson, J. L., “Why can we hear but not see around a corner?” American Journal of Physics, 54, No. 7,661-662 (July 1986) Patsakos, G., R. L. Hansen, and D. O'Shea, letters, Lasers & Optronics, 6, 12 (July 1987) Nilsson, T., "Pinhead mirrors: imaging, computing and the nature of light," Pinhole Journal, 4, no. 1, 2-5(April 1988) www.pinholeresource.com Cohen, A. L., "Anti-pinhole imaging," Pinhole Journal, 4, no. 1, 6-7 (April 1988)www.pinholeresource.com Connors, K. A., "Zone plate photography," Pinhole Journal, 4, no. 1, 26-32 (April 1988)www.pinholeresource.com Young, M., "The pinhole camera: imaging without lenses or mirrors," Physics Teacher, 27, 648-655(1989) Hogert, E. N., M. A. Rebollo, and N. G. Gaggioli, "Directional image processing using a pinhole camerawith a rectangular aperture," Applied Optics, 30, 1361-1365 (1991) Bissonnette, D., P. Rochon, and P. Somers, "The complementary pinhole camera," Physics Teacher, 29,214 (1991) Goldberg, F., S. Bendall, and I. Galili, “Lenses, pinholes, screens, and the eye,” Physics Teacher, 29, 221-224 (April 1991) Stewart, J. E., "The mystery of the negative pinhole," Physics Teacher, 29, 520-521 (1991) Clark, C. W., and Y. N. Demkov, “Making zone plates with a laser printer,” American Journal of Physics,59, No. 2, 158-162 (February 1991)

Optics 99 "Making and using pinhole cameras and zone plates," Pinhole Journal, 8, No. 1, entire issue (April 1992)www.pinholeresource.com Rabal, H. J., and G. M. Bilmes, "Double-slit camera," Applied Optics, 32, 2219-2221 (1993) Jakovidis, G., "A pinhole imaging experiment," Physics Teacher, 31, 500 (1993) Delsaute, J.-L., “The camera obscura and painting in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries,” Studies inthe History of Art, 55, 110-123 (1998) Mills, A. A., “Vermeer and the camera obscura: some practical considerations,” Leonardo, 31, No. 3, 213-218 (1998) Steadman, P., “Commentary on ‘Vermeer and the camera obscura: some practical considerations’,”Leonardo, 32, No. 2, 137-141 (1999); response by A. A. Mills, pages 140-141 Palchikova, I. G., and S. G. Rautian, “The diffractive optical power of a diaphragm,” OpticsCommunication, 174, 1-5 (2000) Baigrie, B. S., “The scientific life of the camera obscura,” Optics & Photonics News, 11, No. 2, 18-21(February 2000) Levine, J., “Experimental visual experience devices,” Leonardo, 33, No. 1, 27-32 (2000) Cabe, P. A., “A ping-pong ball camera obscura,” Perception, 32, No. 7, 895-896 (2003) Jaroszewicz, Z., A. Burvall, and A. T. Friberg, “Axicon --- the most important optical element,” Optics &Photonics News, 16, No. 5, 34-39 (April 2005) Hon, G., and Y. Zik, “Geometry of light and shadow: Francesco Maurolyco (1494-1575) and the pinholecamera,” Annals of Science, 64, No. 4, 549-578 (October 2007) Cepic, M., A. G. Blagotinsek, and N. Razpet, “Looking through pinhole glasses with a digital camera,”Physics Teacher, 46, No. 3, 186-187 (March 2008)Related reference Camuffo, D., and G. Sturaro, “Sixty-cm submersion of Venice discovered thanks to Canaletto’s paintings,”Climatic Change, 58, 333-343 (2003)6.103 Solar images beneath a treeThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Bragg, W., The Universe of Light, Dover, 1959, pages 29-31 Arakawa, H., "Crescent-shaped shadows during a partial eclipse of the Sun," Weather, 16, 254-255 (1961) Wood, E., Science for the Airplane Passenger, Houghton Mifflin Co., 1968, pages 66-67 Miller, E. E., and J. M. Norman, "A sunfleck theory for plant canopies II. Penumbra effect: intensitydistributions along sunfleck segments," Agronomy Journal, 63, 739-743 (1971) Corliss, W. R., Rare Halos, Mirages, Anomalous Rainbows and Related Electromagnetic Phenomena,Sourcebook Project, 1984 (PO Box 107, Glen Arm, MD 21057), pages 201-202 Anderson, M. C., and E. E. Miller, "Forest cover as a solar camera: penumbral effects in plant canopies,"Pinhole Journal, 1, No. 1, 3-6 (December 1985) Falk, D. S., D. R. Brill, and D. G. Stork, Seeing the Light. Optics in Nature, Photography, Color, Vision,and Holography, Harper & Row, 1986, pages 33-34

Optics 100 March, R. H., "Car in a driveway," Physics Teacher, 27, 662 (1989) Handojo, A., "Solar eclipse observation: some simple devices," Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica, 28, 4293-4297 (1989) Romer, R. H., "Spots on the lawn," Physics Teacher, 28, 326 (1990) Greenslade Jr., T. B., “Pinhole images of the eclipsing sun,” Physics Teacher, 32, No. 6, 347 (September1994) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 201-203 Sigismondi, C., “Measuring the angular solar diameter using two pinholes,” American Journal of Physics,70, No. 11, 1157-1159 (November 2002)Related reference Handojo, A., “Solar eclipse observation: some simple devices,” Applied Optics, 28, No. 20, 4293-4297(15 October 1989)6.104 Lights through a screen, lines between fingersThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Bragg, W., The Universe of Light, Dover, 1959, page 163 Crawford Jr., F. S., Waves (Berkeley Physics Course, vol. 3), McGraw-Hill, 1968, page 487 Landegren, G. F., "Diffraction gratings everywhere," Physics Teacher, 15, 39-41 (1977) Lock, J. A., "Fresnel diffraction effects in misfocused vision," American Journal of Physics, 55, 265-269(1987) Gore, G. R., "Diffraction photographs with a laser pointer," Physics Teacher, 32, 174-175 (1994) Ferguson, J. L., “Why can we hear but not see around a corner?” American Journal of Physics, 54, No. 7,661-662 (July 1986)6.105 Bright scratches and colorful websThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Kirkpatrick, P., "A binocular illusion," American Journal of Physics, 22, 493 (1954) Walker, J., "Some entertaining lessons in optics that may make air travel easier to endure," in "TheAmateur Scientist," Scientific American, 259, 100-103 (August 1988)

Optics 101 Greenler, R. G., and J. W. Hable, "Colors in spider webs," American Scientist, 77, 368-373 (1989) Perkins, S., “Danger in the air. Volcanoes have a long reach,” Science News, 164, 168-170 (13 September2003) Russell, B., letter, go to newscientist.com, choose “The Last Word” button, search for “flying blind” ?? Tupper, A., S. Carn, J. Davey, Y. Kamada, R. Potts, F. Prata, and M. Tokuno, “An evaluation of volcaniccloud detection techniques during recent significant eruptions in the western ‘Ring of Fire’,” RemoteSensing of Environment 91, 27-46 (2004), see Table 2, item 2 Tajima, F., and Y. Nishiyama, “Light scattering from a birefringent cylinder, spider silk, slimmer thanthe wavelength approaches dipole radiation,” Journal of the Optical Society of America A, 22, No. 6, 1127-1131 (June 2005) Suhr, W., and J. J. Schlichting, “On the colours of spider orb-webs,” European Journal of Physics, 32,615-624 (2011)Related references Casadevall, T. J., “The 1989-1990 eruption of Redoubt Volcano, Alaska: impacts on aircraft operations,”Journal of Volcanology and Geothermal Research, 62, Nos. 1-4, 301-316 (1994) Hufford, G. L., L. J. Salinas, J. J. Simpson, E. G. Barske, and D. C. Pieri, “Operational implications ofairborne volcanic ash,” Bulletin of the American Meteorological Society, 81, No. 4, 745-755 (April 2000) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 240-245 Simpson, J. J., G. L. Hufford, D. Pieri, R. Servranckx, J. S. Berg, and C. Bauer, “The February 2001eruption of Mount Cleveland, Alaska: case study of an aviation hazard,” Weather and Forecasting, 17, 691-704 (August 2002)6.106 Bright streaks in a car windshieldThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Kirkpatrick, P., "A binocular illusion," American Journal of Physics, 22, 493 (1954) Walker, J., "What do phonograph records have in common with windshield wipers?" in "The AmateurScientist," Scientific American, 261, 106-109 (July 1989)6.107 Reflections from a phonograph recordThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages

Optics 102 Lott, J. B., "Reflections on a gramophone record," Mathematical Gazette, 47, 113-118 (1963) Walker, J., "What do phonograph records have in common with windshield wipers?" in "The AmateurScientist," Scientific American, 261, 106-109 (July 1989)6.108 Colors on finely grooved itemsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.uwgb.edu/dutchs/acstalks/acscolor/CDCOLOR.jpghttp://shokabo.co.jp/sp_e/optical/labo/refref/030695.jpg Photo of bright lanes on illuminated CDReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Greenberg, L. H., and T. Balez, "Spectral analysis using a camera," American Journal of Physics, 40, 319-320 (1972) Bowman, R. L., "Comment on 'Spectral analysis using a camera'," American Journal of Physics, 41, 1297(1973) Breslow, R., "Street-light spectroscopy," American Journal of Physics, 44, 1227 (1976) Lane, M. C., and R. F. Garrison, "The night-sky spectrum of the city of Toronto," Journal of the RoyalAstronomical Society of Canada, 72, 198-205 (1978) Welty, S. R., "Long-playing diffraction grating," Physics Teacher, 19, 187 (1981) Walker, J., "The spectra of streetlights illuminate simple principles of quantum mechanics" in "TheAmateur Scientist," Scientific American, 250, 138-142 + 146 (January 1984) Isenberg, C., "Glittering gift wrappings examined," Physics Education, 23, 246-247 (1988) Noldeke, C., "Compact disc diffraction," Physics Teacher, 28, 484-485 (1990) Kruglak, H., "The compact disc as a diffraction grating," Physics Education, 25, 255 (1990) Kettler, J. E., "The compact disk as a diffraction grating," American Journal of Physics, 59, 367-368(1991) Mebane, R. C., and T. R. Rybolt, "Atomic spectroscopy with a compact disc," Journal of ChemicalEducation, 69, 401-402 (1992) Brouwer, H., "Line spectra using a CD disc," Journal of Chemical Education, 69, 829 (1992) Zanetti, V., and J. Harris, "Spectra of three light sources with a CD," Physics Teacher, 31, 82-83 (1993) Kruglak, H., "Diffraction demonstration with a compact disc," Physics Teacher, 31, 104-256 (1993) Cornwall, M. G., “CD means colourful diffraction,” Physics Education, 28, 12-14 (1993) Knauer, T., “A compact disk transmission spectroscope,” Physics Teacher, 40, 466-467 (November 2002) Gluck, P., “Compact disk optics,” Physics Teacher, 40, 468-469 (November 2002) Byrne, A., “Compact disk spectroscopes revisited!” Physics Teacher, 41, 144-145 (March 2003) Lee, W., P-C Lin, and C-K Tseng, “Compact disc doubles as a chromatic lens,” Physics Education, 39,384-386 (September 2004) Ouseph, P. J., “CD rainbows,” Physics Teacher, 45, 11-13 (January 2007) Planinsic, G., A. Corona, and J. Slisko, “Rainbow-like spectra with a CD: An active-learning exercise,”Physics Teacher, 46, 329-332 (September 2008) Ivanov, D. T., and S. N. Nikolov, “White-light diffraction with a CD,” Physics Education, 45, 117-228(May 2010)

Optics 103Related reference Cope, J. A., “The physics of the compact disc,” Physics Education, 28, 15-21 (1993) Mohammadpour, H., “Look around to learn physics,” Physics Teacher, 46, 158-159 (March 2008)6.109 Anticounterfeiting: Optically variable devicesThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Chesak, C. E., “Holographic counterfeit protection,” Optics Communication, 115, 429-436 (1995) Lunazzi, J. J., and J. M. J. Ocampo, “Binocular disparity and stereopsis obtained under white light with adiffraction grating,” Journal of Modern Optics, 42, No. 1, 3-6 (1995) Tompkin, W. R., R. Staub, A. Schilling, and H.-P. Herzig, “Diffraction from metallic gratings withlocally varying profile forms,” Optics Letters, 24, No. 2, 71-73 (15 January 1999) Staub, R., W. R. Tompkin, and A. Schilling, “Gratings of constantly varying depth for visual securitydevices,” Optical Engineering, 38, No. 1, 89-98 (January 1999) Pires, P., and J. M. Rebordao, “Color dynamics of diffraction gratings: evaluation and applications inoptical security,” Applied Optics, 38, No. 35, 7183-7192 (10 December 1999) Hardin, R. W., “Optical tricks designed to foil counterfeiters,” OE Reports, No. 191 (November 1999) Hardin, R. W., “Optical tricks dsigned to foil counterefeiters,” OE Reports, No. 191, November 1999 Stepien, P., “Computer generated holograms versus synthetic diffraction gratings in optically variabledevices,” Optica Applicata, 30, Nos. 2-3, 257-269 (2000) Gale, M. T., K. Knop, and R. Morf, “Zero-order diffractive microstructures for security applications,”SPIE Milestone Series, 166, 613-619 (2001) Janucki, J., and J. Owsik, “A holographic method for document protection against counterfeit,” OpticsCommunications, 228, 63-69 (2003)Related references Gruhl, D., and W. Bender, “Information hiding to foil the casual counterfeiter,” Lecture Notes inComputer Science, Issue 1525, 1-15 (1998) Petitcolas, F. A., R. J. Anderson, and M. G. Kuhn, “Information hiding---a survey,” Proceedings of theIEEE, 87, No. 7, 1062-1078 (July 1999) Martin, J. R., and M. Kutter, “Information retrieval in digital watermarking,” IEEE CommunicationsMagazine, 39, No. 8, 110-116 (August 2001) Balko, L., and J. Allison, “The direct detection and identification of staining dyes from security inks in thepresence of other colorants, on currency and fabrics, by laser desorption mass spectrometry,” Journal ofForensic Science, 48, No. 5, 1172-1178 (September 2003)6.110 Colored rings from a misty or dusty mirrorThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.

Optics 104ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Meyer, C. F., The Diffraction of Light, X-Rays, and Material Particles, 2nd edition, J. W. Edwards, 1949,page 244 ff Pohl, R. W., "Discovery of interference by Thomas Young," American Journal of Physics, 28, 530-532(1960) Stokes, G. G., "On the colours of thick plates," in Mathematical and Physical Papers by Stokes, vol. III.The Sources of Science, no. 33, Johnson Reprint Corporation, 1966, pages 155-196 de Witte, A. J., "Interference in scattered light," American Journal of Physics, 35, 301-313 (1967) Holdsworth, I. C., "Interference fringes from the front surface of a mirror," Physics Education, 12, 436-437 (1977) Aggarwal, A. K., and P. C. Gupta, "Scatter light interference using laser speckles," American Journal ofPhysics, 46, 1193-1194 (1978) Walker, J., "Interference patterns made by motes on dusty mirrors" in "The Amateur Scientist," ScientificAmerican, 245, 146-152 + 154 (August 1981) Bourdinaud, M., and H. Blumenfeld, "Rings observed on a transparent plate coated with a diffusinglayer," Applied Optics, 26, 4009-4013 (1987) Bohren, C., "Interference patterns on garage door windows" in "Simple Experiments in AtmosphericPhysics," Weatherwise, 40, 266-270 (1987) Bohren, C., "Resolution of a mystery" in "Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics," Weatherwise, 41,110 (1988) Bohren, C. F., What Light through Yonder Window Breaks?, Wiley, 1991, pages 13-23 Barabanenkov, Y. N., Y. A. Kravtsov, V. D. Ozrin, and A. I. Saichev, “Enhanced backscattering inoptics,” in Progress in Optics, Vol. XXIX, North Holland, Elsevier Science Publishers, 1991, pages 65-197,see page 171. Gonzalez, J., A. Bravo, and K. Juarez, “Interference of laser light scattered from a ‘dusty’ plane mirror,”American Journal of Physics, 67, No. 9, 839-840 (September 1999) Bridge, N. J., “A novel effect of scattered-light interference in misted mirrors,” Physics Education, 40, No.4, 359-364 (July 2005) Suhr, W., and H. J. Schlichting, “Quetelet’s fringes due to scattering by small spheres just above areflecting surface,” Applied Optics, 48, No. 26, 4978-4984 (10 September 2009)Related reference Chapman, H. N., S. P. Hau-Riege, M. J. Bogan, S. Bajt, A. Barty, S. Boutet, S. Machesini, M. Frank, B.W. Woods, W. H. Benner, R. A. London, U. Rohner, A. Szoke, E. Spiller,T. Moller, C. Bostedt, D. A.Shapiro, M. Kuhlmann, R. Treusch, E. Plonjes, F. Burmeister, M. Bergh, C. Caleman, G. Huldt, M. M.Seibert, and J. Hajdu, “Femtosecond time-delay X-ray holography,” Nature, 448, No. 7154, 676-679 (9August 2007) Castelvecchi, D., “Newton’s dusty mirror,” Science News, 172, 86 (11 August 2007)6.111 Color of milk in waterThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.Comments

Optics 105ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Satterly, J., “Casual observations on milk, pickled beet-root, and dried-up puddles,” American Journal ofPhysics, 24, No. 7, 529-530 (October 1956) Wood, E., Science for the Airplane Passenger, Houghton Mifflin Co., 1968, pages 60-61 Patton, S., "Milk," Scientific American, 221, 59-68 (July 1969) Bohren, C. F., "Multiple scattering at the breakfast table" in "Simple Experiments in AtmosphericPhysics," Weatherwise, 36, 143-146 (1983); contained in C. F. Bohren, Clouds in a Glass of Beer: SimpleExperiments in Atmospheric Physics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; now available from Dover Publications,ISBN 0486417387, 1987, Chapter 14 Birth, G. S., "Diffuse reflection," Physics Teacher, 24, 138-143 (1986) Bohren, C. F., "Multiple scattering of light and some of its observable consequences," American Journalof Physics, 55, 524-533 (1987) Bohren, C. F., "Understanding colors in nature," Pigment Cell Research, 1, 214-222 (1988) Huebner, J. S., "'A golden oldie': projecting a sunset," Physics Teacher, 32, 147 (1994) Nassau, K., The Physics and chemistry of Color. The Fifteen Causes of Color, John Wiley & Sons, 2001,pages 231-235Related reference DiLisi, G. A., C. M. Winters, L. A. DiLisi, and K. M. Peckinpaugh, “Got milk? A Beer’s Lawexperiment,” Physics Teacher, 43, 144-147 (March 2005)6.112 Color of campfire smokeThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 235-237 Bragg, W., The Universe of Light, Dover, 1959, page 147 Bohren, C. F., "Understanding colors in nature," Pigment Cell Research, 1, 214-222 (1988) Minnaert, M., Light and Color in the Open Air, translated and revised by L. Seymour, Spring-Verlag,1993, pages 260-261, ISBN 0-387—97935-2, 3-540-97935-2, 0-387-94413-3 Lynch, D. K., and L. S. Bernstein, “Color of smoke from brush fires,” Applied Optics, 47, No. 34,H143-H148 (1 December 2008)Related reference Miller, J. S., “Observations on the smoke trail of a sky-writer,” American Journal of Physics, 21, 391(1953)6.113 Ouzo effect

Optics 106This item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Mayorga, A., and D. Thompson, “A critical exponent of an aniseed-based liquor,” American Journal ofPhysics, 64, No. 5, 621-623 (May 1996) Vitale, S. A., and J. L. Katz, “Liquid droplet dispersions formed by homogeneous liquid-liquid nucleation:‘the ouzo effect’,” Langmuir, 19, 4105-4110 (2003) Grillo, I., “Small-angle neutron scattering study of a world-wide known emulsion: Le Pastis,” Colloids andSurfaces A: Physicochemical and Engineering Aspects, 225, Nos. 1-3, 153-160 (2003) Sitnikova, N. L., R. Sprik, G. Wegdam, and E. Eiser, “Spotaneously formed trans-anethol/water/alcoholemulsions: Mechanism of formation and stability,” Langmuir, 21, 7083-7089 (2005) Scholten, E., E. van der Linden, and H. This, “The life of an anise-flavored alcoholic beverage: Does itsstability cloud or confirm theory?” Langmuir, 24, 1701-1706 (2008)Related reference Burnett, G. R., R. Atkin, S. Hicks, and J. Eastoe, “Surfactant-free ‘emulsions’ generated by freeze-thaw,”Langmuir, 20, 5673-5678 (2004)6.114 Colors of oil slicks, soap films, and metal cooking potsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.funsci.com/fun3_en/exper2/exper2.htm At midheight, swirling varies the film thickness andthus also the colors. Note that the film is whitish higher up, where it is thiner, and it is black where thethickness is even less (less than the wavelength of visible light).http://sol.sci.uop.edu/~jfalward/physics17/chapter11/chapter11.htmlReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Lawrence, A. S. C., Soap Films, G. Bell and Sons, London, 1929 Satterly, J., "C. V. Boy's rainbow cup and experiments with thin films," American Journal of Physics, 19,448-451 (1951) Revell, R. S. M., and A. W. Agar, "The preparation of uniform plastic films," British Journal of AppliedPhysics, 6, 23-25 (1955) Bermann, L., "Experiments with vibrating soap membranes," The Journal of the Acoustical Society ofAmerica, 28, 1043-1047 (1956) Boys, C. V., Soap Bubbles, Doubleday Anchor Books, 1959 Bragg, W., The Universe of Light, Dover, 1959, pages 139ff Kubota, H., "Interference color," Progress in Optics, vol. 1, E. Wolf, editor, North-Holland, 1961, pages213-251

Optics 107 Mysels, K. J., "Soap films and some problems in surface and colloid chemistry," The Journal of PhysicalChemistry, 68, 3441-3448 (1964) Jones, M. N., K. J. Mysels, and P. C. Scholten, "Stability and some properties of the second black film,"Transactions of the Faraday Society, 62, part 5, 1336-1348 (1966) Mysels, K. J., "Dynamic processes in soap films," The Journal of General Physiology, 52, no. 1, Part 2,113s-124s (1968) Mysels, K. J., "Soap films and some fundamentals of thin-liquid films," The Journal of the American OilChemists' Society, 45, 139-140 (1968) Dewar, J., "Studies on liquid films" in The Royal Institution Library of Science: Physical Sciences, W. L.Bragg and G. Porter, editors, Elsevier, 1970, volume 8, pages 136-178 Bragg, W., "Liquid films" in The Royal Institution Library of Science: Physical Sciences, W. L. Bragg andG. Porter, editors, Elsevier, 1970, Volume 10, pages 446-457 Highsmith, P. E., "The beautiful world of interference," Physics Teacher, 8, 270-271 (1970) Davis, J. A., "Soap film interference projection," Physics Teacher, 12, 177-178 (1974) Fote, A. A., R. A. Slade, and S. Feuerstein, "Thermally induced migration of hydrocarbon oil," TheJournal of Lubrication Technology, 99, 158-162 (1977) Walker, J., "The bright colors in a soap film are a lesson in wave interference" in "The Amateur Scientist,"Scientific American, 239, 232-240 + 242 (September 1978) Walker, J., "The Amateur Scientist," Scientific American, 240, 189-200 (June 1979); see pages 198-200 Isenberg, C., "Soap films and bubbles," Physics Education, 16, 218-222 (1981) Trefil, J., "Thick film interference," Physics Teacher, 21, 119-121 (1983) Brown, L. W., "Oil slick interference rings in the laboratory," Physics Education, 19, 78-79 (1984) Siddons, C., "Soap bubble spectra: Newton would be pleased with this easily constructed 'rainbow cup' -- adramatic demonstration of the laws of optics in a soap bubble," Science Teacher, 22, 26-27 (January 1984) Bruner, L. J., "Stable black soap films," American Journal of Physics, 53, 177-178 (1985) Walker, J., "Music and ammonia vapor excite the color pattern of a soap film" in "The Amateur Scientist,"Scientific American, 257, 104-107 + 116 (August 1987) Graham, G. R., "DIY physics -- the paper scraper paper," Physics Education, 24, 26-29 (1989) Ramme, G., "Colors on soap films -- an interference phenomenon," Physics Teacher, 28, 479-480 (1990) Ramme, G., "Reflected laser light from a soap bubble – a demonstration experiment," Physics Education,27, 282-286 (1992) Ramme, G., "Science and art --- rotating and vibrating soap films," Physics Teacher, 31, 124-125 (1993) Krichevsky, O., and J. Stavans, “Micellar stratification in soap films: a light scattering study,” PhysicalReview Letters, 74, No. 14, 2752-2755 (3 April 1995) Carlson, S., “Fun with flat fluids,” in “The Amateur Scientist,” Scientific American, 282, No. 5, 106-108(May 2000) Ruckenstein E., and M. Manciu, “On the stability of the common and Newton black films,” Langmuir,18, 2727-2736 (2002) Casteletto, V., I. Cantat, D. Sarker, R. Bausch, D. Bonn, and J. Meunier, “Stability of soap films:hysteresis and nucleation of black films,” Physical Review Letters, 90, No. 4, article # 048302 (4 pages) (31January 2003) Wheeler, C. R., P. N. Henriksen, and R. D. Ramsier, “Visibility of thin-film interference fringes,”American Journal of Physics, 72, No. 2, 279-281 (February 2004) Gratton, L. M., and S. Oss, “Soap, colors, holes, and much more,” Physics Teacher, 43, 338-339(September 2005) Huang, D-w., W-n. Huang, and H-c. Tseng, “The colour of bubbles,” Physics Education, 40, No. 6, 566-568 (November 2005) Medina, J. M., “Linear basis for metallic and iridescent colors,” Applied Optics, 47, No. 30, 5644-5653(20 October 2008)

Optics 108Related references Vasta, L. P. S., "Production of Newton's rings," Applied Optics, 13, 1544 (1974)Ferguson, J. L., "Thermal window interferometer," American Journal of Physics, 50, 1021-1024 (1982) Yokoi, N., Y. Takehisa, and S. Kinoshita, “Correlation of tear lipid layer interference patterns with thediagnosis and severity of dry eye,” American Journal of Ophthalmology, 122, No. 6, 818-824 (1996) King-Smith, P. E., B. A. Fink, N. Fogt, K. K. Nichols, R. M. Hill, and G. S. Wilson, “The thickness ofthe human precorneal tear film: evidence from reflection spectra,” Investigative Ophthalmology & VisualScience, 41, No. 11, 3348-3359 (October 2000) Khamene, A., S. Negahdaripour, and C. G. Scheffer, “A spectral-discrimination method for tear-filmlipid-layer thickness estimation from fringe pattern images,” IEEE Transactions on Biomedical Engineering,47, No. 2, 249- (January 2000) Ruckenstein, E., and M. Manciu, “On the stability of the common and Newton black films,” Langmuir,18, 2727-2736 (2002) Berger, C., B. Desbat, H. Kellay, J.-M. Turlet, and D. Blaudez, “Water confinement effects in black soapfilms,” Langmuir, 19, No. 1, 1-5 (7 January 2003) Yokoi, N., and A. Komuro, “Non-invasive methods of assessing the tear film,” Experimental EyeResearch, 78, 399-407 (2004) Bresme, F., and J. Faraudo, “Computer simulation studies of Newton black films,” Langmuir, 20, 5127-5137 (2004)6.115 Structural colors of insects, fish, birds, and monkey buttsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bG96K14bAvA Nice video, showing the change in color as a Morphobutterfly opens its wings.http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OaXAB3vUEyk Video, morpho butterfly. Colors are a bit washed outbut you can still see them change with the angle of view is changed.http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=INXo0hD8WNY Video, morpho butterfly.http://www.kitcarmag.com/featuredvehicles/142_0303_diablo_1_c_s.jpg Photo, iridescent car painthttp://www.sfondideldesktop.com/Images-Animals/Baboon/Mandrill-Baboon-Face-Closeup-0.JpgMandrill baboon face showing the blue due to the scattering and interference of light by the collagen in theskin.http://www.naturalsciences.org/education/Belize/gallery/morpho.html Note the blue on the top of the wingand the brown on the bottom. The top should be brown also.http://www.ivyhall.district96.k12.il.us/4th/kkhp/1insects/hercbeetle.html Hercules beetleshttp://wastedspacewastedtime.blogspot.com/2006/05/six-spotted-tiger-beetle.html Tiger beetleshttp://www.mikelevin.com/PeacockFeathers1024.jpg Peacock feathershttp://www.snh.org.uk/publications/online/naturallyscottish/dragonfly/images/22.%20Northern%20Damselfly%20-m-%20(c)D.Goddard.jpgDamselflyReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages

Optics 109 Mason, C. W., "Structural colors in feathers. I," The Journal of Physical Chemistry, 27, 201-251 (1923) Merritt, E., "A spectrophotometric study of certain cases of structural colors," Journal of the OpticalSociety of America, 11, 93-98 (1925) Mason, C. W., "Structural colors in insects. I," The Journal of Physical Chemistry, 31, 383-395 (1926) Mason, C. W., "Structural colors in insects. II," The Journal of Physical Chemistry, 31, 321-354 (1927) Mason, C. W., "Structural colors in insects. III," The Journal of Physical Chemistry, 31, 1856-1872 (1927) Anderson, T. F., and A. G. Richards Jr., "An electron microscope study of some structural colors ofinsects," Journal of Applied Physics, 13, 748-758 (1942) Greenewalt, C. H., W. Brandt, and D. D. Friel, "Iridescent colors of hummingbird feathers," Journal ofthe Optical Society of America, 50, 1005-1013 (1960) Wright, W. D., "'The rays are not coloured'," Nature, 198, 1239-1244 (1963) Huxley, A. F., "A theoretical treatment of the reflexion of light by multilayer structures," Journal ofExperimental Biology, 48, 227-245 (1968) Hinton, H. E., and D. F. Gibbs, "Diffraction gratings in Phalacrid beetles," Nature, 221, 953-954 (1969) Neville, A. C., and S. Caveney, "Scarabeid beetle exocuticle as an optical analogue of cholesteric liquidcrystals," The Biological Review, 44, 531-562 (1969) Hinton, H. E., "Some structures of insects as seen with the scanning electron microscope," Micron, 1, 84-108 (1970) Hinton, H. E., "Some little known surface structures," Symposia of the Royal Entomological Society ofLondon, 5, 41-58 (1970) Denton, E., "Reflectors in fishes," Scientific American, 224, 64-72 + 122 (January 1971) Hinton, H. E., and D. F. Gibbs, "Diffraction gratings in Gyrinid beetles," Journal of Insect Physiology,17, 1023-1035 (1971) Caveney, S., "Cuticle reflectivity and optical activity in Scarab beetles: the role of uric acid," Proceedingsof the Royal Society of London B, 178, 205-225 (1971) Ghiradella, H., D. Aneshansley, T. Eisner, R. E. Silberglied, and H. E. Hinton, "Ultraviolet reflection of amale butterfly: interference color caused by thin-layer elaboration of wing scales," Science, 178, 1214-1217(1972) Land, M. F., "The physics and biology of animal reflectors," Progress in Biophysics and MolecularBiology, 24, 75-106 (1972) Hinton, H. E., "Physiological colour change in the Hercules beetle," Nature, 238, 160-161 (1972) Hinton, H. E., "Some recent work on the colours of insects and their likely significance," Proceedings andTransactions of the British Entomological Society, 6, 43-54 (1973) Hinton, H. E., and G. M. Jarman, "Physiological colour change in the elytra of the Hercules beetle,Dynastes Hercules," Journal of Insect Physiology, 19, 533-549 (1973) Hinton, H. E., "Natural deception" in Illusion in Nature and Art, R. L. Gregory and E. H. Gombrich,editors, Charles Scribner's Sons, 1973, pages 97-159 Ghiradella, H., "Development of ultraviolet-reflecting butterfly scales: how to make an interferencefilter," Journal of Morphology, 142, 395-410 (1974) Byers, J. R., "Tyndall blue and surface white of tent caterpillars, Malacosoma Spp.,” Journal of InsectPhysiology, 21, 401-415 (1975) Huxley, J., "The coloration of Papilio zalmoxis and P. antimachus, and the discovery of Tyndall blue inbutterflies," Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B, 193, 441-453 (1976) Nijhout, H. F., "The color patterns of butterflies and moths," Scientific American, 245, 140-151 + 202(November 1981) Nassau, K., The Physics and Chemistry of Color: The Fifteen Causes of Color, Wiley, 1983, pages 323-326; 2 nd edition, 2001, pages 317-325 Ghiradella, H., "Structure of iridescent Lepidopteran scales: variations on several themes," Annals of theEntomological Society of America, 77, 637-645 (1984)

Optics 110 Konnen, G. P., Polarized Light in Nature, Cambridge University Press, 1985, pages 83-85 Schultz, T. D., and M. A. Rankin, "The ultrastructure of the epicuticular interference reflectors of tigerbeetles (Cicindela)," The Journal of Experimental Biology, 117, 87-110 (1985) Schultz, T. D., and M. A. Rankin, "Developmental changes in the interference reflectors and colorations oftiger beetles (Cicindela)," The Journal of Experimental Biology, 117, 111-117 (1985) Cooper, K. M., and R. T. Hanlon, "Correlation of iridescence with changes in the iridophore plateletultrastructure in the squid Lolliguncula Brevis," The Journal of Experimental Biology, 121, 451-455 (1986) Schultz, T. D., "Role of structural colors in predator avoidance by tiger beetles of the genus Cicindela(Coleoptera: Cicindelidae)," Bulletin of the Entomological Society of America, 32, 142-146 (1986) Thomsen, D. E., "How the blue jay got blue," Science News, 130, 281 (1986) Schultz, T. D., and N. F. Hadley, "Structural colors of tiger beetles and their role in heat transfer throughthe integument," Physiological Zoology, 60, 737-745 (1987) Ghiradella, H., "Structure and development of iridescent butterfly scales: lattices and laminae," Journal ofMorphology, 202, 69-88 (1989) Schultz, T. D., and G. D. Bernard, "Pointillistic mixing of interference colours in cryptic tiger beetles,"Nature, 337, 72-73 (1989) Ghiradella, H., “Light and color on the wing: structural colors in butterflies and moths,” Applied Optics,30, No. 24, 3492-3500 (August 1991), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’sShoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Societyof America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4; http://www.osa.org Halliday, D., R. Resnick, and J. Walker, Fundamentals of Physics, Wiley, in 4 th edition (1993), pages1049, 1063-1064; in 5 th edition (1997), pages 916-917 Ghiradella, H., “Structure of butterfly scales: patterning in an insect cuticle,” Microscopy Research andTechnique, 27, 429-438 (1994) Brink, D. J., J. E. Smit, M. E. Lee, and A. Moller, "Optical diffraction by the microstructure of the wingof a moth," Applied Optics, 34, 6049-6057 (1995) Peterson, I., "Butterfly blue: packaging a butterfly's iridescent sheen," Science News, 148, 296-297 (1995) Parker, A. R., “Discovery of functional iridescence and its coevolution with eyes in the phylogeny ofOstracoda (Crustacea),” Proceeding of the Royal Society of London B, 262, 349-355 (1995) Tada, H., S. E. Mann, I. N. Miaoulis, and P. Y. Wong, “Effects of a butterfly scale microstructure on theiridescent color observed at different angles,” Applied Optics, 37, No. 9, 1579-1584 (March 1998), onClassic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color”Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4;http://www.osa.org Brink, D. J., and M. E. Lee, “Thin-film biological reflectors: optical characterization of the Chrysiridiacroesus moth,” Applied Optics, 37, No. 19, 4213-4217 (1 July 1998) Parker, A. R., “Colour in Burgess Shale animals and the effect of light on evolution in the Cambrian,”Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B, 265, 967-972 (1998) Parker, A. R., D. R. Mckenzie, and S. T. Ahyong, “A unique form of light reflector and the evolution ofsignaling in Ovalipes (Crustacea: Decapoda: Portunidae,” Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B,265, 861-867 (1998) Parker, A. R., D. R. McKenzie, and M. C. J. Large, “Multilayer reflectors in animals using green and goldbeetles as contrasting examples,” Journal of Experimental Biology, 201, 1307-1313 (1998) Parker, A. R., “The diversity and implications of animal structural colours,” Journal of ExperimentalBiology, 201, 2343-2347 (1998) Miaoulis, I. N., and B. D. Heilman, “Butterfly thin films serve as solar collectors,” Entomological Societyof America, 91, No. 1, 122-127 (January 1998) Prum, R. O., “Coherent light scattering by blue feather barbs,” Nature, 396, No. 6706, 28-29 (5 November1998)

Optics 111 Ghiradella, H., “Shining armor: structural color in insects,” Optics & Photonics News, 10, No. 3, 46-48(1999), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the“Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4; http://www.osa.org Vukusic, P., J. R. Sambles, C. R. Lawrence, and R. J. Wootton, “Quantified interference and diffraction insingle Morpho butterfly scales,” Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B, 266, 1403-1411 (1999) Prum, R. O., R. Torres, C. Kovach, S. Williamson, and S. M. Goodman, “Coherent light scattering bynanostructured collagen arrays in the caruncles of the Malagasy asities (Eurylaimidae: Aves),” Journal ofExperimental Biology, 202, 3507-3522 (1999) Srinivasarao, M., “Nano-optics in the biological world: beetles, butterflies, birds, and moths,” ChemicalReviews, 99, 1935-1961 (1999) Pfaff, G., and P. Reynders, “Angle-dependent optical effects deriving from submicron structures of filmsand pigments,” Chemical Reviews, 99, 1963-1981 (1999) Parker, A. R., “Light-reflection strategies,” American Scientist, 87, No. 3, 248-255 (May-June 1999) Koon, D. W., and A. B. Crawford, “Insect thin films as sun blocks, not solar collectors,” Applied Optics,39, No. 15, 2496-2498 (20 May 2000) Vukusic, P., and R. Sambles, “Colour effects in bright butterflies,” Journal of the Society of Dyers andColourists, 116, No. 12, 376-380 (December 2000) Parker, A. R., “515 million years of structural colour,” Journal of Optics A: Pure and Applied Optics, R15-R28 (2000) Gralak, B., G. Tayeb, and S. Enoch, “Morpho butterflies wings color modeled with lamellar gratingtheory,” Optics Express, 9, No. 11, 567-578 (19 November 2001) Large, M. C. J., D. R. McKenzie, A. R. Parker, B. C. Steel, K. Ho, S. G. Bosi, N. Nicorovici, and R. C.McPhedran, “The mechanism of light reflectance in silverfish,” Proceedings of the Royal Society of LondonA, 457, 511-518 (2001) Vukusic, P., J. R. Sambles, C. R. Lawrence, and R. J. Wootton, “Structural colour: now you see it – nowyou don’t,” Nature, 410, 36 (2001) Parker, A. R., R. C. McPhedran, D. R. McKenzie, L. C. Totten, and N. P. Nicorovici, “Aphrodite’siridescence,” Nature, 409, 36-37 (4 January 2001) Mann, S. E., I. N. Miaoulis, and P. Y. Wong, “Spectral imaging, reflectivity measurements, andmodeling of iridescent butterfly scale structures,” Optical Engineering, 40, No. 10, 2061-2068 (October2001) Vukusic, P., R. Sambles, C. Lawrence, and G. Wakely, “Sculpted-multilayer optical effects in twospecies of Papilio butterfly,” Applied Optics, 40, No. 7, 1116-1125 (1 March 2001) Kemp, D. J., “Shedding new light on nature’s brightest signals,” Trends in Ecology & Evolution, 17, No.7, 298-300 (July 2002) Kinoshita, S., S. Yoshioka, and K. Kawagoe, “Mechanisms of structural colour in the Morpho butterfly:cooperation of regularity and irregularity in an iridescent scale,” Proceedings of the Royal Society ofLondon. B. Biological Sciences, 269, 1417-1421 (2002) Lawrence, C., P. Vukusic, and R. Sambles, “Grazing-incidence iridescence from a butterfly wing,”Applied Optics, 41, No. 3, 437-441 (20 January 2002) Vukusic, P., J. R. Sambles, C. R. Lawrence, and R. J. Wootton, “Limited-view iridescence in thebutterfly Ancyluris meliboeus,” Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B, 269, 7-14 (2002) Parker, A. R., and D. R. McKenzie, “The cause of 50 million-year-old colour,” Proceedings of the RoyalSociety of London B (Supplement), 270, S151-S153 (2003) Wong, T., M. C. Gupta, B. Robins, and T. L. Levendusky, “Color generation in butterfly wings andfabrication of such structures,” Optics Letters, 28, No. 23, 2342-2344 (1 December 2003) Vukusic, P., and J. R. Sambles, “Photonic structures in biology,” Nature, 424, 852-855 (14 August 2003)

Optics 112 Tayeb, G., B. Gralak, and S. Enoch, “Structural colors in nature and butterfly-wing modeling,” Optics &Photonics News, 14, No. 2, 38-43 + 49 (February 2003) McPhedran, R. C., N. A. Nicorovici, D. R. McKenzie, G. W. Rouse, L. C. Botten, V. Welch, A. R. Parker,M. Wohlgennant, and V. Vardeny, “Structural colours through photonic crystals,” Physica B, 338, 182-185(2003) Parker, A. R., and Z. Hegedus, “Diffractive optics in spiders,” Journal of Optics A: Pure and AppliedOptics, 5, S111-S116 (2003) Rossbach, V., P. Patanathabutr, and J. Wichitwechkarn, “Copying and manipulating nature: innovation fortextile materials,” Fibers and Polymers, 4, No. 1, 8-14 (2003) Zi, J., X. Yu, Y. Li, X. Hu, C. Xu, X. Wang, X. Liu, and R. Fu, “Coloration strategies in peacockfeathers,” PNAS Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 100,No. 22, 12576-12578 (28 October 2003) Prum, R. O., and R. H. Torres, “A Fourier tool for the anlaysis of coherent light scattering by bio-opticalnanostructures,” Integrative and Comparative Biology, 43, 591-602 (2003) Gu, Z. Z., H. Uetsuka, K. Takahashi, R. Nakajima, H. Onishi, A. Fugishima, and O. Sato, “Structural colorand the lotus effect,” Angewandte Chemie --- International Edition, 42, No. 8, 894-897 (2003) Gorman, J., “Waterproof coats: materials repel water with simplicity, style,” Science News, 163, No. 9,132 (1 March 2003) Prum, R. O., and R. Torres, “Structural colouration of avian skin: convergent evolution of coherentlyscattering dermal collagen arrays,” Journal of Experimental Biology, 206, No. 14, 2409-2429 (July 2003) Prum, R. O., and R. H. Torres, “A Fourier tool for the anlaysis of coherent light scattering by bio-opticalnanostructures,” Integrative and Comparative Biology, 43, 591-602 (2003) Parker, A. R., V. L. Welch, D. Driver, and N. Martini, “Opal analogue discovered in a weevil,” Nature,426, 786-787 (18/25 December 2003) Hardwick, J., “The subtlety of rainbows,” Physics World, 17, No. 2, 29-33 (February 2004) Brink, D. J., and N. G. van der Berg, “Structural colours from the feathers of the bird Bostrychiahagedash,” Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics, 37, 813-818 (2004) Blau, S. K., “Light as a feather: structural elements give peacock plumes their color,” Physics Today, 57,No. 1, 18-20 (January 2004) Prum, R. O., and R. H. Torres, “Structural colouration of mammalian skin: convergent evolution ofcoherently scattering dermal collagen arrays,” Journal of Experimental Biology, 207, 2157-2172 (15 June2004) Vukusic, P., R. J. Wootton, and J. R. Sambles, “Remarkable iridescence in the hindwings of the damselflyNeurobais chinensis chinensis (Linnaeus) (Zygoptera: Calopterygidae),” Proceedings of the Royal Societyof London Series B- Biological Sciences, 271, No. 1539, 595-601 (22 March 2004) Stavenga, D. G., S. Stowe, K. Sievke, J. Zeil, and K. Arikawa, “Butterfly wing colours: scale beads makewhite pierid wings brighter,” Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B., 271, 1577-1584 (2004) Parker, A. R., “A vision for natural photonics,” Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of LondonA, 362, 2709-2720 (2004) Brink, D. J., and N. G. van der Berg, “An investigation of green iridescence on the mollusk Patellagranatina,” Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics, 38, 338-343 (2005) Plattner, L., “Optical properties of the scales of Morpho rhetenor butterflies: theoretical and experimentalinvestigation of the back-scattering of light in the visible spectrum,” Journal of the Royal Society Interface,1, 49-59 (2004) Starkey, A., “The butterfly effect,” New Scientist, 187, No. 2518, 46-47 (24 September 2005) Li, Y., Z. Lu, H. Yin, X. Yu, X. Liu, and J. Zi, “Structural origin of the brown color of barbules in malepeacock tail feathers,” Physical Review E, 72, article # 010902 (4 pages) (2005)

Optics 113 Wickham, S., M. C. J. Large, L. Poladian, and L. S. Jermiin, “Exaggeration and suppression ofiridescence: the evolution of two-dimensional butterfly structural colours,” Journal of the Royal SocietyInterface, 3, 99-109 (2006) Vukusic, P., “Manipulating the flow of light with photonic crystals,” Physics Today, 59, No. 10, 82-83(October 2006) Prum, R. O., T. Quinn, and R. H. Torres, “Anatomically diverse butterfly scales all produce structuralcolours by coherent scattering,” Journal of Experimental Biology, 209, 748-765 (2006) Shawkey, M. D., M. E. Hauber, L. K. Estep, and G. E. Hill, “Evolutionary transitions and mechanisms ofmatte and iridescent plumage coloration in grackles and allies (Icteridae),” Journal of the Royal SocietyInterface, 3, 777-786 (2006) Rugani, L. I., “Structural and photonic properties of butterfly wings replicated,” Photonics Spectra, 40, No.12, 18 (December 2006) Kemp, D. J., P. Vukusic, and R. L. Rutowski, “Stress-mediated covariance between nano-structuralarchitecture and ultraviolet butterfly coloration,” Functional Ecology, 20, 282-289 (2006) Potyrailo, R. A., H. Ghiradella, A. Vertiatchikh, K. Dovidenko, J. R. Cournoyer, and E. Olson, “Morphobutterfly wing scales demonstrate highly selective vapour response,” Nature Photonics, 1, No. 2, 123-(February 2007) Barry, C., “Mood bugs,” Science News, 172, 99 (18 August 2007) Deparis, O., M. Rassart, C. Vandenbem, V. Welch, J. P. Vigneron, and S. Lucas, “Structurally tunediridescent surfaces inspired by nature,” New Journal of Physics, 10, article # 013032 (11 pages) (2008) Milius, S., “How they shine,” Science News, 173, No. 18, 26-29 (7 June 2008) Michielsen, K., and D. G. Stavenga, “Gyroid cuticular structures in butterfly wing scales: biologicalphotonic crystals,” Journal of the Royal Society Interface, 5, 85-94 (2008) Yoshioka, S., T. Nakano, Y. Nozue, and S. Kinoshita, “Coloration using higher order optical interferencein the wing pattern of the Madagascan sunset moth,” Journal of the Royal Society Interface, 5, 457-464(2008) Smith, G. S., “Structural color of Morpho butterflies,” American Journal of Physics, 77, No. 11, 1010-1019 (November 2009) Rassart, M., P. Simonis, A. Bay, O. Deparis, and J. P. Vigneron, “Scale coloration change followingwater absorption in the beetle Hoplia coerulea (Coleoptera),” Physical Review E, 80, article # 031910 (6pages) (2009) Zhu, D., S. Kinoshita, D. Cai, and J. B. Cole, “Investigation of structural colors in Morpho butterfliesusing the nonstandard-finite-difference time-domain method: Effects of alternately stacked shelves and ridgedensity,” Physical Review E, 80, article # 051924 (12 pages) (2009) Lee, R. T., and G. S. Smith, “Detailed electromagnetic simultation for the structural color of butterflywings,” Applied Optics, 48, No. 21, 4177-4190 (20 July 2009) Luke, S. M., B. T. Hallam, and P. Vukusic, “Structural optimization for broadband scattering in severalultra-thin white beetle scales,” Applied Optics, 49, No. 22, 4246-4254 (1 August 2010) “A jewel’s true colours,” Nature, 464, 468 (25 March 2010) Hodgkinson, I., S. Lowrey, L. Bourke, A. Parker, and M. W. McCall, “Mueller-matrix characterization ofbeetle cuticle: polarized and unpolarized reflections from representative architectures,” Applied Optics, 49,No. 24, 4558-4567 (20 August 2010) Finlayson, C. E., P. Spahn, D. R. E. Snoswell, G. Yates, A. Kontogeorgos, A. I. Haines, G. P. Hellmann,and J. J. Baumberg, “3D bulk ordering macorscopic solid opaline films by ege-induced rotational shearing,”Advanced Materials, 23, 1540-1544 (2011) Braun, P. V., “Colour without colourants,” Nature, 472, 7344423-424 (28 April 2011)Related references

Optics 114 Koon, D. W., “Comment on ‘Butterfly thin films serve as solar collectors’,” Entomological Society ofAmerica, 92, No. 4, 459 (July 1999) Brink, D. J., and M. E. Lee, “Confined blue iridescence by a diffracting microstructure: an opticalinvestigation of the Cynandra opis butterfly,” Applied Optics, 38, No. 25, 5282-5289 (1 September 1999) Janssen, J. M., A. Monteiro, and P. M. Brakefield, “Correlations between scale structure and pigmentationin butterfly wings,” Evolution & Development, 3, 415-423 (2001) “Thermoregulation and spectral selectrivity of the tropical butterfly Prepona meander: a remarkableexample of temperature atuo-regulation,” Applied Physics A, 80, 1397-1400 (2005) Dresp, B., P. Jouventin, and K. Langley, “Ultraviolet reflecting photonic microstructures in the KingPenguin beak,” Biology Letters, 1, No. 3, 310-313 (29 September 2005) Kishimoto, S., Q. Wang, H. Xie, and Y. Zhao, “Study of the surface structure of butterfly wings usingthe scanning electron microscopic moiré method,” Applied Optics, 46, No. 28, 7026-7034 (1 October 2007)6.116 PearlsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Addadi, L., and S. Weiner, “A pavement of pearl,” Nature, 389, No. 6654, 912-915 (30 October 1997) Liu, Y., J. E. Shigley, and K. N. Hurwit, “Iridescence color of a shell of the mollusk P. Margartiferacaused by diffraction,” Optics Express, 4, No. 5, 177-182 (1 March 1999) Liu, Y., J. e. Shigley, and K. N. Hurwit, “Iridescence color of a shell of the mollusk PinctadaMargaritifera caused by diffraction,” Optics Express, 4, No. 5, 177-182 (1 March 1999) Pfaff, G., and P. Reynders, “Angle-dependent optical effects deriving from submicron structures of filmsand pigments,” Chemical Reviews, 99, 1963-1981 (1999) Nassau, K., The Physics and Chemistry of Color: The Fifteen Causes of Color, second edition, Wiley,2001, page 272 Song, F., X. H. Zhang, and Y. L. Bai, “Microstructure and characteristics in the organic matrix layers ofnacre,” Journal of Materials Research, 17, No. 7, 1567-1570 (July 2002) Brink, D. J., N. G. van der Berg, and A. J. Botha, “Iridescent colors on seashells: an optical and structuralinvestigation of Helcion pruinossus,” Applied Optics, 41, No. 4, 717-722 (1 February 2002) Song, F., A. K. Soh, and Y. L. Bai, “Structural and mechanical properties of the organic matrix layers ofnacre,” Biomaterials, 24, 3623-3631 (2003) Blank, S., M. Arnoldi, S. Khoshnavaz, L. Treccani, M. Kuntz, K. Mann, G. Grathwohl, and M. Fritz,“The nacre protein perlucin nucleates growth of calcium carbonate crystals,” Journal of Microscopy, 212,part 3, 280-291 (December 2003) Berthier, S., E. Charron, and A. Da Silva, “Determination of the cuticle index of the scales of theiridescent butterfly Morpho menelaus,” Optics Communications, 228, 349-356 (2003) Snow, M. R., A. Pring, P. Self, D. Losic, and J. Shapter, “The origin of the color of pearls in iridescencefrom nano-composite structures of the nacre,” American Mineralogist, 89, No. 10, 1353-1358 (2004) Tan, T. L., D. Wong, and P. Lee, “Iridescence of a shell of mollusk Haliotis Glabra,” Optics Express 12,No. 20, 4847-4854 (4 October 2004)

Optics 115 Cartwright, J. H. E., and A. G. Checa, “The dynamics of nacre self-assembly,” Journal of the RoyalSociety Interface, 4, 491-504 (2007)Related references Weiner, S., L. Addadi, and H. D. Wagner, “Materials design in biology,” Materials Science andEngineering C, 11, 1-8 (2000) Fan, S., and B. Yilong, “Mineral bridges of nacre and its effects,” Acta Mechanica Sinica, 17, No. 3, 251-257 (August 2001)6.117 Protuberances on insect eyes and stealth aircraftThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://chem.sci.gu.edu.au/spm/images/biology/biology.htm Scroll down to “Ommatidia of moth’s eye …”and then go back to the top and click on “Biology 2.”http://msc.eldoc.ub.rug.nl/root/PalasantzasG/2006/ProcRSocBStavenga/ Summary of research paperhttp://www.funktionale-oberflaechen.de/english/a1_ent_f.html Discussion and illustrations about thereduction of reflection on glass surfaceshttp://www.ntt-at.com/products_e/motheye/ Antireflection glassReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Hinton, H. E., "Some structures of insects as seen with the scanning electron microscope," Micron, 1, 84-108 (1970) Wilson, S. J., and M. C. Hutley, “The optical properties of ‘moth eye’ antireflection surfaces,” OpticalActa, 7, 993-1009 (1982) Stonier, R. A., “Stealth aircraft & technology from World War II to the Gulf. Part II: Applications anddesign,” SAMPE Journal, 27, No. 5, 9-18 (September/October 1991) Meyer-Rochow, V. B., and I. A. N. Stringer, “A system of regular ridges instead of nipples on a compoundeye that has to operate near the diffraction limit,” Vision Research, 33, No. 18, 2645-2647 (1993) Yoshida, A., M. Motoyama, A. Kosaku, and K. Miyamoto, “Antireflective nanoprotuberance array in thetransparent wing of a hawkmoth, Cephonodes hylas,” Zoological Science, 14, No. 5, 737-741 (October1997) Parker, A. R., Z. Hegedus, and R. A. Watts, “Solar-absorber antireflector on the eye of an Eocene fly (45Ma),” Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B. Biological Sciences, 265, No. 1398, 811-815 (7 May1998) Parker, A. R., “Light-reflection strategies,” American Scientist, 87, No. 3, 248-255 (May-June 1999) Hardwick, J., “The subtlety of rainbows,” Physics World, 17, No. 2, 29-33 (February 2004) Palasantzas G., J. T. M. De Hossen, K. F. L. Michielsen, and D. G. Stavenga, “Optical properties andwettability of nanostructured biomaterials: moth eyes, lotus leaves, and insect wings,” Handbook ofNanostructured Biomaterials and Their Applications in Nanobiotechnology, edited by H. S. Nalwa, vol. 1,2005, pages 273-301 Stavenga, D. G., S. Foletti, G. Palasantzas, and K. Arikawa, “Light on the moth-eye corneal nipple arrayof butterflies,” Proceedings of the Royal Society B, 273, 661-667 (2006)

Optics 116 Lau, T. F. (Stanley), E. M. Gross, and V. B. Meyer-Rochow, “Sexual dimorphism and light/darkadaptation in the compound eye of male and female Acentria ephemerella (Lepidoptera: Pyraloidea:Crambidae),” European Journal of Entomology, 104, 459-470 (2007)Related reference Thonissen, M., M. G. Berger, W. Theiss, S. Hilbrich, M. Kruger, and H. Luth, “The colourful world ofporous silicon: from interference filters to applications,” Diffusion and Defect. Part B. Data Solid StatePhenomena, 54, 65-72 (1997)6.118 Iridescent plantsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.critsite.com/index.cfm?fuseaction=plants.plantDetail&plant_id=100076ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Lee, D. W., and J. B. Lowry, "Physical basis and ecological significance of iridescence in blue plants,"Nature, 254, 50-51 (1975) Kay, Q. O. N., H. S. Daoud, and C. H. Stirton, "Pigment distribution, light reflection and cell structure inpetals," Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society, 83, 57-84 (1981) Bone, R. A., D. W. Lee, and J. M. Norman, "Epidermal cells functioning as lenses in leaves of tropicalrain-forest shade plants," Applied Optics, 24, 1408-1412 (1985) "Leaf lenses: a finer focus," Science News, 138, 85 (1990) Lee, D. W., “Ultrastructural basis and function of iridescent blue colour of fruits in Elaeocarpus,” Nature,349, No. 6306, 260-261 (17 January 1991) Gould, K. S., and D. W. Lee, “Physical and ultrastructural basis of blue leaf iridescence in four Malaysianunderstory plants,” American Journal of Botany, 83, No. 1, 45-50 (1996) Lee, D. W., “Iridescent blue plants,” American Scientist, 85, No. 1, 56-63 (January-February 1997) Lee, D. W., “The biology of rudraksha,” Current Science, 75, No. 1, 26-30 (10 July 1998)Related references Mandoli, D. F., and W. R. Briggs, "Fiber optics in plants," Scientific American, 251, 90-98 + 130 (August1984) Shashar, N., T. W. Cronin, L. B. Wolff, and M. A. Condon, “The polarization of light in a tropical rainforest,” Biotropica, 30, No. 2, 275-285 (1998)6.119 Anticounterfeiting: Color-shifting inksThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.

Optics 117ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Dobrowolski, J. A., K. M. Baird, P. D. Carman, and A. Waldorf, “Optical interference coatings forinhibiting of counterfeiting,” Optica Acta, 20, No. 12, 925-937 (1973) Dobrowolski, J. A., F. C. Ho, and A. Waldorf, “Research on thin film anticounterfeiting coatings at theNational Research Council of Canada,” Applied Optics, 28, No. 4, 2702-2717 (15 July 1989) Hobbs, J. R., “Banknotes to get optical counterfeit deterrents,” Laser Focus World, 30, No. 4, 32-33 (April1994) Schafrik, R. E., and S. E. Church, “Protecting the greenback,” Scientific American, 273, No. 1, 40-46 (July1995) Zurer, P., “High-tech ink to be added to U.S. bills,” Chemical & Engineering News, 73, No. 41, 7-8 (9October 1995) Lipkin, R., “New greenbacks. How to make a buck---literally,” Science News, 149, 58-59 (27 January1996) Phillips, R. W., and A. F. Bleikolm, “Optical coatings for document security,” Applied Optics, 35, No. 28,5529-5534 (1 October 1996) Murphy, J. C., D. C. Dubbel, and R. C. Benson, “The Securities Technology Institute for counterfeitdeterrence,” Johns Hopkins APL Technical Digest, 18, No. 2, 295-301 (April-June 1997) Pfaff, G., and P. Reynders, “Angle-dependent optical effects deriving from submicron structures of filmsand pigments,” Chemical Reviews, 99, 1963-1981 (1999) Burns, D. A., “Detection of counterfeit currency and turquoise,” in Practical Spectroscopy, Vol. 27, 2001,pages 783-801 Anderson, L., photo, in “After Image,” Optics & Photonics News, http://www.osa-opn.org6.120 Color saturation in flower petalsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Eckert, M. P., and G. A. Carter, “Flowers produce variations in color saturation by arranging petals atoblique and varying angles,” Journal of the Optical Society of America A, 17A, 825-830 (May 2000)6.121 Yellow brilliance of aspen treesThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)

Optics 118Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Hooker, R. B., and J. D. Gaskill, “Reflections on the brilliance of aspen trees,” Optics & Photonics, 13,No. 7, 18-20 (July 2002)6.122 Colors of eyesThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Nassau, K., The Physics and Chemistry of Color: The Fifteen Causes of Color, Wiley, 1983, page 240;second edition, 2001, page 2386.123 So cold I turned blueThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Nassau, K., The Physics and Chemistry of Color. The Fifteen Causes of Color, Wiley, 1983, pages 239-240; 2 nd edition, 2001, pages 237-238 Kienle, A., L. Lilge, I. A. Vitkin, M. S. Patterson, B. C. Wilson, R. Hibst, and R. Steiner, “Why do veinsappear blue? A new look at an old question,” Applied Optics, 35, No. 7, 1151-1160 (1 March 1996)6.124 Speckle patternsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Dainty, J. C., editor, Laser Speckle and Related Phenomena, Springer-Verlag, 1975; see, especially,"Introduction," pages 1-7 Rigden, J. D., and E. I. Gordon, "The granularity of scattered optical maser light," Proceedings of theInstitute of Radio Engineers, 50, 2367-2368 (1962) Oliver, B. M., "Sparkling spots and random diffraction," Proceedings of the IEEE, 51, 220-221 (1963)

Optics 119 Sinclair, D. C., "Demonstration of chromatic aberration in the eye using coherent light," Journal of theOptical Society of America, 55, 575-576 (1965) Sporton, T. M., "The scattering of coherent light from a rough surface," British Journal of AppliedPhysics, 2, 1027-1034 (1969) Hennessy, R. T., and H. Leibowitz, "Subjective measurement of accommodation with laser light," Journalof the Optical Society of America, 60, 1700-1701 (1970) Hecht, E., "Speckle patterns in unfiltered sunlight," American Journal of Physics, 40, 207 (1972) Ingelstam, E. and S.-I. Ragnarsson, "Eye refraction examined by aid of speckle pattern produced bycoherent light," Vision Research, 12, 411-420 (1972) Mallette, V., "Comment on 'Speckle patterns in unfiltered sunlight'," American Journal of Physics, 41, 844(1973) Briers, J. D., "Wavelength dependence of intensity fluctuations in laser speckle patterns from biologicalspecimens," Optics Communications, 13, 324-326 (1975) Palmer, D. A., "Speckle patterns in incoherent light and ocular refraction," Vision Research, 16, 436(1976) Goodman, J. W., "Some fundamental properties of speckle," Journal of the Optical Society of America,66, 1145-1150 (1976) McKechnie, T. S., “Image-plane speckle in partially coherent illumination,” Optical and QuantumElectronics, 8, 61-67 (1976) May, M., "Information inferred from the observation of speckles," Journal of Physics E: ScientificInstruments, 10, 849-864 (1977) Aggarwal, A. K., and P. C. Gupta, "Scatter light interference using laser speckles," American Journal ofPhysics, 46, 1193-1194 (1978) Welford, W. T., "Laser speckle and surface roughness," Contemporary Physics, 21, 401-412 (1980) Walker, J., "The 'speckle' on a surface lit by laser light can be seen with other kinds of illumination" in"The "Amateur Scientist," Scientific American, 246, 162-170 (February 1982) Churnside, J. H., "Speckle from a rotating diffuse object," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 72,1464-1469 (1982) Bahuguna, R. D., and D. Malacara, "Stationarity of speckle in laser refraction," Journal of the OpticalSociety of America, 73, 1213-1215 (1983) Bahuguna, R. D., and D. Malacara, "Speckle motion: the apparent source position for a plane diffuser,"Journal of the Optical Society of America A, 1, 420-422 (1984) Spetzler, H., "Interesting examples of holographic interferometry," Physics Teacher, 24, 81-85 (1986) Carlsten, J. L., "Laser Speckle," Physics Teacher, 25, 175-176 (1987) Marron, J. C., and K. S. Schroeder, "Speckle from rough rotating objects," Applied Optics, 27, 4279-4287(1988) Briers, J. D., “Speckle fluctuations and biomedical optics: implications and applications,” OpticalEngineering, 32, No. 2, 277-283 (February 1993) Ennos, A. E., “Laser speckle experiments for students,” Physics Education, 31, No. 3, 138-142 (1996) Asundi, A., and H. North, “White-light speckle method---current trends,” Optics and Lasers inEngineering, 29, 159-169 (1998) Amalvy, J. I., C. A. Lasquibar, R. Arizaga, H. Rabal, and M. Trivi, “Application of dynamic speckleinterferometry to the drying of coatings,” Progress in Organic Coatings, 42, 89-99 (2001) Arizaga, R., N. L. Cap, H. Rabal, and M. Trivi, “Display of local activity using dynamical specklepatterns,” Optical Engineering, 41, No. 2, 287-294 (February 2002) Braga, R. A., I. M. Dal Fabbro, F. M. Borem, G. Rabelo, R. Arizaga, H. Rabal, and M. Trivi,“Assessment of seed viability by laser speckle techniques,” Biosystems Engineering, 86, No. 3, 287-294(2003)

Optics 120 Pajuelo, M., G. Baldwin, H. Rabal, N. Cap, R. Arizaga, and M. Trivi, “Bio-speckle assessment ofbruising in fruits,” Optics and Lasers in Engineering, 40, 13-24 (2003) Piederriere, Y., J. Cariou, Y. Guern, B. Le Jeune, G. Le Brun, and J. Lotrian, “Scattering through fluids:speckle size measurement and Monte Carlo simulations close to and into the multiple scattering,” OpticsExpress, 12, No. 1, 176-188 (12 January 2004) Vannoni, M., M. Trivi, R. Arizaga, H. Rabal, and G. Molesini, “Dynamic speckle imaging with low-costdevices,” European Journal of Physics, 29, 967-975 (2008)Related reference Theodossiou, T., E. Georgiou, V. Hovhannisyan, and D. Yova, “Visual observation of infrared laserspeckle patterns at half their fundamental wavelength,” Lasers in Medical Science, 16, 34-39 (2001)6.125 Colors in fluorescent lightThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pagesReference Hauver, G. E., "Color effect of fluorescent lighting," American Journal of Physics, 17, 446 (1949) Hammond, J. A., "Stroboscopic effect with fluorescent lighting," American Journal of Physics, 33, 506(1965) Baker Jr., D. J., "Time dependence of flourescent lamp emission -- a simple demonstration," AmericanJournal of Physics, 34, 627-628 (1966) Ficken Jr., G. W., "Melde experiment viewed with fluorescent lights," American Journal of Physics, 36, 63(1968) Vatsa, L. P. S., "Prevost-Fetchner-Benham effect," American Journal of Physics, 40, 914-915 (1972) Hecht, E., "Interference fringes in a flowing liquid film," American Journal of Physics, 43, 187-189(1975) Eaton, B., "Concerning 'Interference fringes in a flowing liquid film'," American Journal of Physics, 44,594-595 (1976) Winter, A. T., M. S. Foster, R. N. Godby, and L. Staveley-Smith, "Stroboscopic colours under fluorescentlight," Physics Education, 14, 430-431 (1979) Edge, R. B., "Why is the string colored?" Physics Teacher, 18, 518 (1980) Walker, J., "The charm of hydraulic jumps, starting with those observed in the kitchen sink," in “TheAmateur Scientist,” Scientific American, 244, No. 4, 176-184 + 186 (April 1981), see page 182 Haynes, A., (letter) "Flipping gold," New Scientist, 133, 66 (15 February 1992) Turpin, E., (letter) "Glowing gold," New Scientist, 133, 56 (14 March 1992)6.126 Polarizing sunglassesThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.

Optics 121ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Land, E. H., "Polaroid and the headlight problem," Journal of the Franklin Institute, 224, 269-281 (1937) Grabau, M., "Polarized light enters the world of everyday life," Journal of Applied Physics, 9, 215-225(1938) Land, E. H., "Some aspects of the development of sheet polarizers," Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica, 41, 957-963 (1951) Shurcliff, W. A., and S. S. Ballard, Polarized Light, D. Van Nostrand, 1964, pages 100-102, 111-114 McCutchen, C. W., "Flow visualization with stereo shadowgraphs of stratified fluid," Journal ofExperimental Biology, 65, 11-20 (1976) McCutchen, C. W., "Fluid dynamic phenomena can be demonstrated with stereo shadowgraphs ofstratified fluid," American Journal of Physics, 44, 981-983 (1976) Walker, J., "Easy ways to make holograms and view fluid flow, and more about funny fluids" in "TheAmateur Scientist," Scientific American, 242, 158-170 + 172 (February 1980) Konnen, G. P., Polarized Light in Nature, Cambridge University Press, 1985, pages 12-16, 93-96 Konnen, G. P., "Viewing our world with polarizing glasses," Endeavour, 10, 121-124 (1986) Bohren, C. F., What Light through Yonder Window Breaks?, Wiley, 1991, pages 37-48 Sliney, D. H., “Photoprotection of the eye---UV radiation and sunglasses,” Journal of Photochemistry andPhotobiology B: Biology, 64, 166-175 (2001) Bernath, B., J. Gal, and G. Horvath, “Why is it worth flying at dusk for aquatic insects? Polarotactic waterdetection is easiest at low solar elevations,” Journal of Experimental Biology, 207, No. 5, 755-765 (2004) Kriska, G., Z. Csabai, P. Boda, P. Malik, and G. Horvath, “Why do red and dark-coloured cars lure aquaticinsects? The attraction of water insects to car paintwork explained by reflection-polarization signals,”Proceedings of the Royal Society B, 273, 1667-1671 (2006) Collins, P., “Still dazzled after all these years,” New Scientist, 194, No. 2606, 52-53 (2 June 2007) Malik, P., R. Hegedus, G. Kriska, and G. Horvath, “Imaging polarimetry of glass buildings: why dovertical glass surfaces attract polarotactic insects?” Applied Optics, 47, No. 24, 4361-4374 (20 August 2008) Horvath, G., G. Kriska, P. Malik, and B. Robertson, “Polarized light pollution: a new kind of ecologicalphotopollution,” Frontiers in Ecology and the Environment, 7, No. 6, 317-325 (August 2009)Related references Meyer-Arendt, J. R., T. M. Alexander, C. M. Landes, and K. Wilder, "Gradient density glasses for nightdriving," Applied Optics, 9, 2176-2177 (1970) Horvath, G., and D. Varju, “Polarization pattern of freshwater habitats recorded by video polarimetery inred, green and blue spectral ranges and its relevance for water detection by aquatic insects,” Journal ofExperimental Biology, 200, 1155-1163 (1997)6.127 Sky polarizationThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.

Optics 122http://www.physorg.com/news91798327.html Vikings use of polarized light to navigate when the Sun wasnot visibleReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 251-254 Baez, A. V., "Photoelastic patterns without crossed polarizer and analyzer," American Journal of Physics,22, No. 1 39 (January 1954) Ferguson, I. F., “Photoelastic patterns without crossed polarizer and analyzer,” American Journal ofPhysics, 22, No. 7, 495 (October 1954) Neuberger, H., Introduction to Physical Meteorology, Pennsylvania State University, College of MineralIndustries, Penn., 1957, pages 194-204 Hallden, U., "A simple device for observing the polarization of light from the sky," Nature, 182, 333(1958) Chapman, J. A., "A device for visualizing the pattern of plane polarized light from blue sky," Nature, 181,1393-1394 (1958) Bragg, W., The Universe of Light, Dover, 1959, pages 193-196 Shurcliff, W. A., and S. S. Ballard, Polarized Light, D. Van Nostrand, 1964, pages 98-99 Humphreys, W. J., Physics of the Air, Dover, 1964, pages 571-575 Rozenberg, G. V., Twilight: A Study in Atmospheric Optics, Plenum Press, 1966, pages 12-17 Neumark, O. W., letter, Weather, 21, 303 (1966) Wood, E., Science for the Airplane Passenger, Houghton Mifflin Co., 1968, pages 62-63 Crawford Jr., F. S., Waves (Berkeley Physics Course, vol. 3), McGraw-Hill, 1968, pages 413-414 Fraser, R. S., "Atmospheric neutral points over water," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 58,1029-1031 (1968) Rayleigh, Lord, "The blue sky and the optical properties of air" in The Royal Institution Library ofScience: Physical Sciences, W. L. Bragg and G. Porter, editors, Elsevier, 1970, vol. 8, pages 309-317 Coulson, K. L., "On the solar radiation field in a polluted atmosphere," Journal of QuantitativeSpectroscopy and Radiative Transfer, 11, 739-755 (1971) Scorer, R., Clouds of the World, Stackpole Books, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, 1972, pages 152-153 Walker, J., "More about polarizers and how to use them, particularly for studying polarized sky light" in"The Amateur Scientist," Scientific American, 238, 132-136 + 140 (January 1978) Coffeen, D. L., "Polarization and scattering characteristics in the atmospheres of Earth, Venus, andJupiter," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 69, 1051-1064 (1979); see Summary, page 1062 Coulson, K. L., "Characteristics of skylight at the zenith during twilight as indicators of atmosphericturbidity. 1: Degree of polarization," Applied Optics, 19, 3469-3480 (1980) Bohren, C. F., and G. M. Brown, "Cellophane tape, hailstones, frost, and airplane windows" in "SimpleExperiments in Atmospheric Physics," Weatherwise, 34, 178-180 (1981) Young, A. T., "Depolarization effects in Rayleigh scattering," Journal of the Optical Society of America,71, 1142 (1981) Coulson, K. L., "Effects of the El Chichon volcanic cloud in the stratosphere on the polarization of lightfrom the sky," Applied Optics, 22, 1036-1050 (1983) Bohren, C., "Polarization of skylight" in "Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics," Weatherwise, 37,261-265 (1984); contained in C. F. Bohren, Clouds in a Glass of Beer: Simple Experiments in AtmosphericPhysics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,; now available from Dover Publications, ISBN 0486417387, 1987,Chapter 19 Konnen, G. P., Polarized Light in Nature, Cambridge University Press, 1985, pages 32-33, 40-45, 144-145

Optics 123 Konnen, G. P., "Viewing our world with polarizing glasses," Endeavour, 10, 121-124 (1986) Minnaert, M., Light and Color in the Open Air, translated and revised by L. Seymour, Spring-Verlag,1993, pages 275-276, ISBN 0-387—97935-2, 3-540-97935-2, 0-387-94413-3 Roslund, C., and C. Beckman, “Disputing Viking navigation by polarized skylight,” Applied Optics, 33,No. 21, 4754-4755 (July 1994), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’sShoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Societyof America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4; http://www.osa.org Lee Jr., R. L., “Digital imaging of clear-sky polarization,” Applied Optics, 37, No. 9, 1465-1476 (March1998), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the“Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4; http://www.osa.org Horvath, G., I. Pomozi, and J. Gal, “Neutral points of skylight polarization observed during the totaleclipse on 11 August 1999,” Applied Optics, 42, No. 3, 465-475 (20 January 2003) Berry, M. V., M. R. Dennis, and R. L. Lee Jr., “Polarization singularities in the clear sky,” New Journalof Physics, 6, article # 162 (14 pages) (20 September 2004) Hannay, J. H., “Polarization of sky light from a canopy atmosphere,” New Journal of Physics, 6, article# 197 (10 pages) (13 December 2004) Dean, S., “Topological mapping of the sky,” in “Scatterings,” Optics & Photonics News, 16, 8-9 (January2005) Cronin, T. W., E. J. Warrant, and B. Greiner, “Celestial polarization patterns during twilight,” AppliedOptics, 45, No. 22, 5582-5589 (1 August 2006) Hegedus, R., S. Akesson, R. Wehner, and G. Horvath, “Could Vikings have navigated under foggy andcloudy conditions by skylight polarization? On the atmospheric optical prerequisites of polarimetric Vikingnavigation under foggy and cloudy skies,” Proceedings of the Royal Society A, 463, 1081-1095 (2007) Hegedus, R., S. Akesson, and G. Horvath, “Anomalous celestial polarization caused by forest fire smoke:shy do some insects become visually disoriented under smoky skies?” Applied Optics, 46, No. 14, 2717-2726 (10 May 2007) Sipocz, B., R. Hegedus, G. Kriska, and G. Horvath, “Spatiotemporal change of sky polarization during thetotal solar eclipse on 29 March 2006 in Turkey: polarization patterns of the eclipsed sky observed by fullskypolarimetry,” Applied Optics, 47, 34, H1-H10 (1 December 2008) Pust, N. J., and J. A. Shaw, “Digital all-sky polarization imaging of partly cloudy skies,” Applied Optics,47, No. 34, H190-H198 (1 December 2008)Related reference Shashar, N., T. W. Cronin, L. B. Wolff, and M. A. Condon, “The polarization of light in a tropical rainforest,” Biotropica, 30, No. 2, 275-285 (1998)6.128 Ant navigationThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=w9KDM4C1kVg video about the navigation of the desert antwww.theobio.uni-bonn.de/.../index_en.html includes simulationsReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)

Optics 124Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Muller, M., and R. Wehner, “Path integration in desert ants, Cataglyphis fortis,” Proceedings of theNational Academy of Sciences USA, 85, 5287-5290 (July 1988) Wehner, R., and S. Wehner, “Insect navigation: use of maps or Ariadne’s thread?” Ethology, Ecology &Evolution, 2, 27-48 (1990) Collett, M., T. S. Collett, S. Bisch, and R. Wehner, “Local and global vectors in desert ant navigation,”Nature, 394, 269-272 (16 July 1998) Wehner, R., “Large-scale navigation: the insect case,” Spatial Information Theory. Lecture Notes inComputer Science, No. 1661, 1-20 (1999) ISSN: 0302-9743 Biegler, R., “Possible uses of path integration in animal navigation,” Animal Learning & Behavior, 28,No. 3, 257-277 (2000) Collett, M., and T. S. Collett, “How do insects use path integration for their navigation?” BiologicalCybernetics, 83, 245-259 (2000) Collett, T. S., M. Collett, and R. Wehner, “The guidance of desert ants by extended landmarks,” Journal ofExperimental Biology, 204, 1635-1639 (2001) Wohlgemuth, S., B. Ronacher, and R. Wehner, “Ant odometry in the third dimension,” Nature, 411, 795-798 (14 June 2001) Wehner, R., “Polarization vision---a uniform sensory capacity?” Journal of Experimental Biology, 204,2589-2596 (2001) Wehner, R., K. Gallizzi, C. Frei, and M. Vesely, “Calibration processes in desert ant navigation: vectorcourses and systematic search,” Journal of Comparative Physiology A, 188, 683-693 (2002) Cheng, K., and R. Wehner, “Navigating desert ants (Cataglyphis fortis) learn to alter their search patternson their homebound journey,” Physiological Entomology, 27, 285-290 (2002) Labhart, T., and E. P. Meyer, “Neural mechanisms in insect navigation: polarization compass andodometer,” Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 12, 707-714 (2002) Wohlgemuth, S., B. Ronacher, and R. Wehner, “Distance estimation in the third dimension in desert ants,”Journal of Comparative Physiology A, 188, 273-281 (2002) Wehner, R., “Desert ant navigation: how miniature brains solve complex tasks,” Journal of ComparativePhysiology A, 189, 579-588 (2003) Bisch-Knaden, S., and R. Wehner, “Local vectors in desert ants: context-dependent landmark learningduring outbound and homebound runs,” Journal of Comparative Physiology A, 189, 181-187 (2003) Norgaard, T., J. R. Henschel, and R. Wehner, “Long-distance navigation in the wandering desert spiderLeucorchestris arenicola: can the slope of the dune surface provide a compass clue?” Journal ofComprehensive Physiology A, 189, 801-809 (2003) Homberg, U., “In search of the sky compass in the insect brain,” Naturwissenschaften, 91, 199-208 (2004) Sommer, S., and R. Wehner, “The ant’s estimation of distance travelled: experiments with desert ants,Cataglyphis fortis,” Journal of Comparative Physiology A, 190, 1-6 (2004) Halliday, D., R. Resnick, and J. Walker, Fundamentals of Physics, 7e, Wiley, 2005, pages 38, 46-47 Grah, G., R. Wehner, and B. Ronacher, “Path integration in a three-dimensional maze: ground distanceestimation keeps desert ants Cataglyphis fortis on course,” Journal of Experimental Biology, 208, 4005-4011 (2005) Wolf, H., and R. Wehner, “Desert ants compensate for navigation uncertainty,” Journal of ExperimentalBiology, 208, 4223-4230 (2005) Sommer, S., and R. Wehner, “Vector navigation in desert ants, Cataglyphis fortis: celestial compass cuesare essential for the proper use of distance information,” Naturwissenschaften, 92, 468-471 (2005) Thielen-Bescond, M., and G. Beugnon, “Vision-independent odometry in the ant Cataglyphis cursor,”Naturwissenschaften, 92, 193-197 (2005)Knaden, M., and R. Wehner, “Nest mark orientation in desert ants Cataglyphis: what does it do the pathintegrator?” Animal Behaviour, 70, 1349-1354 (2005)

Optics 125 Cheng, K., A. Narendra, and R. Wehner, “Behavioral ecology of odometric memories in desert ants:acquisition, retention, and integration,” Behavioral Ecology, 17, 227-235 (2006) Knaden, M., R. Wehner, “Ant navigation: resetting the path integrator,” Journal of Experimental Biology,209, 26-31 (2006) Wehner, R., and M. Muller, “The significance of direct sunlight and polarized skylight in the ant’s celestialsystem of navigation,” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America,103, No. 33, 12575-12579 (15 August 2006) Ronacher, B., E. Westwig, and R. Wehner, “Integrating two-dimensional paths: do desert ants processdistance information in the absence of celestial compass cues? Journal of Experimental Biology, 209, 3301-3308 (2006) Muller, M., and R. Wehner, “Wind and sky as compass cues in desert ant navigation,”Naturwissenschaften, 94, 589-594 (2007) “Pedometer helps ants get home,” Journal of Experimental Biology, 210, i (2007) Wittlinger, M., R. Wehner, and H. Wolf, “The desert ant odometer: a stride integrator that accounts forstride length and walking speed,” Journal of Experimental Biology, 210, 198-207 (2007) Narendra, A., “Homing strategies of the Australian desert ant Melophorus bagoti. I. Proportional pathintegrationtakes the ant half-way home,” Journal of Experimental Biology, 210, 1798-1803 (2007) Hetz, D., J. Koch, and B. Ronacher, “Desert ants do not rely on sky compass information for theperception of inclined path segments,” Journal of Exerimental Biology, 212, 1528-1534 (2009)Related references: Graham-Rowe, D., “March of the biobots,” New Scientist, 160, No. 2163, 26-30 (5 December 1998) Lambrinos, D., “Navigation in desert ants: the robotic solution,” Robotica, 21, 407-426 (2003) Merkle, T., M. Rost, and W. Alt, “Egocentric path integration models and their application to desertarthropods,” Journal of Theoretical Biology, 240, 385-399 (2006) Wehner, R., M. Boyer, F. Loertscher, S. Sommer, and U. Menzi, “Ant navigation: one-way routes ratherthan maps,” Current Biology, 16, 75-79 (10 January 2006)6.129 Colors and spots and polarizationThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://atmospherical.blogspot.com Way cool blog site with lots of photos and descriptions. Go through thearchived blogs by clicking on the button at the bottom of the page. The blog started in April 2006. Find theentry for April 5, 2007 for polarization colors photographed through an airplane window.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Winans, J. G., "Demonstrations with half-wave plates," American Journal of Physics, 21, 170-179 (1950) Baez, A. V., "Photoelastic patterns without crossed polarizer and analyzer," American Journal of Physics,22, 39 (1954) Ferguson, I. F., "Photoelastic patterns without crossed polarizer and analyzer," American Journal ofPhysics, 22, 495 (1954) Fahy, E. F., and M. A. MacConaill, "Optical properties of 'cellophane'," Nature, 178, 1072-1073 (1956)

Optics 126 Wood, E. A., Crystals and Light, Van Nostrand, Momentum Books, 1964, pages 79-93 "Magical stones of the sun," Time, 90, 58 (14 July 1967) Cornford, S. G., "An effect of polarized sky light," Weather, 23, 25 + 39 (1968) Crawford Jr., F. S., Waves (Berkeley Physics Course, vol. 3), McGraw-Hill, 1968, pages 420ff, 448-449 Wood, E., Science for the Airplane Passenger, Houghton Mifflin Co., 1968, pages 14-16 Gordon, J. E., The New Science of Strong Materials, or Why You Don't Fall through the Floor, PrincetonUniversity Press, 1968, page 111 Wilson, R. M., E. J. Gardner, and R. H. Squire, "The absorption of light by oriented molecules," Journal ofChemical Education, 50, No. 2, 94-98 (February 1973) Cloud, S. D., "Birefringence experiments for the introductory physics course," American Journal ofPhysics, 41, 1184-1188 (1973) Stong, C. L., "The polariscope as a measuring instrument and as a means of creating objects of art" in "TheAmateur Scientist," Scientific American, 231, 122-126 (July 1974) Walker, J., "Studying polarized light with quarter-wave and half-wave plates of one's own making" in"The Amateur Scientist," Scientific American, 237, 172-180 + 190 (December 1977) Walker, J., "More about polarizers and how to use them, particularly for studying polarized sky light" in"The Amateur Scientist," Scientific American, 238, 132-136 + 140 (January 1978) Walker, J., "The physics of the patterns of frost on a window, plus an easy-to-read sundial" in "TheAmateur Scientist," Scientific American, 243, 230-238 + 246 (December 1980) Bohren, C. F., and G. M. Brown, "Cellophane tape, hailstones, frost, and airplane windows" in "SimpleExperiments in Atmospheric Physics," Weatherwise, 34, 178-180 (1981) Walker, J., "What causes the color in plastic objects stressed between two polarizing filters?" in "TheAmateur Scientist," Scientific American, 248, 146-152 + 154 (June 1983) Konnen, G. P., Polarized Light in Nature, Cambridge University Press, 1985, pages 30, 43, 89-93, 121-124, 140-142 Crane, H. R., "Stretch orientation: a process of a hundred uses" in "How Things Work," Physics Teacher,23, 304-305 (1985) Davies, G. R., "Polarized optical cheshire cat," Physics Teacher, 23, 498 (1985) Blanchard, D., letter, "Window watching," Weatherwise, 40, 237-238 (1987) Bohren, C., "Window watching and polarized light" in "Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics,"Weatherwise, 41, 105-110 (1988) Bohren, C., "Fame for window watching: Malus and polarization upon reflection" in "Simple Experimentsin Atmospheric Physics," Weatherwise, 41, 175-180 (1988) Bohren, C. F., What Light through Yonder Window Breaks?, Wiley, 1991, pages 25-48 Bohren, C. F., “On the gamut of colors seen through birefringent airplane windows,” Applied Optics,30, No. 24, 3474-3478 + Plates 17-19 (August 1991), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, OnMinnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4; http://www.osa.org Bohren, C., "On the gamut of colors seen through birefringent airplane windows," Applied Optics, 30,3474-3478 (1991) Chagnon, P., “Animated displays IV: linear polarization,” in “Deck the Halls,” edited by Joe Pizzo,Physics Teacher, 31, 489-499 (November 1993) Reid, B., "Colored flag by double refraction," Physics Teacher, 32, 38-39 (1994) Chagnon, P., “Optics for people stuck in traffic: stress patterns,” Physics Teacher, 32, 166-167 (March1994) Roslund, C., and C. Beckman, “Disputing Viking navigation by polarized skylight,” Applied Optics, 33,No. 21, 4754-4755 (July 1994), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, On Minnaert’sShoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999, Optical Societyof America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4; http://www.osa.org

Optics 127 Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 238-239 Frankel, F., “Black-light sandwich,” American Scientist, 92, No. 3, 268-269 (May-June 2004) Barta, A., G. Horvath, and V. B. Meyer-Rochow, “Psychophysical study of the visual Sun location inpictures of clouds and twilight skies inspired by Viking navigation,” Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica A, 22, No. 6, 1023-1034 (June 2005)Related references Mason, S. F., "Optical Activity and Molecular Dissymmetry," Contemporary Physics, 9, 239-256 (1968) Pincock, R. E., and K. R. Wilson, "Spontaneous generation of optical activity," Journal of ChemicalEducation, 50, 455-457 (1973) Hill, J. W., "An overhead projection demonstration of optical activity," Journal of Chemical Acitivity, 50,574 (1973) Isard, J. O., S. J. Desai, and K. Mwila, "Birefringence due to laminar inhomogeneities in commercial flatglass," Journal of Physics D: Applied Physics, 11, 433-446 (1978) Hultsch, R. A., "A demonstration of optical activity," Physics Teacher, 20, 476 (1982) Konnen, G. P., Polarized Light in Nature, Cambridge University Press, 1985, pages 122-124, 157-159 Walker, J., "An inexpensive homemade polarimeter can analyze optically active compounds" in "TheAmateur Scientist," Scientific American, 254, 120-125 (January 1986) Cruz, S., and S. Galindo, "Portable, inexpensive polarimeter," Revista Mexicana de F¡sica, 33, 300-310(1987) Applequist, J., "Optical activity: Biot's bequest," American Scientist, 75, 58-68 (1987) Hambly, G. F., "Optical activity: an improved demonstration," Journal of Chemical Education, 65, 623(1988) Koubek, E., and H. Quinn, "Change in optical rotation with wavelength," Journal of Chemical Education,66, 853 (1989) Knauer, B., "A demonstration of the optical activity of a pair of enantiomers," Journal of ChemicalEducation, 66, 1033-1034 (1989) Davies, G. R., "Polarized light corridor demonstrations," Physics Teacher, 28, 464-467 (1990) Becker, R., "Kaleidoscoptical activity," Journal of Chemical Education, 70, 74-75 (1993) Iizuka, K., “Cellophane as a half-wave plate and its use for convertaing a laptop computer screen into athree-dimensional display,” Review of Scientific Instruments, 74, No. 8, 2636-2639 (August 2003)6.130 Colorless foam and grounded powderThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Nassau, K., The Physics and Chemistry of Color: The Fifteen Causes of Color, Wiley, 1983, pages 20-21;2 nd edition, 2001, pages 28-29 Bohren, C., "Multiple scattering at the beach" in "Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics,"Weatherwise, 36, 197-200 (1983); contained in C. F. Bohren, Clouds in a Glass of Beer: Simple

Optics 128Experiments in Atmospheric Physics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; now available from Dover Publications,ISBN 0486417387, 1987, Chapter 15 Hecht, E., "Why isn't paper transparent, like glass?" Physics Teacher, 22, 316-317 (1984) Birth, G. S., "Diffuse reflection," Physics Teacher, 24, 138-143 (1986) Bohren, C. F., "Multiple scattering of light and some of its observable consequences," American Journalof Physics, 55, 524-533 (1987) Bohren, C. F., "Understanding colors in nature," Pigment Cell Research, 1, 214-222 (1988)6.131 Glossy black felt, glossy varnishThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Bragg, W., The Universe of Light, Dover, 1959, pages 33-35 Harrison, V. G. W., Gloss: Its Definition and Measurement, Chemical Publishing Company, 19496.132 Colors of green glass and green velvetThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Fabrikant, B., "Through a glass brightly: there's more to green glass than meets the eye," Quantum, 1, 34-38 (September/October 1990) Lu, R., J. J. Koenderink, and A. M. L. Kappers, “Optical properties (bidirectional reflection distributionfunctions) of velvet,” Applied Optics, 37, No. 25, 5974-5984 (1 September 1998)Related reference “Optical properties (bidirectional reflectance distribution function) of shot fabric,” Applied Optics, 39,No. 31, 5785-5795 (1 November 1998)6.133 Peachy skin and apparent softnessThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.References

Optics 129Dots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Lu, R., J. J. Koenderink, and A. M. L. Kappers, “Specularities on surfaces with tangential hairs orgrooves,” Computer Vision and Image Understanding, 78, 320-335 (2000) Koenderink, J., and S. Pont, “The secret of velvety skin,” Machine Vision and Applications, 14, 260-268(2003)6.134 Twinkies and Vaseline partiesThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lP406GnB7n4 HaircreamReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Lea, A., and D. Fell, (letters) “Tonic blues,” New Scientist, 165, No. 2224, inside back cover (6 February2000) Kurata, S., H. Hirano, and M. Nagai, “Development of fluorescent markers using polycyclic aromatichydrocarbons with Vaseline,” Journal of Forensic Science, 47, No. 2, 244-253 (2002) Samanidou, V. F., E. N. Evaggelopoulou, and I. N. Papdoyannis, “Simple and rapid HPLC method for thedetermination of quinine in soft drinks using fluorescence detection,” Journal of Liquid Chromatography &Related Technologies, 27, 15, 2397-2406 (2004)6.135 The colors of meatThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Charley, H., Food Science, 2nd edition, Wiley, 1982, pages 395-400 Nassau, K., The Physics and Chemistry of Color: The Fifteen Causes of Color, Wiley, 1983, page 332;second edition, 2001, page 329 Swatland, H. J., “Optical characteristics of natural iridescence in meat,” Journal of Food Science, 49, 685-686 (1984) Swatland, H. J., “Interference colors of beef fasciculi in circularly polarized light,” Journal of AnimalScience, 66, No. 2, 379-384 (February 1988) Swatland, H. J., “A review of meat spectrophotometry (300 to 800 nm),” Canadian Institute of Food andScience Technology, 22, no. 4, 390-402 (1989)

Optics 130 Lawrence, T. E., M. C. Hunt, and D. H. Kropf, “Surface roughening of precooked, cured beef roundmuscles reduces iridescence,” Journal of Muscle Foods, 13, No. 1, 69-73 (2002) Obuz, E., and D. H. Kropf, “Will blade tenderization decrease iridescence in cooked beef semitendinosusmuscle,” Journal of Muscle Foods, 13, No. 1, 75-79 (2002) Kukowski, A. C., D. M. Wulf, B. C. Shanks, J. K. Page, and R. J. Maddock, “Factors associated withsurface iridescence in fresh beef,” Meat Science, 66, 889-893 (2004) King, N. J. (nee Turner), and R. Whyte, “Does it look cooked? A review of factors that influence cookedmeat color,” Journal of Food Science, 71, No. 4, R31-R40 (2006)6.136 A short beerThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Moloney, M. J., "Cylindrical lenses and short beers," American Journal of Physics, 43, 741-743 (1975) Prigo, R. B., and A. Korda, "Additions to 'Cylindrical lenses and short beers'," American Journal ofPhysics, 44, 601 (1976) Haig, G. Y., and L. W. Barr, "Comment on 'Cylindrical lenses and short beers'," American Journal ofPhysics, 44, 799-800 (1976) Prigo, R. B., R. B. Harding, R. Wormsbecher, and R. P. Brandts, "A not so tall beer," American Journal ofPhysics, 45, 582-583 (1977) Scheie, P. O., “Refractive index of the beer,” American Journal of Physics, 46, No. 4, 426-427 (April1978) Prigo, R. B., A. Rosales, R. B. Harding, and R. Wormsbecher, "One beer for the price of two," AmericanJournal of Physics, 47, 744-745 (1979) Burke, W. L., "The not-so-short beer," American Journal of Physics, 48, 783-784 (1980) (Corrects earlierpapers)6.137 "Whiter than white"This item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Allen, E., "Mode of action of fluorescent whitening agents and measurement of their relativeefficiency," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 47, 933-943 (1957) Higginbotham, R. S., and F. W. Thomas, "Fluorescent whitening agents," Nature, 181, 1437-1438 (1958) Adams, D. A. W., "Fluorescent brightening agents," Journal of the Society of Dyers and Colourists, 75,22-31 (1959)

Optics 131 Morton, T. H., "Optical studies III --- Fluorescent brightening agents on textiles: elementary opticaltheory and its practical implications," Journal of the Society of Dyers and Colourists, 79, 238-242 (1963) Nassau, K., The Physics and Chemistry of Color: The Fifteen Causes of Color, Wiley, 1983, page 307; 2 ndedition, 2001, page 302Related reference Billmeyer Jr., F. W., and L. B. Hepfinger, "Energy transfer between fluorescent organic pigments," ColorResearch and Application, 8, 12-16 (spring 1983)6.138 Disappearing coinThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages de Bruyne, N. A., "The action of adhesives," Scientific American, 206, 114-126 (April 1962)6.139 Sunglasses and smogThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Coulson, K. L., "On the solar radiation field in a polluted atmosphere," Journal of QuantitativeSpectroscopy and Radiative Transfer, 11, 739-755 (1971) White, W. H., "Estimating the size range of smog aerosol particles with a pair of sunglasses," AtmosphericEnvironment, 9, 1036-1037 (1975) Walker, J., "More about polarizers and how to use them, particularly for studying polarized sky light" in"The Amateur Scientist," Scientific American, 238, 132-136 + 140 (January 1978) Schechner, Y. Y., S. G. Narasimhan, and S. K. Nayar, “Polarization-based vision through haze,” AppliedOptics, 42, No. 3, 511-525 (20 January 2003)6.140 Brightness of the oceanThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.References

Optics 132Dots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Plass, G. N., G. W. Kattawar, and J. A. Guinn Jr., "Radiance distribution over a ruffled sea: contributionsfrom glitter, sky, and ocean," Applied Optics, 15, 3161-3165 (1976)6.141 Blue ribbon on sea horizonThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Rossmann, F. O., "Banded reflections from the sea," Weather, 15, 409-415 (1960)6.142 Darkness falls with a bangThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Griffiths, J. F., "Sunrise, sunset," Weather, 31, 427-429 (1976)Related reference Silverman, S. M., “’It’s always darkest before the dawn’??? The Psychophysics of twilight,” OpticalSpectra, 6, 35-38 (April 1972)6.143 Colorful contrailThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.atoptics.co.uk/ Many photos and explanations of atmospheric opticsReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)

Optics 133Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages "An unusual observation of iridescence," Weather, 17, 108 (1962) Bohren, C., “A serendipitous iridescent cloud,” in “Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics,”Weatherwise, 38, 268-274 (October 1985); contained in C. F. Bohren, Clouds in a Glass of Beer: SimpleExperiments in Atmospheric Physics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; now available from Dover Publications,ISBN 0486417387, 1987, Chapter 176.144 Nacreous cloudsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.atoptics.co.uk/ Many photos and explanations of atmospheric opticshttp://www.britastro.org/iandi/gavin04.htm Photohttp://epod.usra.edu/archive/epodviewer.php3?oid=167296 Photo, nacreous clouds above Antarcticahttp://math.ucr.edu/home/baez/diary/nacreous.jpg Photohttp://www.pixheaven.net/icones_page/0408210068.jpg PhotoReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Stormer, C., "Mother-of-pearl clouds," Weather, 3, 13-18 (1948) Williams, G. C., "Nacreous clouds observed in southeastern Alaska January 24, 1950," Bulletin of theAmerican Meteorological Society, 31, 322-323 (1950) Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pp. 229-230 Scorer, R. S., "Mother-of-pearl clouds," Weather, 19, 115-117 (1964) Scorer, R., and H. Wexler, Cloud Studies in Colour, Pergamon Press, 1967, pp. 20-21, 28-29 Hallett, J., and R. E. J. Lewis, "Mother-of-pearl clouds," Weather, 22, 56-65 (1967) Sharpe Jr., J. M., "Nacreous clouds at White Sands Missile Range," Bulletin of the AmericanMeteorological Society, 51, 1148-1149 (1970) Scorer, R., Clouds of the World, Stackpole Books, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, 1972, pages 74-75 McIntosh, D. H., "Mother-of-pearl cloud over Scotland," Weather, 27, 14-22 (1972) Thyer, N. H., (letter) "Tropical mother-of-pearl cloud," Weather, 30, 67 (1975) McIntosh, D. H., "Nacreous clouds," Weather, 31, 184-190 (1976) Bohren, C., “A serendipitous iridescent cloud,” in “Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics,”Weatherwise, 38, 268-274 (October 1985); contained in C. F. Bohren, Clouds in a Glass of Beer: SimpleExperiments in Atmospheric Physics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.; now available from Dover Publications,ISBN 0486417387, 1987, Chapter 176.145 Twilight purple lightThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.References

Optics 134Dots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 270-280 Deacon, E. L., "The second purple light," Nature, 178, 688 (1956) Neuberger, H., Introduction to Physical Meteorology, Pennsylvania State Univ., College of MineralIndustries, Penn., 1957, pages 184-192 Humphreys, W. J., Physics of the Air, Dover, 1964, page 567 Rozenberg, G. V., Twilight: A Study in Atmospheric Optics, Plenum Press, 1966 Dave, J. V., and C. L. Mateer, "The effect of stratospheric dust on the color of the twilight sky," Journalof Geophysical Research, 73, 6897-6913 (1968) Volz, F. E., "Twilights and stratospheric dust before and after the Agung eruption," Applied Optics, 8,2505-2517 (1969) Sonnier, I. L., "Alpine glow: a rare sunset," Journal of Geological Education, 26, 118 (1978) Coffeen, D. L., "Polarization and scattering characteristics in the atmospheres of Earth, Venus, andJupiter," Journal of the Optical Society of America, 69, 1051-1064 (1979) Hall Jr., F. F., "Twilight sky colors: observations and the status of modeling," Journal of the OpticalSociety of America, 69, 1179-1180 + 1197 (1979) Meinel, A., and M. Meinel, Sunsets, Twilights, and Evening Skies, Cambridge Univ. Press, 1983, pages 36,54 Schaaf, F., Wonders of the Sky: Observing Rainbows, Comets, Eclipses, the Stars, and Other Phenomena,Dover, 1983, pages 59-62 Corliss, W. R., Rare Halos, Mirages, Anomalous Rainbows and Related Electromagnetic Phenomena,Sourcebook Project, 1984 (PO Box 107, Glen Arm, MD 21057), pp. 124-125 Walker, J., "The colors of the sky offer lessons in optical scattering" in "The Amateur Scientist," ScientificAmerican, 260, 102-105 (January 1989) Stothers, R. B., “Major optical depth perturbations to the stratosphere from volcanic eruptions:pyrheliometric period, 1881-1960,” Journal of Geophysical Research, 101, No. D2, 3901-3920 (20 February1996) Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, pages 32, 41-43 Lee Jr., R. L., and J. Hernandez-Andres, “Measuring and modeling twilight’s purple light,” AppliedOptics, 42, No. 3, 445-457 (20 January 2003)6.146 Ripples in the skyThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Saunders, F. A., "Visible sound waves," Science, 52, 442 (1920) Archenhold, G. H., "A solar halo phenomenon," Nature, 154, 433 (1944) Vand, V., and R. Holdsworth, "A solar halo phenomenon," Nature, 154, 517 (1944)

Optics 135 “Visible acoustic waves passing through clouds,” Bulletin American Meteorological Society, 26, 102(April 1945) Jones, A. T., "Secondary shock waves and an unusual photograph," American Journal of Physics, 15, 57-59 (1947) Barlow, E. W., "Halo phenomena of July 20, 1949," Meteorological Magazine, 78, 282-284 (1949) Gorrie, I. C., (letter) "Meteorological optical phenomena," Weather, 27, 392 (1972) White, R., "Rapidly moving ripples in cirrus," Weather, 30, 205 (1975) White, R., "Rapidly moving ripples in cirrus," Weather, 31, 244 (1976) Burton, B. J., "Fast-moving dark bands crossing the arc of contact," Journal of Meteorology, 2, 233-236(1976/77) Botley, C. M., "Dark bands crossing clouds," Journal of Meteorology, 2, 373 (1976/1977) Blake, M., "Rapidly moving ripples in cirrus," Weather, 32, 276-277 (1977) Scutt, R., and W. C. Livingston, (letters) "Rapidly moving ripples in cirrus cloud," Weather, 33, 38-39(1978) Corliss, W. R., Rare Halos, Mirages, Anomalous Rainbows and Related Electromagnetic Phenomena,Sourcebook Project, 1984 (PO Box 107, Glen Arm, MD 21057), pp. 195-198 Archenhold, G. H., “Moving ripples in solar haloes: are they caused by sound-waves from meteors?”Quarterly Journal of the Royal Astronomical Society, 25, No. 2, 122-125 (1984)6.147 Line across distant rainThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Vonnegut, B., and C. B. Moore, "Visual analogue of radar bright band phenomenon," Weather, 15, 277-279 (1960) Sassen, K., "Laser depolarisation 'bright band' from melting snowflakes," Nature, 255, 316-318 (1975) Sassen, K., "Polarization diversity lidar returns from virga and precipitation: anomalies and the bright bandanalogy," Journal of Applied Meteorology, 15, 292-300 (1976) Sassen, K., "Lidar observations of high plains thunderstorm precipitation," Journal of the AtmosphericSciences, 34, 1444-1457 (1977) Gray, W. R., “Aspects of melting and the radar bright band,” Meteorological Applications, 8, No. 3, 371-379 (September 2001)Related reference Russell, R. W., and J. W. Wilson, “Radar-observed ‘fine lines’ in the optically clear boundary layer:reflectivity contributions from aerial plankton and its predators,” Boundary-Layer Meteorology, 82, 235-262(1997)6.148 Bright nightsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.

Optics 136The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Peterson, A. W., "Airglow events visible to the naked eye," Applied Optics, 18, 3390-3393 (1979)Armstrong, E. B., "The association of visible airglow features with a gravity wave," Journal of Atmosphericand Terrestrial Physics, 44, 325-336 (1982) Herse, M., and P. Rigaud, "Relation between bright nights and meteoritic showers," Canadian Journal ofPhysics, 63, 1446-1448 (1985)6.149 Zodiacal light, gegenschein, and other nocturnal lightsThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://www.astro.virginia.edu/class/majewski/astr313/lectures/photometry/photometry_reduction.htmlScroll down to the zodiacal light materialReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 290-295 Blackwell, D. E., "The zodiacal light," Scientific American, 203, 54-63 + 198 (July 1960) Roosen, R. G., "A photographic investigation of the gegenschein and the Earth-Moon libration point L 5 ,"Icarus, 9, 429-439 (1968); also see photo in errata, Icarus, 10, No. 3, 352 (1969) Roosen, R. G., "The gegenschein and interplanetary dust outside the Earth's orbit," Icarus, 13, No. 2, 184-201 (1970) Roosen, R. G., "An annotated bibliography on the gegenschein," Icarus, 13, 523-539 (1970) Greenberg, J. M., “Models of the zodiacal light,” Space Research, 10, 225-232 (1970) Roosen, R. G., "The gegenschein," Reviews of Geophysics and Space Physics, 9, 275-304 (1971) “The zodiacal light and elusive gegenschein,” in “Celestial Calendary,” Sky & Telescope 60, No. 4, 300-302 (1980) Schur, C., "The zodiacal light in color," Sky & Telescope, 64, 199 (1982) Winkler, C., T. Schmidt-Kaler, and W. Schlosser, “Die symmetrieebene des zodiakallichtes und diestruktur des gegenscheins,” Astronomy and Astrophysics, 143, 194-200 (1985) Maucherat, A., A. Llebaria, and J. C. Gonin, “A general survey of the gegenschein in blue light,”Astronomy and Astrophysics, 167, No. 1, 173-178 (1986) Flynn, G. J., “Changes in the zodiacal cloud,” Nature, 376, 114 (13 July 1995) James, J. F., T. Mukai, T. Watanabe, M. Ishiguro, and R. Nakamura, “The morphology and brightness ofthe zodiacal light and gegenschein,” Monthly Notices of the Royal Astronomical Society, 288, 1022-1026(1997) Ishiguro, M., R. Nakamura, Y. Fujii, K. Morishige, H. Yano, H. Yasuda, S. Yokogawa, and T. Mukai,“First detection of visible zodiacal dust bands from ground-based observations,” Astrophysical Journal, 511,432-435 (20 January 1999)

Optics 137 Lynch, D. K., and W. Livingston, Color and Light in Nature, 2 nd edition, Cambridge University Press,2001, page 220 Mann, I., H. Kimura, D. A. Biesecker, B. T. Tsurutani, E. Grun, R. B. McKibben, J.-C. Liou, R. M.Macqueen, T. Mukai, M. Guhathakurta, and P. Lamy, “Dust near the Sun,” Space Science Reviews, 110,269-305 (2004)6.150 Reflections from sea horizonThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 23-25 Goodell, J. B., "On the appearance of the sea reflected sky," Applied Optics, 10, 223-225 (1971)6.151 Using a solid metal ball to focus lightThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.http://micro.magnet.fsu.edu/primer/lightandcolor/images/diffractionfigure2.jpg Diffraction pattern of lightpassing a double-edged razor bladeReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Hufford, M. E., "The diffraction ring pattern in the shadow of a circular Object," Physical Review,Series 2, 7, 545-550 (1916) Sommerfeld, A., Optics, Academic Press, 1954, page 216 Jenkins, F. A., and H. E. White, Fundamentals of Optics, McGraw-Hill, 1957, pages 359-360 Pohl, R. W., Optik und Atomphysik, 12 th edition, Springer, 1967, pages 92-93 Rayleigh, Lord, "Shadows" in The Royal Institution Library of Science: Physical Sciences, W. L. Braggand G. Porter, editors, Elsevier, 1970, vol. 5, pages 54-61Meyer-Arendt, J. R., Introduction to Classical and Modern Optics, Prentice-Hall, 1972, page 200 Rinard, P. M., "Large-scale diffraction patterns from circular objects," American Journal of Physics, 44,70-76 (1976) Johnston, J. B., "Projecting Poisson's spot," Physics Teacher, 16, 179 (1978)Hecht, E., and A. Zajac, Optics, Addison-Wesley, 1979, pages 373-375 Harvey, J. E., and J. L. Forgham, "The spot of Arago: new relevance for an old phenomenon," AmericanJournal of Physics, 52, 243-247 (1984) Walker, J., "A ball bearing aids in the study of light and also serves as a lens" in "The Amateur Scientist,"Scientific American, 251, 186-193 (November 1984)

Optics 138 English Jr., R. E., and N. George, "Diffraction patterns in the shadows of disks and obstacles," AppliedOptics, 27, 1581-1587 (1988) Hovenac, E. A., “Fresnel diffraction by spherical obstacles,” American Journal of Physics, 57, No. 1,79-84 (January 1989) Sommargren, G. E., and H. J. Weaver, "Diffraction of light by an opaque sphere. 1: Description andproperties of the diffraction pattern," Applied Optics, 29, 4646-4657 (1990) Sommargren, G. E., and H. J. Weaver, "Diffraction of light by an opaque sphere. 2: Image formationand resolution consideration," Applied Optics, 31, 1385-1398 (1992) Harrison, M. E., C. T. Marek, and J. D. White, “Rediscovering Poisson’s spot,” Physics Teacher, 35, 18-19 (January 1997) Higbie, J., (letter) “More on Poisson’s spot,” Physics Teacher, 35, 197 (April 1997) Wong, R. D., (letter) “Still more on Poisson’s spot,” Physics Teacher, 35, 197-198 (April 1997) Wein, G. R., “A video technique for the quantitative analysis of the Poisson spot and other diffractionpatterns,” American Journal of Physics, 67, No. 3, 236-240 (March 1999) Kolodziejczyk, A., Z. Jaroszewicz, R. Henao, and O. Quintero, “An experimental apparatus for whitelight imaging by means of a spherical obstacle,” American Journal of Physics, 70, No. 2, 169-172 (February2002) Gluck, P., “Easy demonstration of the Poisson spot,” Physics Education, 45, 458-459 (September 2010)6.152 A fast spin in a curved mirrorThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Gardner, M., The Ambidextrous Universe, Basic Books, 1964, pages 4-6 Thomas, D. E., "Mirror images," Scientific American, 243, 206-228 + 246 (December 1980) Derman, S., "An optical puzzle that will make your head spin," Physics Teacher, 19, 395 (1981) Holzberlein, T. M., "How to become dizzy with Derman's optical puzzle," Physics Teacher, 20, 401-402(1982)6.153 Color of cigarette smokeThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Sutton, R. M., Demonstration Experiments in Physics, McGraw-Hill, 1938, page 411 Minnaert, M., Light and Colour in the Open Air, Dover, 1954, pages 236-237

Optics 139 Bragg, W., The Universe of Light, Dover, 1959, page 147 Green, H. L., W. R. Lane, and H. Hartley, Particulate Clouds: Dusts, Smokes and Mists, 2nd edition, VanNostrand, 1964, page 383 Wood, E., Science for the Airplane Passenger, Houghton Mifflin Co., 1968, page 62Tricker, R. A. R., Introduction to Meteorological Optics, American Elsevier, 1970, page 235 Greenler, R., Rainbows, Halos, and Glories, Cambridge University Press, 1980/1989, page 126 Nassau, K., The Physics and Chemistry of Color: The Fifteen Causes of Color, Wiley, 1983, page 240; 2 ndedition, 2001, page 238 Bohren, C. F., Clouds in a Glass of Beer: Simple Experiments in Atmospheric Physics, Wiley, 1987, pages93-94; now available from Dover Publications, ISBN 0486417387 Bohren, C. F., "Understanding colors in nature," Pigment Cell Research, 1, 214-222 (1988) Minnaert, M., Light and Color in the Open Air, translated and revised by L. Seymour, Spring-Verlag,1993, pages 260-261, ISBN 0-387—97935-2, 3-540-97935-2, and 0-387-94413-3Related reference Miller, J. S., “Observations on the smoke trail of a sky-writer,” American Journal of Physics, 21, 391(1953)6.154 If you could see in the UVThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Livingston, W., "Landscape as viewed in the 320-nm ultraviolet," Journal of the Optical Society ofAmerica, 73, 1653-1657 + Plate IX (1983), contained on Classic Reprints on CD-ROM Vol. 1, OnMinnaert’s Shoulders: Twenty Years of the “Light and Color” Conferences, C. L. Adler, editor, 1999,Optical Society of America, ISBN 1-55752-621-4; http://www.osa.org Kimlin, M. G., and A. V. Parisi, “Ultraviolet radiation penetrating vehicle glass: a field based comparativestudy,” Physics in Medicine and Biology, 44, 917-926 (1999)6.155 Diffracted alphabetThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Smith, R. C., and J. S. Marsh, "Diffraction patterns of simple apertures," Journal of the Optical Societyof America, 64, 798-803 (1974) Winter, A., "Fraunhofer alphabet," Physics Education, 15, 291 + 349 (1980)

Optics 140 Walker, J., "A ball bearing aids in the study of light and also serves as a lens" in "The Amateur Scientist,"Scientific American, 251, 186-194 (November 1984)Related reference DePino Jr., A., “Unusual diffraction patterns,” Physics Teacher, 25, 219 (April 1987)6.156 A Game: ReflectionThis item is discussed in the book The Flying Circus of Physics, second edition, by Jearl Walker, publishedby John Wiley & Sons, June 2006, ISBN 0-471-76273-3.The material here is located at www.flyingcircusofphysics.com and will be updated periodically.ReferencesDots through indicate level of difficultyJournal reference style: author, journal, volume, pages (date)Book reference style: author, title, publisher, date, pages Brown, F. L., "Multiple reflections from plane mirrors," American Journal of Physics, 13, 278-280 (1945) Hull, N., "Simple visual aid to understanding plane mirrors at an angle theta," American Journal ofPhysics, 27, 610-611 (1959) Kulkarni, V. M., "Number of images produced by multiple reflection," American Journal of Physics, 28,317-318 (1960) Liu, C.-H., "Number of images produced by multiple reflection," American Journal of Physics, 30, 380-381 (1962) Samberg, M., "Curious optical theorem," American Journal of Physics, 35, 882 (1967) Mackay, A. L., "A polyhedral kaleidoscope for demonstrating several point symmetry groups," PhysicsEducation, 2, 266-267 (1967) Givens, M. P., "Comment on 'Curious optical theorem'," American Journal of Physics, 36, 851-853(1968) Streib, J. F., "Curious optical theorem," American Journal of Physics, 36, 853-854 (1968) Chai, A.-T., "The number of images of an object between two plane mirrors," American Journal ofPhysics, 39, 1390-1391 (1971) Carpenter, R. K., "A favorite experiment," Physics Teacher, 11, 428-429 (1973) McDermott, L. C., "Double mirror experiments: an extension of the physics curriculum," Physics Teacher,12, 354-355 (1974) Kennedy, J., and D. Thomas, Kaleidoscope Math, Creative Publications, 1978 (Palo Alto CA 94303) Walter, M., "One mirror, two mirrors, ...," Mathematics Teaching, no. 96, 54-56 (September 1981) Greenslade Jr., T. B., "Multiple images in plane mirrors," Physics Teacher, 20, 29-33 (1982) Walter, M., The Mirror Puzzle Book, Parkwest Publications, 1985 (PO Caller Box A-10, Cathedral Station,NY, NY 10025) Ficken Jr., G. W., "Decoration based upon multiple reflections," Physics Teacher, 23, 93 (1985) Robertson, J. M., "Geometric constructions using hinged mirrors," The Mathematics Teacher, 24, 380-386 (1986) Covarrubias, H. M., "Successive reflections of a light beam on a pair of plane mirrors," American Journalof Physics, 58, 565-567 (1990) Chagnon, P., "Animated displays II: multiple reflections," Physics Teacher, 30, 488-494 (1992)Related reference Kalas, R., “The technology of reflection: renaissance mirrors of steel and glass,” Journal of Medieval andEarly Modern Studies, 32, No. 3, 519-542 (Fall 2002)

Optics 141

Chap 6 - Flying Circus of Physics

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?